METRIC

MIL-STD-1760E
24 October 2007
________________
SUPERSEDING
MIL-STD-1760D
1 August 2003

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
INTERFACE STANDARD

AIRCRAFT/STORE ELECTRICAL
INTERCONNECTION SYSTEM

AMSC: N/A AREA: SESS

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z

Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

FOREWORD

1. This standard is approved for use by all Departments and Agencies of the Department of Defense.

2. Prior to this standard, an aircraft and the stores which it carried were typically developed
independently of each other or were developed exclusively for each other. This usually resulted in unique
aircraft/store electrical interconnection requirements, the general proliferation of overall store interface
designs, low levels of interoperability, and costly aircraft modifications to achieve required store utilization
flexibility. Trends in store technology toward more complex store functions which require increasing
amounts of avionics data and control information from aircraft systems were predicted to lead to
insurmountable aircraft/store interfacing problems.

3. The goal is to develop aircraft that are compatible with a wide variety of stores and stores that are
compatible with a wide variety of aircraft. This standard supports this goal by defining a standard
electrical (and fiber optic) interconnection system for aircraft and stores. This interconnection system is
based on use of a standard connector, a standard signal set and a standard serial digital data interface
for control, monitor, and release of stores. Application of this standard to new and existing aircraft and
new stores will significantly reduce and stabilize the number and variety of signals required at
aircraft/store interfaces, minimize the impact of new stores on future stores management systems, and
increase store interoperability among the services, within NATO, and with other allies.

4. Revision E does not change the fundamental MIL-STD-1760 interface. It includes newly defined
requirements for a Fibre Channel interface, splits APPENDIX B into two parts, and makes other minor
changes and corrections.

5. Changes between Revision D and Revision E are not marked in this document, but note references
are added in the text, referring to notes in APPENDIX E that explain the significant technical changes.

6. Some requirements in MIL-STD-1760 are stated by invoking other documents, including MIL-STD-
1553 and MIL-DTL-38999. If tiering of requirements is limited to one level on a particular contract, it may
be necessary to include references to these second tier documents in the contractual specification.

7. The following areas are limitations of this standard:

a. Requirements for mechanical, aerodynamic, logistic, and operational compatibility are not
covered.

b. Since factors such as size, shape, loads, clearances, and functional limitations are not specified,
full operability of stores on aircraft cannot be assured.

c. Signals for emergency jettison of stores are not specified. However, this does not preclude the
use of the signals in this standard if they are compatible with the requirements for emergency jettison.

d. This standard does not attempt to establish the EMI/EMC requirements on the aircraft or store,
although it does define an interface that is generally capable of meeting these requirements.

8. Comments, suggestions, or questions on this document should be addressed to: ASC/ENOI,

2530 Loop Road West, Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio 45433-7101 or email to
Engineering.Standards@wpafb.af.mil. Since contact information can change, you may want to verify the
currency of this address information using the ASSIST Online database at http://assist.daps.dla.mil.

ii
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

[Note 1]

1 SCOPE .................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Scope. ..................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Purpose. .................................................................................................................................. 1
1.3 Application. .............................................................................................................................. 1
2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................. 2
2.1 General.................................................................................................................................... 2
2.2 Government documents. ......................................................................................................... 2
2.2.1 Specifications, standards, and handbooks. ............................................................................ 2
2.2.2 Other government documents, drawings, and publications.................................................... 2
2.3 Non-Government publications................................................................................................. 3
2.4 Order of precedence. .............................................................................................................. 3
3 DEFINITIONS.......................................................................................................................... 4
3.1 Definitions................................................................................................................................ 4
3.1.1 Aircraft. .................................................................................................................................... 4
3.1.2 Aircraft/store Electrical Interconnection System (AEIS).......................................................... 4
3.1.3 Electrical interface types. ........................................................................................................ 4
3.1.3.1 Aircraft Station Interface (ASI)................................................................................................. 4
3.1.3.2 Carriage Store Interface (CSI). ............................................................................................... 4
3.1.3.3 Carriage Store Station Interface (CSSI).................................................................................. 4
3.1.3.4 Mission Store Interface (MSI).................................................................................................. 4
3.1.3.5 Routing Network Aircraft Subsystem Port (RNASP)............................................................... 4
3.1.4 Provisions. ............................................................................................................................... 4
3.1.5 Store. ....................................................................................................................................... 5
3.1.5.1 Carriage stores........................................................................................................................ 5
3.1.5.2 Mission stores. ........................................................................................................................ 5
3.1.5.3 Dispensers. ............................................................................................................................. 5
3.1.6 Stores management system. .................................................................................................. 5
3.1.7 Suspension and release equipment (S&RE). ......................................................................... 5
3.1.8 Random noise. ........................................................................................................................ 5
3.1.9 Periodic noise.......................................................................................................................... 5
3.1.10 Impulse noise. ......................................................................................................................... 5
3.1.11 Stimulated noise...................................................................................................................... 5
3.1.12 Common mode noise. ............................................................................................................. 5
3.1.13 Latency. ................................................................................................................................... 6
3.1.14 Delay. ...................................................................................................................................... 6
3.1.15 Power interruption. .................................................................................................................. 6
3.1.16 Safety Critical. [Note 4]........................................................................................................... 6
3.1.17 DC Offset................................................................................................................................. 6
3.1.18 Fibre Channel.......................................................................................................................... 6
3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations................................................................................................... 6
4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 8
4.1 Aircraft/store configurations. ................................................................................................... 8
4.2 Interface classes. [Note 3]...................................................................................................... 8
4.3 Primary interface signal set. .................................................................................................... 8
4.3.1 High bandwidth (HB) interfaces. ............................................................................................. 8
4.3.1.1 Type A signal requirements. ................................................................................................. 11
4.3.1.2 Type B signal requirements. ................................................................................................. 11
4.3.1.3 Signal assignment. ................................................................................................................ 11
4.3.2 Data bus interfaces. .............................................................................................................. 12
4.3.2.1 MIL-STD-1553 data bus interface. [Note 5] ......................................................................... 12

iii
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

4.3.2.2 Fibre Channel interface. [Note 3] ......................................................................................... 12

4.3.3 Low bandwidth (LB) interface................................................................................................ 12
4.3.3.1 LB signal requirements.......................................................................................................... 12
4.3.3.2 Signal assignment. ................................................................................................................ 12
4.3.4 Release consent interface..................................................................................................... 14
4.3.5 Primary interlock interface..................................................................................................... 14
4.3.6 Address interface. ................................................................................................................. 15
4.3.7 Primary structure ground....................................................................................................... 15
4.3.8 Primary power. ...................................................................................................................... 15
4.3.9 Fiber optic (FO) interfaces. ................................................................................................... 15
4.4 Auxiliary power interface signal set....................................................................................... 15
4.4.1 Auxiliary power. ..................................................................................................................... 15
4.4.2 Auxiliary interlock interface.................................................................................................... 15
4.4.3 Auxiliary structure ground...................................................................................................... 16
4.5 Interface connectors.............................................................................................................. 16
5 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................... 17
5.1 Aircraft requirements. ............................................................................................................ 17
5.1.1 Aircraft HB interfaces. ........................................................................................................... 17
5.1.1.1 Minimum transfer capacity. ................................................................................................... 17
5.1.1.2 Type A signal path requirements. ......................................................................................... 17
5.1.1.2.1 Return loss. ........................................................................................................................... 17
5.1.1.2.2 Transient response................................................................................................................ 17
5.1.1.2.3 Insertion gain......................................................................................................................... 17
5.1.1.2.4 Representative pulse delay................................................................................................... 17
5.1.1.2.5 Equalization. .......................................................................................................................... 17
5.1.1.2.6 Dynamic range. ..................................................................................................................... 18
5.1.1.2.7 Signal path dc offset.............................................................................................................. 18
5.1.1.2.8 Noise requirements. .............................................................................................................. 18
5.1.1.2.8.1 Random noise. ...................................................................................................................... 18
5.1.1.2.8.2 Periodic noise........................................................................................................................ 18
5.1.1.2.8.3 Impulse noise. ....................................................................................................................... 18
5.1.1.2.8.4 Stimulated noise.................................................................................................................... 18
5.1.1.2.8.5 Common mode noise. ........................................................................................................... 18
5.1.1.3 Type B signal path requirements. ......................................................................................... 18
5.1.1.4 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 18
5.1.2 Aircraft MIL-STD-1553 data bus interface. ........................................................................... 19
5.1.2.1 Functional characteristics...................................................................................................... 19
5.1.2.2 Electrical characteristics........................................................................................................ 19
5.1.2.2.1 Output characteristics............................................................................................................ 19
5.1.2.2.2 Input characteristics. ............................................................................................................. 19
5.1.2.2.3 Shield grounding. .................................................................................................................. 19
5.1.3 Aircraft LB interface............................................................................................................... 27
5.1.3.1 Minimum transfer capacity. ................................................................................................... 27
5.1.3.2 Input/output impedance......................................................................................................... 27
5.1.3.3 Insertion gain......................................................................................................................... 27
5.1.3.4 Equalization requirements..................................................................................................... 27
5.1.3.5 Signal path dc offset.............................................................................................................. 28
5.1.3.6 Noise. .................................................................................................................................... 28
5.1.3.6.1 Periodic and random noise. .................................................................................................. 28
5.1.3.6.2 Impulse noise. ....................................................................................................................... 28
5.1.3.6.3 Stimulated noise.................................................................................................................... 28
5.1.3.6.4 Common mode noise. ........................................................................................................... 29
5.1.3.7 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 29

iv
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

5.1.4 Aircraft release consent interface.......................................................................................... 29

5.1.4.1 Voltage level. ......................................................................................................................... 30
5.1.4.2 Current level. ......................................................................................................................... 30
5.1.4.3 Stabilization time. .................................................................................................................. 30
5.1.4.4 Enable lead time.................................................................................................................... 30
5.1.4.5 Inhibit delay. .......................................................................................................................... 30
5.1.4.6 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 30
5.1.4.7 Duration of application to mission store. [Note 9] ................................................................ 30
5.1.5 Aircraft interlock interface...................................................................................................... 31
5.1.6 Aircraft address interface. ..................................................................................................... 31
5.1.6.1 Address assignment.............................................................................................................. 31
5.1.6.2 Address signal....................................................................................................................... 32
5.1.6.3 Logic thresholds. ................................................................................................................... 32
5.1.6.4 Response characteristics. ..................................................................................................... 32
5.1.6.5 Address isolation. .................................................................................................................. 32
5.1.7 Aircraft structure ground........................................................................................................ 33
5.1.8 Aircraft 28 V dc power interface. ........................................................................................... 33
5.1.8.1 Independent control............................................................................................................... 33
5.1.8.2 Voltage level. ......................................................................................................................... 33
5.1.8.3 Current capacity. ................................................................................................................... 33
5.1.8.3.1 Primary signal set.................................................................................................................. 33
5.1.8.3.2 Auxiliary power signal set...................................................................................................... 33
5.1.8.3.3 Simultaneous current. ........................................................................................................... 33
5.1.8.4 Overcurrent protection........................................................................................................... 33
5.1.8.5 Off-state leakage current....................................................................................................... 33
5.1.8.6 Stabilization time. .................................................................................................................. 36
5.1.8.7 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 36
5.1.8.8 Power application. ................................................................................................................. 36
5.1.9 Aircraft 115/200 V 400 Hz ac power interface. ..................................................................... 36
5.1.9.1 Independent control and dead facing.................................................................................... 37
5.1.9.2 Voltage level. ......................................................................................................................... 37
5.1.9.3 Current capacity. ................................................................................................................... 37
5.1.9.3.1 Primary signal set.................................................................................................................. 37
5.1.9.3.2 Auxiliary power signal set...................................................................................................... 37
5.1.9.3.3 Simultaneous current. ........................................................................................................... 37
5.1.9.4 Overcurrent protection........................................................................................................... 37
5.1.9.5 Off-state leakage current....................................................................................................... 37
5.1.9.6 Stabilization time. .................................................................................................................. 37
5.1.9.7 Phase rotation. ...................................................................................................................... 37
5.1.9.8 Load power factor.................................................................................................................. 38
5.1.9.9 Phase power unbalance........................................................................................................ 38
5.1.9.10 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 38
5.1.9.11 Power application. ................................................................................................................. 38
5.1.10 Aircraft 270 V dc power interface. ......................................................................................... 38
5.1.10.1 Independent control and dead facing.................................................................................... 38
5.1.10.2 Voltage level. ......................................................................................................................... 39
5.1.10.3 Current capacity. ................................................................................................................... 39
5.1.10.3.1 Primary signal set.................................................................................................................. 39
5.1.10.3.2 Auxiliary power signal set...................................................................................................... 39
5.1.10.3.3 Simultaneous current. ........................................................................................................... 39
5.1.10.4 Overcurrent protection........................................................................................................... 39
5.1.10.5 Off-state leakage current....................................................................................................... 39
5.1.10.6 Stabilization time. .................................................................................................................. 39

v
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

5.1.10.7 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 39

5.1.10.8 Power application. ................................................................................................................. 39
5.1.11 Aircraft fiber optic interface.................................................................................................... 40
5.1.12 Initialization............................................................................................................................ 40
5.1.12.1 Pre-initialization conditions.................................................................................................... 40
5.1.12.2 Power application. ................................................................................................................. 40
5.1.12.3 First communication. ............................................................................................................. 40
5.1.13 Aircraft Fibre Channel Interface. [Note 3].............................................................................. 40
5.2 Mission store requirements (measured at the MSI). ............................................................. 41
5.2.1 Mission store HB interfaces. ................................................................................................. 41
5.2.1.1 Electrical characteristics (type A). ......................................................................................... 41
5.2.1.1.1 Return loss. ........................................................................................................................... 41
5.2.1.1.2 Dynamic range. ..................................................................................................................... 41
5.2.1.2 Electrical characteristics (type B). ......................................................................................... 41
5.2.1.3 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 41
5.2.2 Mission store data bus interface. .......................................................................................... 41
5.2.2.1 Functional characteristics...................................................................................................... 41
5.2.2.2 Electrical characteristics........................................................................................................ 42
5.2.2.2.1 Output characteristics............................................................................................................ 42
5.2.2.2.2 Input characteristics. ............................................................................................................. 42
5.2.2.2.3 Shield grounding. .................................................................................................................. 42
5.2.3 Mission store LB interface. .................................................................................................... 42
5.2.3.1 Input/output impedance......................................................................................................... 42
5.2.3.2 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 42
5.2.4 Mission store release consent interface................................................................................ 42
5.2.4.1 Voltage level. ......................................................................................................................... 43
5.2.4.2 Current level. ......................................................................................................................... 43
5.2.4.3 Stabilization time. .................................................................................................................. 43
5.2.4.4 Enable lead time.................................................................................................................... 43
5.2.4.5 Inhibit lead time. .................................................................................................................... 43
5.2.4.6 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 43
5.2.5 Mission store interlock interface............................................................................................ 44
5.2.6 Mission store address interface. ........................................................................................... 44
5.2.6.1 Address assignment.............................................................................................................. 44
5.2.6.2 Address signal....................................................................................................................... 44
5.2.6.3 Logic threshold. ..................................................................................................................... 45
5.2.6.4 Response characteristics. ..................................................................................................... 45
5.2.7 Mission store structure ground.............................................................................................. 45
5.2.8 Mission store 28 V dc power interface. ................................................................................. 45
5.2.8.1 Voltage level. ......................................................................................................................... 45
5.2.8.2 Load current. ......................................................................................................................... 46
5.2.8.2.1 Primary signal set.................................................................................................................. 46
5.2.8.2.2 Auxiliary power signal set...................................................................................................... 46
5.2.8.2.3 Simultaneous load................................................................................................................. 46
5.2.8.3 Load isolation. ....................................................................................................................... 46
5.2.8.4 Overcurrent compatibility....................................................................................................... 46
5.2.8.5 Off-state leakage current....................................................................................................... 46
5.2.8.6 Stabilization time. .................................................................................................................. 46
5.2.8.7 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 46
5.2.8.8 Power utilization. ................................................................................................................... 46
5.2.9 Mission store 115/200 V 400 Hz ac power interface............................................................. 47
5.2.9.1 Voltage level. ......................................................................................................................... 47
5.2.9.2 Load current. ......................................................................................................................... 47

vi
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

5.2.9.2.1 Primary signal set.................................................................................................................. 47

5.2.9.2.2 Auxiliary power signal set...................................................................................................... 47
5.2.9.2.3 Simultaneous load................................................................................................................. 47
5.2.9.3 Load isolation. ....................................................................................................................... 47
5.2.9.4 Overcurrent compatibility....................................................................................................... 47
5.2.9.5 Off-state leakage current....................................................................................................... 48
5.2.9.6 Stabilization time. .................................................................................................................. 48
5.2.9.7 Load power factor.................................................................................................................. 48
5.2.9.8 Phase utilization. ................................................................................................................... 48
5.2.9.9 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 48
5.2.9.10 Power utilization. ................................................................................................................... 48
5.2.10 Mission store 270 V dc power interface. ............................................................................... 48
5.2.10.1 Voltage level. ......................................................................................................................... 48
5.2.10.2 Load current. ......................................................................................................................... 48
5.2.10.2.1 Primary signal set.................................................................................................................. 49
5.2.10.2.2 Auxiliary power signal set...................................................................................................... 49
5.2.10.2.3 Simultaneous load................................................................................................................. 49
5.2.10.3 Load isolation. ....................................................................................................................... 49
5.2.10.4 Overcurrent compatibility....................................................................................................... 49
5.2.10.5 Off-state leakage current....................................................................................................... 49
5.2.10.6 Stabilization time. .................................................................................................................. 49
5.2.10.7 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 49
5.2.10.8 Power utilization. ................................................................................................................... 49
5.2.11 Mission store fiber optic interface.......................................................................................... 49
5.2.12 Store initialization. ................................................................................................................. 50
5.2.12.1 Pre-initialization conditions.................................................................................................... 50
5.2.12.2 Power application. ................................................................................................................. 50
5.2.12.3 Address determination. ......................................................................................................... 50
5.2.12.4 First response........................................................................................................................ 50
5.2.12.5 First required non-busy response. ........................................................................................ 50
5.2.12.6 First required full communication response. ......................................................................... 51
5.2.13 Mission Store Fibre Channel Interface. [Note 3] .................................................................. 51
5.3 Carriage store requirements. ................................................................................................ 51
5.3.1 Carriage store HB interfaces................................................................................................. 51
5.3.1.1 Minimum transfer capacity. ................................................................................................... 51
5.3.1.2 Type A signal path characteristics. ....................................................................................... 52
5.3.1.2.1 Return loss. ........................................................................................................................... 52
5.3.1.2.2 Transient response................................................................................................................ 52
5.3.1.2.3 Insertion gain......................................................................................................................... 52
5.3.1.2.4 Representative pulse delay................................................................................................... 52
5.3.1.2.5 Equalization. .......................................................................................................................... 52
5.3.1.2.6 Dynamic range. ..................................................................................................................... 53
5.3.1.2.7 Signal path dc offset.............................................................................................................. 53
5.3.1.2.8 Noise. .................................................................................................................................... 53
5.3.1.2.8.1 Random noise. ...................................................................................................................... 53
5.3.1.2.8.2 Periodic noise........................................................................................................................ 53
5.3.1.2.8.3 Impulse noise. ....................................................................................................................... 53
5.3.1.2.8.4 Stimulated noise.................................................................................................................... 53
5.3.1.2.8.5 Common mode noise. ........................................................................................................... 53
5.3.1.3 Signal path electrical characteristics (type B). ...................................................................... 53
5.3.1.4 Ground reference (type A). ................................................................................................... 53
5.3.1.5 Ground reference (type B). ................................................................................................... 54
5.3.2 Carriage store MIL-STD-1553 data bus interface. ................................................................ 55

vii
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

5.3.2.1 CSI......................................................................................................................................... 55
5.3.2.2 CSSI. ..................................................................................................................................... 55
5.3.3 Carriage store LB interface. .................................................................................................. 55
5.3.3.1 Minimum transfer capacity. ................................................................................................... 55
5.3.3.2 Input/output impedance......................................................................................................... 55
5.3.3.3 Insertion gain......................................................................................................................... 55
5.3.3.4 Equalization. .......................................................................................................................... 55
5.3.3.5 Signal path dc offset.............................................................................................................. 56
5.3.3.6 Noise. .................................................................................................................................... 56
5.3.3.6.1 Periodic and random noise. .................................................................................................. 56
5.3.3.6.2 Impulse noise. ....................................................................................................................... 56
5.3.3.6.3 Stimulated noise.................................................................................................................... 56
5.3.3.6.4 Common mode noise. ........................................................................................................... 57
5.3.3.7 Ground reference. ................................................................................................................. 57
5.3.4 Carriage store release consent interface. ............................................................................. 58
5.3.4.1 CSI......................................................................................................................................... 58
5.3.4.2 CSSI. ..................................................................................................................................... 58
5.3.4.3 CSI to CSSI transfer.............................................................................................................. 58
5.3.5 Carriage store interlock interface. ......................................................................................... 58
5.3.5.1 CSI......................................................................................................................................... 58
5.3.5.2 CSSI. ..................................................................................................................................... 58
5.3.5.3 Isolation. ................................................................................................................................ 59
5.3.6 Carriage store address interface........................................................................................... 59
5.3.6.1 CSI......................................................................................................................................... 59
5.3.6.2 CSSI. ..................................................................................................................................... 59
5.3.7 Carriage store structure ground. ........................................................................................... 59
5.3.7.1 CSI structure ground characteristics. .................................................................................... 59
5.3.7.2 CSSI structure ground characteristics. ................................................................................. 59
5.3.8 Carriage store 28 V dc power interface. ............................................................................... 59
5.3.8.1 CSI......................................................................................................................................... 60
5.3.8.2 CSSI. ..................................................................................................................................... 60
5.3.9 Carriage store 115/200 V ac power interfaces...................................................................... 60
5.3.9.1 CSI......................................................................................................................................... 60
5.3.9.2 CSSI. ..................................................................................................................................... 60
5.3.10 Carriage store 270 V dc power interfaces............................................................................. 61
5.3.10.1 CSI......................................................................................................................................... 61
5.3.10.2 CSSI. ..................................................................................................................................... 61
5.3.11 Carriage store fiber optic interface. ....................................................................................... 62
5.3.12 Carriage store initialization.................................................................................................... 62
5.3.13 Carriage store fibre channel interface. [Note 3] ................................................................... 62
5.3.13.1 CSI......................................................................................................................................... 62
5.3.13.2 CSSI. ..................................................................................................................................... 62
5.4 Umbilical cable requirements. ............................................................................................... 62
5.4.1 Primary umbilical HB interfaces. ........................................................................................... 62
5.4.2 Primary umbilical data bus interface. .................................................................................... 63
5.4.3 Primary umbilical LB interface............................................................................................... 63
5.4.4 Primary umbilical release consent interface. ........................................................................ 63
5.4.5 Umbilical interlock interface. ................................................................................................. 63
5.4.6 Primary umbilical address interface. ..................................................................................... 63
5.4.7 Umbilical structure ground. ................................................................................................... 63
5.4.8 Umbilical 28 V dc power interface......................................................................................... 63
5.4.9 Umbilical 115 V ac power interface....................................................................................... 63
5.4.10 Umbilical 270 V dc power interface....................................................................................... 63

viii
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

5.4.11 Primary umbilical fiber optic interface. .................................................................................. 64

5.4.12 Umbilical gross shield............................................................................................................ 64
5.4.13 Primary umbilical fibre channel interfaces. ........................................................................... 64
5.5 Power interface interrupts. .................................................................................................... 64
5.5.1 Mission store compatibility. ................................................................................................... 64
5.5.2 Carriage store compatibility................................................................................................... 64
5.5.3 Aircraft compatibility. ............................................................................................................. 64
5.5.3.1 Full initialization. .................................................................................................................... 64
5.5.3.2 Partial initialization................................................................................................................. 64
5.5.4 Store power interrupt notification. ......................................................................................... 64
5.6 Connector characteristics...................................................................................................... 65
5.6.1 Primary interface connectors. ............................................................................................... 65
5.6.2 Auxiliary power interface connector. ..................................................................................... 65
5.6.3 Connector receptacle. ........................................................................................................... 66
5.6.4 Plugged cavities. ................................................................................................................... 66
5.6.5 Umbilical primary interface connectors. ................................................................................ 66
5.6.6 Umbilical auxiliary interface connectors. ............................................................................... 66
5.6.7 Connector keyway orientation............................................................................................... 66
5.6.7.1 ASI and CSSI. ....................................................................................................................... 66
5.6.7.2 MSI and CSI. ......................................................................................................................... 66
5.6.7.3 Umbilical cable. ..................................................................................................................... 67
5.6.8 Connector location. ............................................................................................................... 67
5.6.8.1 ASI and CSSI. ....................................................................................................................... 67
5.6.8.2 MSI and CSI. ......................................................................................................................... 67
6 NOTES .................................................................................................................................. 71
6.1 Intended use.......................................................................................................................... 71
6.1.1 Implementation...................................................................................................................... 71
6.2 Acquisition requirements. ...................................................................................................... 71
6.3 International standardization agreement implementation. .................................................... 71
6.4 Tailoring guidance. ................................................................................................................ 71
6.5 Keyword listing. ..................................................................................................................... 71
6.6 Changes from previous issue................................................................................................ 72

ix
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A. Additional Interface Requirements for GPS RF Signals

A.1 SCOPE .................................................................................................................................. 73

A.1.1 Purpose. ................................................................................................................................ 73
A.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................ 73
A.2.1 References. ........................................................................................................................... 73
A.2.2 Government documents, drawings and publications. ........................................................... 73
A.3 DEFINITIONS, ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS.......................................................... 73
A.3.1 Definitions.............................................................................................................................. 73
A.3.1.1 Navstar global positioning system (GPS).............................................................................. 73
A.3.1.2 L1 and L2............................................................................................................................... 73
A.3.1.3 Power gain............................................................................................................................. 73
A.3.1.4 Correlation loss. .................................................................................................................... 73
A.3.1.5 Effective gain. ........................................................................................................................ 73
A.3.1.6 Figure of merit. ...................................................................................................................... 74
A.3.1.7 Group delay. .......................................................................................................................... 74
A.3.1.8 Aircraft station GPS RF output. ............................................................................................. 74
A.3.1.9 L1_P(Y) signal....................................................................................................................... 74
A.3.1.10 L2_P(Y) signal....................................................................................................................... 74
A.3.1.11 L1_C/A signal. ....................................................................................................................... 74
A.3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations................................................................................................. 74
A.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................... 74
A.4.1 Aircraft/store configurations. ................................................................................................. 74
A.4.2 GPS RF signal requirements. ............................................................................................... 75
A.5 AIRCRAFT REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 75
A.5.1 Voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR).................................................................................... 75
A.5.2 Effective gain. ........................................................................................................................ 75
A.5.3 Group delay. .......................................................................................................................... 76
A.5.4 Group delay uncertainty. ....................................................................................................... 76
A.5.5 Figure of merit. ...................................................................................................................... 76
A.5.6 Signal path dc offset.............................................................................................................. 76
A.6 MISSION STORE REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................... 76
A.6.1 Voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR).................................................................................... 76
A.6.2 Signal power.......................................................................................................................... 76
A.6.3 Signal to noise ratio............................................................................................................... 76
A.6.4 Signal path dc offset.............................................................................................................. 77

x
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

APPENDIX B. Data Bus Communication Rules and Message Requirements

B.1 SCOPE .................................................................................................................................. 79

B.1.1 Purpose. ................................................................................................................................ 79
B.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................ 79
B.2.1 References. ........................................................................................................................... 79
B.2.2 Government documents. ....................................................................................................... 79
B.2.3 Other Government documents, drawings, and publications. ................................................ 79
B.2.4 Non-Government publications............................................................................................... 79
B.2.4.1 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ............................................................. 79
B.2.4.2 INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANIZATION.............................................................. 79
B.3 DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................................ 80
B.3.1 Definitions.............................................................................................................................. 80
B.3.1.1 Data entity. ............................................................................................................................ 80
B.3.1.2 Data set. ................................................................................................................................ 80
B.3.1.3 Data validity. .......................................................................................................................... 80
B.3.1.4 Mass data transfer................................................................................................................. 80
B.3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations................................................................................................. 80
B.4 REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................. 80
B.4.1.1 Protocol execution................................................................................................................. 80
B.4.1.1.1 Protocol checks. .................................................................................................................... 80
B.4.1.1.2 Checksum requirement. ........................................................................................................ 81
B.4.1.1.2.1 Use of checksums in standard messages [Note 22] ........................................................ 81
B.4.1.1.2.2 Checksum algorithm. ......................................................................................................... 81
B.4.1.1.3 Mass data transfer................................................................................................................. 81
B.4.1.1.4 Carriage store routing............................................................................................................ 81
B.4.1.1.5 Data consistency. .................................................................................................................. 81
B.4.1.1.6 Broadcast. ............................................................................................................................. 82
B.4.1.1.7 Time tagging.......................................................................................................................... 82
B.4.2 Message requirements.......................................................................................................... 82
B.4.2.1 Base message data format. .................................................................................................. 82
B.4.2.2 Standard messages. ............................................................................................................. 82
B.4.2.2.1 Store control. ......................................................................................................................... 82
B.4.2.2.2 Store monitor. ........................................................................................................................ 82
B.4.2.2.3 Store description. .................................................................................................................. 82
B.4.2.2.4 Aircraft description................................................................................................................. 83
B.4.3 Standard data entities. .......................................................................................................... 83

xi
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

APPENDIX C. MIL-STD-1553 Data Bus Communication Rules and Message Requirements

C.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................ 147

C.1.1 Purpose. .............................................................................................................................. 147
C.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS .............................................................................................. 147
C.2.1 References. ......................................................................................................................... 147
C.2.2 Government documents. ..................................................................................................... 147
C.2.3 Other Government documents, drawings, and publications. .............................................. 147
C.2.4 Non-Government publications............................................................................................. 147
C.2.4.1 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ........................................................... 147
C.2.4.2 INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANIZATION............................................................ 147
C.3 DEFINITIONS...................................................................................................................... 148
C.3.1 Definitions............................................................................................................................ 148
C.3.1.1 MIL-STD-1553 mass data transfer...................................................................................... 148
C.3.1.1.1 Back-to-back transfer. ......................................................................................................... 148
C.3.1.1.2 Block.................................................................................................................................... 148
C.3.1.1.3 Download............................................................................................................................. 148
C.3.1.1.4 File....................................................................................................................................... 148
C.3.1.1.5 Record. ................................................................................................................................ 148
C.3.1.1.6 Upload. ................................................................................................................................ 148
C.3.1.1.7 Buffer. .................................................................................................................................. 148
C.3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations............................................................................................... 148
C.4 REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................... 149
C.4.1 Communication rules........................................................................................................... 149
C.4.1.1 Command word. .................................................................................................................. 149
C.4.1.1.1 Remote terminal address field. ........................................................................................... 149
C.4.1.1.2 Subaddress/mode field........................................................................................................ 149
C.4.1.1.3 Mode commands................................................................................................................. 149
C.4.1.1.3.1 Mandatory mode commands. .......................................................................................... 149
C.4.1.1.3.1.1 Transmit status word. ...................................................................................................... 149
C.4.1.1.3.1.2 Transmitter shutdown. ..................................................................................................... 149
C.4.1.1.3.1.3 Override transmitter shutdown. ....................................................................................... 149
C.4.1.1.3.1.4 Reset remote terminal. .................................................................................................... 150
C.4.1.1.3.1.5 Transmit vector word. ...................................................................................................... 150
C.4.1.1.3.1.6 Synchronize with data word............................................................................................. 150
C.4.1.1.3.1.7 Transmit last command. .................................................................................................. 150
C.4.1.1.3.2 Prohibited mode commands............................................................................................ 150
C.4.1.1.3.3 Permitted mode commands............................................................................................. 150
C.4.1.2 Status word.......................................................................................................................... 150
C.4.1.2.1 Service request bit............................................................................................................... 150
C.4.1.2.2 Busy bit................................................................................................................................ 150
C.4.1.2.3 Subsystem flag bit. .............................................................................................................. 150
C.4.1.2.4 Terminal flag bit................................................................................................................... 151
C.4.1.3 Data words. ......................................................................................................................... 151
C.4.1.4 Internal state change........................................................................................................... 151
C.4.1.5 Protocol execution............................................................................................................... 151
C.4.1.5.1 Protocol checks. .................................................................................................................. 151
C.4.1.5.2 Checksum requirement. ...................................................................................................... 151
C.4.1.5.3 Execution time. .................................................................................................................... 151
C.4.1.5.3.1 Aircraft compatibility......................................................................................................... 151
C.4.1.5.3.2 Busy time. ........................................................................................................................ 151
C.4.1.5.3.3 Busy time measurement. ................................................................................................. 152

xii
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

C.4.1.5.4 Service request notification. ................................................................................................ 152

C.4.1.5.4.1 Additional request for service. ......................................................................................... 152
C.4.1.5.5 Request servicing................................................................................................................ 152
C.4.1.5.6 Vector word demand. .......................................................................................................... 152
C.4.1.5.7 General form of service request routine.............................................................................. 152
C.4.1.5.8 MIL-STD-1553 Mass data transfer...................................................................................... 152
C.4.1.5.9 Carriage store routing.......................................................................................................... 152
C.4.1.5.10 Data consistency. ................................................................................................................ 152
C.4.1.5.11 Broadcast. ........................................................................................................................... 153
C.4.1.5.11.1 Broadcast restricted subaddresses. ................................................................................ 153
C.4.1.5.11.2 Broadcast verification. ..................................................................................................... 153
C.4.1.5.11.3 Broadcast command received bit. ................................................................................... 153
C.4.1.5.11.4 Stores compatibility with non-broadcast.......................................................................... 153
C.4.1.5.12 Time tagging........................................................................................................................ 153
C.4.2 MIL-STD-1553 message requirements............................................................................... 153
C.4.2.1 Base message data format. ................................................................................................ 153
C.4.2.1.1 Data word 1. ........................................................................................................................ 154
C.4.2.1.2 Data words 2-32 and 2-30................................................................................................... 154
C.4.2.2 Standard messages using MIL-STD-1553.......................................................................... 154
C.4.2.2.1 Store control. ....................................................................................................................... 154
C.4.2.2.2 Store monitor. ...................................................................................................................... 154
C.4.2.2.3 Store description. ................................................................................................................ 154
C.4.2.2.4 Nuclear weapon control. ..................................................................................................... 154
C.4.2.2.5 Nuclear weapon monitor. .................................................................................................... 154
C.4.2.2.6 Aircraft description............................................................................................................... 154
C.4.2.3 Mass data transfer messages. ............................................................................................ 154
C.4.2.3.1 File structure........................................................................................................................ 155
C.4.2.3.2 Message formats................................................................................................................. 155
C.4.2.3.2.1 Transfer Control (TC) message....................................................................................... 155
C.4.2.3.2.1.1 TC message - header word. ............................................................................................ 155
C.4.2.3.2.1.2 TC message - instruction word........................................................................................ 155
C.4.2.3.2.1.3 TC message - subaddress select word. .......................................................................... 155
C.4.2.3.2.1.4 TC message - file number word. ..................................................................................... 155
C.4.2.3.2.1.5 TC message - record number word................................................................................. 156
C.4.2.3.2.1.6 TC message - block number word................................................................................... 157
C.4.2.3.2.1.7 TC message - file/record checksum word. ...................................................................... 157
C.4.2.3.2.1.8 TC message - checksum word. ....................................................................................... 158
C.4.2.3.2.2 Transfer Monitor (TM) message. .................................................................................... 158
C.4.2.3.2.2.1 TM message - header word............................................................................................. 158
C.4.2.3.2.2.2 TM message - last received instruction word. ................................................................. 158
C.4.2.3.2.2.3 TM message - transfer mode status word....................................................................... 158
C.4.2.3.2.2.4 TM message - current selected subaddress word. ......................................................... 158
C.4.2.3.2.2.5 TM message - current file number word.......................................................................... 158
C.4.2.3.2.2.6 TM message - current record number word. ................................................................... 158
C.4.2.3.2.2.7 TM message - current block number word...................................................................... 159
C.4.2.3.2.2.8 TM message - current file/record checksum word. ......................................................... 159
C.4.2.3.2.2.9 TM message - checksum word position. ......................................................................... 159
C.4.2.3.2.3 Transfer Data (TD) message......................................................................................... 159
C.4.2.3.2.3.1 TD message - record/block number word. ...................................................................... 159
C.4.2.3.2.3.2 TD message - file data words.......................................................................................... 160
C.4.2.3.2.3.3 TD message - file data words with message checksum option. ..................................... 160
C.4.2.3.3 MDT file/record checksum. ................................................................................................. 160
C.4.2.3.4 Modes of operation.............................................................................................................. 161

xiii
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

C.4.2.3.4.1 Download mode............................................................................................................... 161

C.4.2.3.4.1.1 Initiation of download mode............................................................................................. 161
C.4.2.3.4.1.2 Erasure of all MDT files. .................................................................................................. 161
C.4.2.3.4.1.3 Erasure of a specific MDT file.......................................................................................... 161
C.4.2.3.4.1.4 Erasure of a specific MDT record in a Sf......................................................................... 162
C.4.2.3.4.1.5 File transfer initiation........................................................................................................ 162
C.4.2.3.4.1.6 File transfer...................................................................................................................... 162
C.4.2.3.4.1.7 File checksum test. .......................................................................................................... 163
C.4.2.3.4.1.8 Record checksum test. .................................................................................................... 163
C.4.2.3.4.1.9 Transmission/checksum error recovery - aircraft. ........................................................... 164
C.4.2.3.4.1.10 Transmission error recovery - store request................................................................ 164
C.4.2.3.4.1.11 Download transmission completion. ............................................................................ 164
C.4.2.3.4.1.12 Exit from download mode............................................................................................. 164
C.4.2.3.4.1.13 Downloading with back-to-back transfer...................................................................... 164
C.4.2.3.4.2 Upload mode. .................................................................................................................. 165
C.4.2.3.4.2.1 Initiation of upload mode.................................................................................................. 165
C.4.2.3.4.2.2 File transfer initiation........................................................................................................ 165
C.4.2.3.4.2.3 File transfer...................................................................................................................... 165
C.4.2.3.4.2.4 Transmission error recovery............................................................................................ 165
C.4.2.3.4.2.5 File checksum test. .......................................................................................................... 166
C.4.2.3.4.2.6 Record checksum test. .................................................................................................... 166
C.4.2.3.4.2.7 Checksum error recovery. ............................................................................................... 167
C.4.2.3.4.2.8 Upload transmission completion...................................................................................... 167
C.4.2.3.4.2.9 Exit from upload transmission. ........................................................................................ 167
C.4.2.3.4.2.10 Uploading with back-to-back transfer. ......................................................................... 167
C.4.2.3.4.3 Status update................................................................................................................... 167
C.4.2.3.4.3.1 Download mode TC message. ........................................................................................ 167
C.4.2.3.4.3.2 Download mode TD message. ........................................................................................ 167
C.4.2.3.4.3.3 Upload mode. .................................................................................................................. 168
C.4.2.3.4.4 Back-to-back transfer operation. ..................................................................................... 168
C.4.2.3.4.5 System start. .................................................................................................................... 168
C.4.2.3.4.5.1 System start - download mode. ....................................................................................... 168
C.4.2.3.4.5.2 System start - upload mode............................................................................................. 169
C.4.2.4 Protocol for time tagging. .................................................................................................... 169
C.4.2.4.1 Time tag reference time. ..................................................................................................... 169
C.4.2.4.2 Aircraft system time at reset................................................................................................ 170
C.4.2.4.3 Receive time tag.................................................................................................................. 170
C.4.2.4.4 Transmit time tag................................................................................................................. 170

xiv
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

APPENDIX D. Fibre Channel Data Bus Communication Rules and Message Requirements

D.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................ 189

D.1.1 Purpose. .............................................................................................................................. 189
D.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS .............................................................................................. 189
D.2.1 References. ......................................................................................................................... 189
D.2.2 Government documents. ..................................................................................................... 189
D.2.3 Other Government documents, drawings, and publications. .............................................. 189
D.2.4 Non-Government publications............................................................................................. 189
D.2.4.1 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ........................................................... 189
D.2.4.2 INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANIZATION............................................................ 189
D.2.4.3 SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS ....................................................................... 189
D.3 DEFINITIONS...................................................................................................................... 189
D.3.1 Definitions............................................................................................................................ 189
D.3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations............................................................................................... 189
D.4 REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................... 190
D.4.1 Communication rules........................................................................................................... 190
D.4.2 Fibre Channel Message requirements................................................................................ 190
D.4.2.1 Base message data format. ................................................................................................ 190
D.4.2.2 Standard messages using Fibre Channel........................................................................... 190
D.4.2.2.1 Store control – See B.4.2.2.1. ............................................................................................. 190
D.4.2.2.2 Store monitor – See B.4.2.2.2. ............................................................................................ 190
D.4.2.2.3 Store description - See B.4.2.2.3. ....................................................................................... 190
D.4.2.2.4 Aircraft description – See B.4.2.2.4..................................................................................... 190
D.4.2.3 Mass data transfer messages. ............................................................................................ 190
D.4.2.4 Protocol for time tagging. .................................................................................................... 190
D.4.2.4.1 Time tag reference time. ..................................................................................................... 191
D.4.2.4.2 Aircraft system time at reset................................................................................................ 191
D.4.2.4.3 Receive time tag.................................................................................................................. 191
D.4.2.4.4 Transmit time tag................................................................................................................. 192

xv
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

APPENDIX E. Annotations Explaining Differences from Revision D

xvi
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

FIGURES

FIGURE 1. Aircraft-store configuration examples........................................................................................ 9

FIGURE 2. Primary interface signal set. [Note 3] .................................................................................... 10
FIGURE 3. Auxiliary power signal set........................................................................................................ 11
FIGURE 4. Conceptual HB and LB interface configurations. .................................................................... 13
FIGURE 5. Cosine-squared T signal requirements. .................................................................................. 20
FIGURE 6. Cosine-squared 2T signal requirements. ................................................................................ 21
FIGURE 7. 2T Bar signal requirements (1.0 V). ........................................................................................ 22
FIGURE 8. 2T Bar signal requirements (1.3V). ......................................................................................... 23
FIGURE 9. Gain misequalization envelope. .............................................................................................. 24
FIGURE 10. Random noise weighting function. ........................................................................................ 24
FIGURE 11. Periodic noise weighting function.......................................................................................... 25
FIGURE 12. Common mode noise weighting function. ............................................................................. 25
FIGURE 13. Equivalent circuits of HB interfaces....................................................................................... 26
FIGURE 14. ASI output waveform envelope. ............................................................................................ 27
FIGURE 15. Gain misequalization envelope (aircraft, LB). ....................................................................... 28
FIGURE 16. Equivalent circuits for LB interfaces. ..................................................................................... 29
FIGURE 17. Primary interface current level. ............................................................................................. 34
FIGURE 18. Auxiliary interface current level. ............................................................................................ 35
FIGURE 19. Stabilization time. .................................................................................................................. 36
FIGURE 20. Power factor limits. ................................................................................................................ 38
FIGURE 21. Equivalent circuits of carriage store HB Type A signal paths. .............................................. 54
FIGURE 22. Maximum gain misequalization envelope (LB, carriage store). ............................................ 56
FIGURE 23. Equivalent circuits for LB carriage store signal paths. .......................................................... 57
FIGURE 24. Carriage store voltage drop diagram..................................................................................... 61
FIGURE 25. Connector orientation. ........................................................................................................... 70
FIGURE A- 1. GPS RF Interface configurations........................................................................................ 75
FIGURE B- 1. Relationship between Appendix B, C and D. ..................................................................... 84
FIGURE B- 2. Aircraft body axis system.................................................................................................... 85
FIGURE B- 3. Earth axis systems.............................................................................................................. 86
FIGURE B- 4. Aircraft, target and waypoint position XYZ to fixed point.................................................... 87
FIGURE B- 5. Earth aircraft alignment....................................................................................................... 88
FIGURE B- 6. Aircraft-store alignment....................................................................................................... 89
FIGURE B- 7. Store body axis system....................................................................................................... 91
FIGURE B- 8. Target and waypoint position XYZ from current position. .................................................. 91
FIGURE B- 9. Target position/store trajectory (polar). .............................................................................. 92
FIGURE B- 10. Target sector and segment position. ................................................................................ 93
FIGURE C- 1. Examples of general form of service request protocol..................................................... 171

xvii
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

TABLES

TABLE I. Carriage store HB signal transfer. .............................................................................................. 52

TABLE II. Primary signal set connector contacts/termini and seal plugs. [Note 12]................................ 67
TABLE III. Primary signal set contact functional assignment. ................................................................... 68
TABLE IV. Auxiliary power signal set connector contacts and seal plugs................................................. 69
TABLE V. Auxiliary power signal set contact functional assignment......................................................... 69
TABLE B- I. Header word. [Note 44] ......................................................................................................... 94
TABLE B- II. Store control (Host to Store transfer).................................................................................... 95
TABLE B- III. Store monitor (Store to Host transfer).................................................................................. 96
TABLE B- IV. Store description message (Store to Host transfer). ........................................................... 97
TABLE B- V. Country code. ....................................................................................................................... 98
TABLE B- VI. Store identity (binary). ......................................................................................................... 99
TABLE B- VII. Store or aircraft identity (ASCII)........................................................................................ 100
TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list. ................................................................................................................. 101
TABLE B- IX. Linear data entities. ........................................................................................................... 118
TABLE B- X. 2's complement format. ...................................................................................................... 121
TABLE B- XI. Unsigned format. ............................................................................................................... 122
TABLE B- XII. Binary scientific notation format. ...................................................................................... 123
TABLE B- XIII. Invalidity word. ................................................................................................................. 124
TABLE B- XIV. Critical control 1. ............................................................................................................. 125
TABLE B- XV. Critical control 2. .............................................................................................................. 127
TABLE B- XVI. Critical authority. ............................................................................................................. 128
TABLE B- XVII. Critical monitor 1. ........................................................................................................... 129
TABLE B- XVIII. Critical monitor 2. .......................................................................................................... 130
TABLE B- XIX. Fuzing mode 1. ............................................................................................................... 131
TABLE B- XX. Fuzing/arming mode status 1........................................................................................... 132
TABLE B- XXI. Protocol status. ............................................................................................................... 133
TABLE B- XXII. ASCII packed. ................................................................................................................ 134
TABLE B- XXIII. Discriminator description............................................................................................... 135
TABLE B- XXIV. Header word definition.................................................................................................. 136
TABLE B- XXV. Fuzing mode 2. .............................................................................................................. 137
TABLE B- XXVI. Fuzing/arming mode status 2. ...................................................................................... 139
TABLE B- XXVII. Dispersion data word. .................................................................................................. 141
TABLE B- XXVIII. Two zone format. ........................................................................................................ 142
TABLE B- XXIX. Aircraft description message. 1/ ................................................................................. 143
TABLE B- XXX. Store station number and pylon/bay identity. ................................................................ 144
TABLE B- XXXI. Interface Configuration ID. [Note 39] .......................................................................... 145
TABLE C- I. Subaddress/mode field application...................................................................................... 172
TABLE C- II. Vector word (asynchronous message demand) format. .................................................... 174
TABLE C- III. Vector word (asynchronous action demand) format.......................................................... 175
TABLE C- IV. Base message format (BC-RT transfer). .......................................................................... 176
TABLE C- V. Base message format (RT-BC transfer). ........................................................................... 177
TABLE C- VI. Base message format (RT-RT transfer)............................................................................ 178
TABLE C- VII. Header word..................................................................................................................... 179
TABLE C- VIII. Store control (BC-RT transfer). ....................................................................................... 179
TABLE C- IX. Store monitor (RT-BC transfer). ........................................................................................ 179
TABLE C- X. Store description message................................................................................................. 179
TABLE C- XI. Country code. .................................................................................................................... 179
TABLE C- XII. Store identity (binary). ...................................................................................................... 179
TABLE C- XIII. Store or aircraft identity (ASCII). ..................................................................................... 179

xviii
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

TABLE C- XIV. Transfer Control (TC) message format........................................................................... 180

TABLE C- XV. Instruction word................................................................................................................ 181
TABLE C- XVI. Allowable instruction type field bit states. ....................................................................... 182
TABLE C- XVII. Subaddress select. ........................................................................................................ 183
TABLE C- XVIII. Dual binary number....................................................................................................... 184
TABLE C- XIX. Transfer Monitor (TM) message format. ......................................................................... 185
TABLE C- XX. Transfer mode status. ...................................................................................................... 186
TABLE C- XXI. Transfer Data (TD) message format. 1/....................................................................... 187
TABLE C- XXII. Allowable mode status field bit states............................................................................ 188

xix
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

xx
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

1 SCOPE

1.1 Scope.
This standard defines implementation requirements for the Aircraft/Store Electrical (and fiber optic)
Interconnection System (AEIS) in aircraft and stores. This interconnection system provides a common
interfacing capability for the operation and employment of stores on aircraft, and includes:

a. The electrical (and fiber optic) interfaces at aircraft store stations, the interface on mission stores,
the interface on carriage stores, and the characteristics of umbilical cables.

b. Interrelationships between aircraft and store interfaces.

c. Interrelationships between the interfaces at different store stations on an aircraft.

1.2 Purpose.
The purpose of this standard is to minimize the proliferation of electrical and optical interfacing variations
required in aircraft for operating stores and minimize the proliferation of electrical and optical interfacing
variations required in stores to interface with aircraft. The implementation of this standard should
enhance the interoperability of stores and aircraft by defining specific electrical/optical, logical, and
physical requirements for the AEIS.

1.3 Application.
This standard applies to all aircraft and stores that electrically interface with each other. This coverage
encompasses stores and aircraft presently in concept development stages and future aircraft and store
development. This standard also applies to existing aircraft which are required to carry MIL-STD-1760
compatible stores.

1
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

2.1 General.
The documents listed in this section are specified in sections 3, 4, or 5 of this standard. This section
does not include documents cited in other sections of this standard or recommended for additional
information or as examples. While every effort has been made to ensure the completeness of this list,
document users are cautioned that they must meet all specified requirements of documents cited in
sections 3, 4, or 5 of this standard, whether or not they are listed.

2.2 Government documents.

2.2.1 Specifications, standards, and handbooks.

The following specifications, standards, and handbooks form a part of this document to the extent
specified herein. Unless otherwise specified, the issues of these documents are those cited in the
solicitation or contract.

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE SPECIFICATIONS

MIL-C-17/94 Cable, Radio Frequency Flexible Coaxial 75 Ohms M17/094 RGG179

MIL-C-17/113 Cable, Radio Frequency, Flexible, Coaxial, 50 Ohms, M17/113-RG316
MIL-DTL-38999 Connectors, Electrical, Circular, Miniature, High Density, Quick Disconnect
(Bayonet, Threaded and Breech Coupling), Environment Resistant,
Removable Crimp and Hermetic Solder Contacts, General Specification For
MIL-DTL-83538 Connectors and Accessories, Electrical, Circular, Umbilical, Environment
Resistant, Removable Crimp Contacts, For MIL-STD-1760 Applications
(Metric), General Specification For
MS27488 Plug, End Seal, Electrical Connector
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE STANDARDS

MIL-STD-704 Aircraft Electric Power Characteristics

MIL-STD-1553B Not. 4 Digital Time Division Command/Response Multiplex Data Bus NOTE:
Revision B Notice 4 is specifically required.
MIL-STD-1560 Insert Arrangements for MIL-DTL-38999, MIL-C-29600 Series A, and MIL-C-
27599 Electrical, Circular Connectors
MIL-STD-8591 Airborne Stores, Suspension Equipment and Aircraft-Store Interface
(Carriage Phase)

(Copies of these documents are available online at http://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/ or from the

Standardization Document Order Desk, 700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4D, Philadelphia, PA 19111-
5094.)

2.2.2 Other government documents, drawings, and publications.

The following other Government documents, drawings, and publications form a part of this document to
the extent specified herein. Unless otherwise specified, the issues of these documents are those cited in
the solicitation or contract.

2
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

NATO

STANAG 3350 AVS Analogue Video Standard for Aircraft System Applications
STANAG 3837 Aircraft Stores Electrical Interconnection System
STANAG 3838 Digital Time Division Command/Response Multiplex Data Bus

(Copies of NATO standards are available online at http://assist.daps.dla.mil/ or from the Standardization
Document Order Desk, 700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4D, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, phone (215)
697-6396.)

2.3 Non-Government publications.

The following documents form a part of this document to the extent specified herein. Unless otherwise
specified, the issues of these documents are those cited in the solicitation or contract.

SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS, INC. [Note 2]

SAE-AS5653 High Speed Network for MIL-STD-1760 [Note 3]

SAE-AS39029 Contacts, Electrical Connector, General Specification for
SAE-AS39029/28 Contacts, Electrical Connector, Pin, Crimp Removable, Shielded, Size 12 (for
MIL-C-38999 Series I, II, III and IV Connectors)
SAE-AS39029/56 Contacts, Electrical Connector, Socket, Crimp Removable, (for MIL-C-38999
Series I, III, and IV Connectors)
SAE-AS39029/58 Contacts, Electrical Connector, Pin, Crimp Removable (for MIL-C-24308,
MIL-C-38999 Series I, II, III, and IV, and MIL-C-55302/69 and MIL-C-83733
Connectors)
SAE-AS39029/75 Contacts, Electrical Connector, Socket, Crimp Removable, Shielded, Size 12
(for MIL-C-38999 Series I, III, and IV Connectors)
SAE-AS39029/102 Contacts, Electrical Connector, Pin, Crimp Removable, Coaxial, Size 12 (for
MIL-C-38999 Series I, II, III and IV Connectors)
SAE-AS39029/103 Contacts, Electrical Connector, Socket, Crimp Removable, Coaxial, Size 12
(for MIL-C-38999 Series I, III, and IV Connectors)
SAE-AS39029/113 Contact, Electrical Connector, Concentric Twinax, Pin, Size 8, MIL-DTL-
38999 Series I, III, and IV
SAE-AS39029/114 Contact, Electrical Connector, Concentric Twinax, Socket, Size 8, MIL-DTL-
38999 Series I, III, and IV
SAE-AS85049 Connector Accessories, Electrical General Specification for

(Copies of SAE documents may be obtained from: Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc.,
400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096-0001, phone (412) 776-4841 or online at
http://store.sae.org/.)

2.4 Order of precedence.

In the event of a conflict between the text of this document and the references cited herein, the text of this
document takes precedence. Nothing in this document, however, supersedes applicable laws and
regulations unless a specific exemption has been obtained.

3
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Definitions.
Definitions applicable to this standard are as follows.

3.1.1 Aircraft.
Any vehicle designed to be supported by air, being borne up either by the dynamic action of the air upon
the surfaces of the vehicle, or by its own buoyancy. The term includes fixed and movable wing airplanes,
helicopters, gliders, and airships, but excludes air-launched missiles, target drones, and flying bombs.

3.1.2 Aircraft/store Electrical Interconnection System (AEIS).

The AEIS is a system composed of a collection of electrical (and fiber optic) interfaces on aircraft and
stores through which aircraft energize, control, and employ stores. The AEIS consists of the electrical
interfaces and interrelationships between the interfaces necessary for the transfer of electrical power and
data between aircraft and stores and from one store to another store via the aircraft.

3.1.3 Electrical interface types.

The five electrical interface types for the aircraft/store electrical interconnection system will be as
specified below.

3.1.3.1 Aircraft Station Interface (ASI).

The electrical interface(s) on the aircraft structure where the mission or carriage store(s) is electrically
connected. The connection is usually on the aircraft side of an aircraft-to-store umbilical cable. The
aircraft station interface locations include, but are not limited to, pylons, conformal and fuselage hard
points, internal weapon bays, and wing tips (see 4.1).

3.1.3.2 Carriage Store Interface (CSI).

The electrical interface on the carriage store structure where the aircraft is electrically connected. This
connection is usually on the store side of an aircraft-to-store umbilical cable (see 4.1).

3.1.3.3 Carriage Store Station Interface (CSSI).

The electrical interface(s) on the carriage store structure where the mission store(s) are electrically
connected. This connection is usually on the carriage store side of an umbilical cable (see 4.1).

3.1.3.4 Mission Store Interface (MSI).

The electrical interface on the mission store external structure where the aircraft or carriage store is
electrically connected. This connection is usually on the mission store side of an umbilical cable (see
4.1).

3.1.3.5 Routing Network Aircraft Subsystem Port (RNASP).

The electrical interface between the high bandwidth network or low bandwidth network and other
subsystems within the aircraft. This interface point is defined in order to identify the “aircraft” end of the
high bandwidth and low bandwidth networks and allow network performance to be specified in two-port
network terms.

3.1.4 Provisions.
Space in all feed-through connections and in all wire runs that will allow future incorporation in the aircraft
or store without modification other than the addition or changes to connectors, cables, and
hardware/software necessary to control the added functions.

4
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

3.1.5 Store.
Any device intended for internal or external carriage and mounted on aircraft suspension and release
equipment, whether or not the item is intended to be separated in flight from the aircraft. Stores are
classified in three categories as specified below.

3.1.5.1 Carriage stores.

Suspension and release equipment that is mounted on aircraft on a non-permanent basis as a store, and
is intended to carry other MIL-STD-1760 compatible store(s), will be classified as a carriage store.
Carriage store includes both single adapters and multiple store carriers. Pylons and primary racks (such
as an MAU-12 and BRU-10) will not be considered carriage stores.

3.1.5.2 Mission stores.

All stores excluding suspension and release equipment (carriage stores, dispensers) are classified as
mission stores. In general, these stores directly support a specific mission of an aircraft. Mission stores
include, but are not limited to, missiles, rockets, bombs, torpedoes, buoys, flares, pods, and fuel tanks.

3.1.5.3 Dispensers.
Equipment that is mounted on an aircraft on a non-permanent basis as a store and is intended to carry
devices that are non-compliant with MIL-STD-1760 is classified as a dispenser. Dispensers include, but
are not limited to, chaff and flare dispensers, rocket pods, and small munitions dispensers. This standard
does not include requirements for dispensers. It is assumed that a dispenser’s interface to the aircraft or
carriage store will comply with the MSI requirements herein, unless the dispenser will never be carried on
a carriage store, in which case it may use the CSI requirements.

3.1.6 Stores management system.

The avionics subsystem which controls and monitors the operational state of aircraft installed stores and
provides and manages the communications between aircraft stores and other aircraft subsystems.

3.1.7 Suspension and release equipment (S&RE).

All airborne devices used for carriage, suspension, employment, and jettison of stores, such as, but not
limited to, racks, adapters, launchers, and pylons.

3.1.8 Random noise.

Randomly occurring noise which is distributed over a large bandwidth (sometimes known as white or pink
noise). Random noise which is keyed on and off from time to time (sometimes known as burst noise) is
included.

3.1.9 Periodic noise.

Noise made up of discrete frequency components. Periodic noise includes the effects of crosstalk from
aircraft and store signal sources.

3.1.10 Impulse noise.

Spurious spikes which may occur randomly or at fixed intervals.

3.1.11 Stimulated noise.

Additional noise which is induced by the presence of an input signal.

3.1.12 Common mode noise.

a. For HB interfaces, common mode noise is the potential difference between the signal return
(shield) connection and the local structure ground.

5
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

b. For LB interfaces, common mode noise is the sum of the potential differences between (i) the
non-inverting connection and local structure ground, and (ii) the inverting connection and local structure
ground.

3.1.13 Latency.
Signal or data latency is the time difference between a signal or data output of a system and the time at
which the signal or data was valid.

3.1.14 Delay.
Signal or data delay is the elapsed time between the input stimulus and output response of a particular
signal or data path.

3.1.15 Power interruption.

An excursion of aircraft power outside the specified normal steady state limits established by this
standard.

3.1.16 Safety Critical. [Note 4]

An interface operation (electrical, logical or a combination of both) at the ASI or CSSI, is deemed safety
critical when it causes the store to perform functions that have the potential to generate store behavior
that may present a hazard to the aircraft, aircrew or ground handling personnel.

3.1.17 DC Offset.
The DC voltage component measured from OVDC to the mean of the signal.

3.1.18 Fibre Channel.

Fibre Channel is the name for a high-speed network standard. Fibre Channel allows for both copper and
fiber optic implementations.

3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations.

The following acronyms and abbreviations are applicable.

AEIS Aircraft/Store Electrical Interconnection System

ANSI American National Standards Institute
A/R as required
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ASI Aircraft Station Interface
BC Bus Controller
BCH Bose-Chaudhuri Hocquenghem (codes)
BIT Built-In-Test
CSI Carriage Store Interface
CSSI Carriage Store Station Interface
dB decibel
dBm decibels above 1 milliwatt
DoDISS Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards
DFC Down Fibre Channel
EIA Electronic Industries Association
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
FC Fibre Channel
Gbit gigabit

6
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

GHz gigahertz
HB High Bandwidth
Hz hertz
ICD Interface Control Document
ISO International Standards Organization
kHz kilohertz
kVA kilovolt-ampere
LB Low Bandwidth
LLSP Lower Least Significant Part
LSB Least Significant Bit
LSP Least Significant Part
MHz megahertz
ms millisecond
MSI Mission Store Interface
MSB Most Significant Bit
MSP Most Significant Part
MUX Multiplex (Digital Data Interface)
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
pp peak-to-peak
PRF Pulse Repetition Frequency
RMS Root Mean Squared
RNASP Routing Network Aircraft System Port
RT Remote Terminal
S&RE Suspension and Release Equipment
SMS Stores Management System
STANAG NATO Standardization Agreement
TC Transfer Control
TD Transfer Data
TM Transfer Monitor
UFC Up Fibre Channel
V volt

7
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

4.1 Aircraft/store configurations.

This standard provides for a variety of aircraft/store configurations, as depicted in FIGURE 1, by
specifying requirements measurable at the Aircraft Station Interface (ASI), the Mission Store Interface
(MSI), the Carriage Store Interface (CSI), the Carriage Store Station Interface (CSSI), and the Routing
Network Aircraft System Port (RNASP). As depicted in FIGURE 1, the requirements on the ASI and MSI
allow for possible installation of a carriage store between the ASI and MSI.

4.2 Interface classes. [Note 3]

All functions of the AEIS shall be allocated between two separate signal sets; the primary interface signal
set (FIGURE 2) and the auxiliary power signal set (FIGURE 3). Separate connectors shall be required for
each set. The ASI shall implement, and the MSI shall be compatible with, one of the following interface
classes.

a. Class I. Class I shall be the full primary interface.

b. Class IA. Class IA shall consist of class I, plus the auxiliary power interface.

c. Class II. Class II shall be the full primary interface without Up Fibre Channel, Down Fibre
Channel, fiber optic 1 and fiber optic 2. [Note 3]

d. Class IIA. Class IIA shall consist of class II, plus the auxiliary power interface.

On carriage stores, the CSI and the CSSI(s) shall implement either the class I or class IA interface.

4.3 Primary interface signal set.

The primary interface signal set, as shown in FIGURE 2, shall be comprised of interfaces for high
bandwidth signals, data bus signals, low bandwidth signals, a specified number of dedicated discrete
signals, aircraft power and fiber optic signals. Detailed electrical requirements for each of these functions
at the ASI, MSI, CSI, and CSSI shall comply with the requirements of section 5 herein. Equipment shall
not be functionally damaged by the removal of a termination on any interface.

4.3.1 High bandwidth (HB) interfaces.

HB interfaces shall support the transfer of two general signal types (type A and type B) sourced either by
internal aircraft subsystems or by mission stores. Type A signals shall be compatible with a transmission
passband of 20 Hz to 20 MHz. Type B signals shall be compatible with a transmission passband of 20
MHz to 1.6 GHz. The nominal source and sink impedance of the HB interfaces shall be 50 ohms for HB1
and 75 ohms for HB3. Each HB interface shall include a signal connection and a signal return (shield)
connection. The requirements in 4.3.1 and sub paragraphs apply at the RNASP for signals originating in
the aircraft and at the MSI for signals originating in the mission store. Any transmission scheme may be
used between the RNASP and the ASI (e.g., the signal at the RNASP may be a purposely modulated or
amplitude-adjusted or digitized form of the signal at the ASI). The aircraft requirements herein, however,
are expressed in terms of deviations from an ideal linear, unity-gain non-inverting transmission system.
Where a different transmission scheme is implemented between the RNASP and MSI, an equivalent
signal fidelity shall be achieved for each stated requirement. These requirements apply with the
interfaces terminated by the proper nominal impedance and include the effect of the applicable mating
contacts. FIGURE 4 shows a number of possible interface configurations.

8
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

AIRCRAFT/PYLON
AIRCRAFT
DISCONNECT
WING

STORE STATION
PYLON EQUIPMENT

PARENT RACK ASI

UMBILICAL
MSI
MISSION STORE

FIXED RACK/ADAPTOR

AIRCRAFT
WING AIRCRAFT MISSION
AIRCRAFT STATION STORE
STATION
PYLON STORE STATION
EQUIPMENT ASI
MSI

PARENT RACK ASI

UMBILICAL
CSI CARRIAGE STORE
EQUIPMENT
RACK RACK

CSSI CSSI
MSI

MISSION STORES

ASI - AIRCRAFT STATION INTERFACE

CSI - CARRIAGE STORE INTERFACE ONLY THESE INTERFACES
CSSI - CARRIAGE STORE STATION INTERFACE ARE CONTROLLED BY
MSI - MISSION STORE INTERFACE THIS STANDARD

FIGURE 1. Aircraft-store configuration examples.

9
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

AIRCRAFT STORE
SIGNAL LINES

HIGH BANDWIDTH 1
UP FIBRE CHANNEL*
HIGH BANDWIDTH 3
DOWN FIBRE CHANNEL*
MUX A
MUX B
LOW BANDWIDTH
FIBER OPTIC 1*
FIBER OPTIC 2*

DISCRETE LINES

RELEASE CONSENT
INTERLOCK
INTERLOCK RETURN
ADDRESS BIT A4
ADDRESS BIT A3
ADDRESS BIT A2
ADDRESS BIT A1
ADDRESS BIT A0
ADDRESS PARITY
ADDRESS RETURN
STRUCTURE GROUND

POWER LINES

28V DC POWER 1
POWER 1 RETURN
28V DC POWER 2
POWER RETURN
115V AC, A**
115V AC, B**
115V AC, C**
115V AC NEUTRAL
270V DC POWER**
270V DC RETURN**

* NOT APPLICABLE TO CLASS II INTERFACE

** SEE CONDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS IN 4.3.8 AND 4.4.1

FIGURE 2. Primary interface signal set. [Note 3]

10
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

AIRCRAFT STORE
AUXILIARY POWER

AUX 28V DC
AUX 28 V DC RETURN
AUX 115V AC, A**
AUX 115V AC, B**
AUX 115V AC, C**
AUX 115V AC NEUTRAL**
AUX 270V DC **
AUX 270V DC RETURN **

DISCRETE LINES

INTERLOCK
INTERLOCK RETURN
STRUCTURE GROUND

** SEE CONDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS IN 4.3.8 AND 4.4.1

FIGURE 3. Auxiliary power signal set.

4.3.1.1 Type A signal requirements.

a. Type A signals shall be limited to 1.3 Vpp within the range of ±1.55 V under steady state
conditions or within the range of ±2.0 V under transient conditions. The signal peak voltage shall return
to within 5 percent of the steady state voltage limits in less than 250 ms following a transient change in
the dc component of the signal.

b. The power spectral components above 20 MHz shall not exceed a limit line which decreases at a
rate of 14 dB/octave. At 20 MHz the limit line shall be equal to the largest power spectral component
determined over the nominal transmission passband of 4.3.1. The requirement shall apply until 200 MHz.

c. The slew rate shall not exceed 65 volts/microsecond.

4.3.1.2 Type B signal requirements.

Type B signal peak envelope power shall not exceed -20 dBmRMS. This requirement applies to the sum
of the individual peak envelope power values if more than one signal is simultaneously present.

4.3.1.3 Signal assignment.

Signals on the HB interfaces shall be limited to the following:

a. Signals which comply with type B signal characteristics shall only be transferred on HB1.

b. Time correlation (synchronization, clocking and blanking) signals which comply with type A signal
characteristics shall only be transferred on HB1.

11
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

c. Monochrome raster composite video shall only be transferred on HB3. Raster composite video
shall comply with STANAG 3350.

4.3.2 Data bus interfaces.

4.3.2.1 MIL-STD-1553 data bus interface. [Note 5]

The digital time division command/response multiplex data bus interface shall provide redundant
channels (Mux A and Mux B) for transferring digital information, store control and store status data
between aircraft and stores. The signals crossing the interface shall comply with the requirements of
MIL-STD-1553 as augmented by the requirements of section 5 herein. In the case of a carriage store,
the S&RE functions shall be monitored and controlled via the CSI data bus interface.

4.3.2.2 Fibre Channel interface. [Note 3]

For Class I and Class IA interfaces, the Fibre Channel network interface shall provide a single channel
(UFC and DFC) for transferring digital information, store control and store status data between aircraft
and stores. The signals crossing the interface shall comply with the requirements of SAE AS5653
augmented by the requirements of section 5 herein. In the case of a carriage store, the S&RE functions
may be monitored and controlled via the CSI Fibre Channel network interface.

4.3.3 Low bandwidth (LB) interface.

The LB interface shall support the transfer of LB signals sourced either by mission stores (measurable at
the MSI) or by internal aircraft systems (measurable at the RNASP). The LB interface shall include a
non-inverting signal connection, an inverting signal connection and a shield connection. The nominal
source impedance shall be 0 ohms and the nominal sink impedance shall be 600 ohms. The following
requirements apply at the signal source output (MSI or RNASP) when the output is terminated with 600
ohms. Any transmission scheme may be used between the RNASP and the ASI (e.g., the signal at the
RNASP may be a purposely modulated or amplitude-adjusted or digitized form of the signal at the ASI).
The aircraft requirements herein, however, are expressed in terms of deviations from an ideal linear,
unity-gain non-inverting transmission system. Where a different transmission scheme is implemented
between the RNASP and MSI, an equivalent signal fidelity shall be achieved for each stated requirement.
These requirements include the effect of the applicable mating contacts. FIGURE 4 shows a number of
possible configurations.

4.3.3.1 LB signal requirements.

a. The maximum instantaneous signal voltage (between the non-inverting connection and the
inverting connection) shall be ±12 V. The peak to peak signal voltage shall be 12 V maximum.

b. The maximum instantaneous common mode voltage (the voltage between the non-inverting
connection and reference ground added to the voltage between the inverting connection and reference
ground) shall be ±1 V.

c. LB signals shall be compatible with a transmission passband of 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz.

4.3.3.2 Signal assignment.

Signals on the LB interface shall be limited to tones and voice grade audio. The LB interface shall be
capable of supporting the transfer of any signal with LB signal characteristics between mission stores and
aircraft subsystems.

12
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

RNASP RNASP

ROUTING ROUTING
NETWORK NETWORK
AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT
ASI ASI ASI

UMBILICAL UMBILICAL UMBILICAL

MSI MSI MSI

STORE STORE A STORE B

FIGURE 4a. Store to aircraft or aircraft to FIGURE 4b. Store to store direct.
store direct.

RNASP RNASP
ROUTING ROUTING
AIRCRAFT NETWORK AIRCRAFT
NETWORK AIRCRAFT
ASI ASI ASI

UMBILICAL UMBILICAL UMBILICAL

CSI CSI CSI CSI MSI

CARRIAGE ROUTING CARRIAGE CARRIAGE ROUTING STORE B
OR OR
STORE NETWORK STORE STORE NETWORK
CSSI CSSI CSSI CSSI

UMBILICAL UMBILICAL

MSI MSI
STORE STORE A

FIGURE 4c. Store to aircraft or aircraft to FIGURE 4d. Store A to store B via carriage store.
store via carriage store.

FIGURE 4. Conceptual HB and LB interface configurations.

(continues on following page)

13
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

RNASP RNASP
ROUTING ROUTING
AIRCRAFT NETWORK AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT NETWORK AIRCRAFT
ASI ASI ASI ASI

UMBILICAL UMBILICAL UMBILICAL UMBILICAL

MSI CSI CSI CSI CSI CSI CSI

STORE A CARRIAGE
ROUTING CARRIAGE ROUTING ROUTING CARRIAGE
OR NETWORK STORE
STORE NETWORK OR OR NETWORK STORE

CSSI CSS CSSI CSSI CSSI CSSI

UMBILICAL UMBILICAL UMBILICAL

MSI MSI MSI

STORE B STORE A STORE B

FIGURE 4e. Store A to store B via carriage store. FIGURE 4f. Store to store via carriage stores

FIGURE 4. Conceptual HB and LB interface configurations – Continued.

4.3.4 Release consent interface.

The release consent interface shall be a low power discrete used only to enable, and inhibit, safety critical
store functions which are commanded by the aircraft over the data bus interface (see 4.3.2).

CAUTION

The release consent interface is provided to satisfy an aircraft safety

function. Consent shall be enabled only when the aircraft determines
that safety criteria for store employment sequence have been met.

4.3.5 Primary interlock interface.

The ASI interlock interface shall be available for the aircraft to monitor the electrically mated status of the
primary interface connector between stores and aircraft. The CSSI interlock interface shall be available
for the carriage store to monitor the electrically mated status of the primary interface connector between
stores and the carriage store.

CAUTION

The interlock interface shall not be used as the sole criterion for functions
which could result in an unsafe condition if the interlock circuit fails open.

14
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

4.3.6 Address interface.

The address interface shall be used to assign a unique MIL-STD-1553 remote terminal address to the
connected store. The address interface shall contain a set of six discretes (five binary weighted address
bit discretes A0 through A4 and one parity discrete) and one common address return. Stores may
monitor the address discretes to determine the mated status of the connector.

4.3.7 Primary structure ground.

A dedicated circuit shall be provided between the aircraft and store structure grounds. It shall provide an
electrical connection between aircraft and store structures to minimize shock hazards to personnel. The
structure ground interface shall not be used as a signal return path or power return path except under
fault conditions within the store

4.3.8 Primary power.

The aircraft shall supply and control all power to stores through the ASI. All ASIs shall provide two 28 V
dc sources, and either one 270 V dc source or one source of three-phase, four-wire, wye-connected, 400
Hz, 115/200 V ac. The aircraft may have the capability to supply both 115 V ac and 270 V dc but shall
never apply both simultaneously. A dedicated power return shall be provided through the AEIS for each
power source. Stores may use any combination of 28 V dc, 270 V dc and 115/200 V ac power available
at the interface. If stores use 115 V ac power, then they shall also be capable of utilizing 270 V dc power
in lieu of 115 V ac power. If stores use 270 V dc power, then they shall also be capable of utilizing 115 V
ac power in lieu of 270 V dc power. The store shall not require the application of 115 V ac and 270 V dc
simultaneously. The activation of power shall not be used for discrete functions.

4.3.9 Fiber optic (FO) interfaces.

Installation of fiber optics is not required by this standard at this time. Provisions shall be included in
Class I interface connectors for two fiber optic interfaces, fiber optic path 1 (FO1) and fiber optic path 2
(FO2). It is anticipated that these interfaces will be used for transferring bi-directional signals between
the aircraft and stores within two wavelength windows: nominally 850 nanometer (nm) and 1300 nm.

4.4 Auxiliary power interface signal set.

The auxiliary power signal set, as shown in FIGURE 3, shall include interfaces for aircraft power,
structure ground, and interlock discrete. Detailed electrical requirements at the ASI, CSI, CSSI, and MSI
shall be in accordance with section 5 herein.

4.4.1 Auxiliary power.

The aircraft shall supply and control all auxiliary power to stores through the ASI. The auxiliary power
interface at an ASI shall include one 28 V dc power source, and either one 270 V dc source or one
source of three-phase, four-wire, wye-connected, 400 Hz, 115/200 V ac. The aircraft may have the
capability to supply both 115 V ac and 270 V dc but shall never apply both simultaneously. A dedicated
power return shall be provided through the AEIS for each power source. Stores may use any
combination of 28 V dc, 270 V dc and 115/200 V ac power available at the interface. If stores use 115 V
ac power, then they shall also be capable of utilizing 270 V dc power in lieu of that 115 V ac power. If
stores use 270 V dc power, then they shall also be capable of utilizing 115 V ac power in lieu of 270 V dc
power. The store shall not require the application of 115 V ac and 270 V dc simultaneously. The
activation of power shall not be used for discrete functions.

4.4.2 Auxiliary interlock interface.

An auxiliary ASI interlock interface shall be available for the aircraft to monitor the electrically mated
status of the auxiliary power interface connector between stores and aircraft. An auxiliary CSSI interlock
interface shall be available for the carriage store to monitor the electrically mated status of the auxiliary
power interface connector between stores and carriage stores.

15
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CAUTION

The interlock interface shall not be used as the sole criterion for functions
which could result in an unsafe condition if the interlock circuit fails open.

4.4.3 Auxiliary structure ground.

A dedicated circuit shall be provided between the aircraft and store structure grounds. It shall provide an
electrical connection between aircraft and store structures to minimize shock hazards to personnel. The
structure ground interface shall not be used as a signal return path or power return path except under
fault conditions within the store.

4.5 Interface connectors.

The standard primary interface connector and contact functional assignments of 5.6.1 shall be used. The
standard auxiliary interface connector and contact functional assignment requirements of 5.6.2 shall be
used if the auxiliary power signal set is implemented.

16
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS

5.1 Aircraft requirements.

The aircraft shall meet the following requirements at each ASI. Requirements shall be measurable at the
ASI (looking into the aircraft) except where indicated.

5.1.1 Aircraft HB interfaces.

The aircraft shall provide HB interfaces at each ASI for (as a minimum) bi-directional simplex transfer of
type A and type B signals. The aircraft shall assign, control, and route HB signals to their proper
destinations by means of a HB signal routing network. Each implemented routing network signal path
shall meet the following electrical requirements between the RNASP and ASI or between ASIs as
applicable. The following requirements cover HB1 and HB3.

5.1.1.1 Minimum transfer capacity.

The aircraft shall support the transfer of one type A signal or one type B signal on HB1, simultaneously
with the transfer of a type A signal on HB3 through an ASI.

5.1.1.2 Type A signal path requirements.

5.1.1.2.1 Return loss.

The input return loss of each signal path shall not be less than 20 dB over the frequency band 20 Hz to
20 MHz when the output is terminated with the nominal impedance. The output return loss of each signal
path shall not be less than 20 dB over the frequency band 20 Hz to 20 MHz when the input is terminated
with the nominal impedance.

5.1.1.2.2 Transient response.

The transient response characteristics of each signal path shall meet the following requirements. When
each of the signals in FIGURE 5a, FIGURE 6a, FIGURE 7a, and FIGURE 8a is applied to the input, the
output signal shall meet the requirements in FIGURE 5b, FIGURE 6b, and FIGURE 8b. For the response
envelope in FIGURE 5b, V'1.0 is as defined in FIGURE 7b. For the response envelope in FIGURE 6b,
V'1.3 is defined in FIGURE 8b.

5.1.1.2.3 Insertion gain.

The signal path insertion gain between the input and output shall be 0 dB +0.5/-4.0 dB, where insertion
gain = 20 log (V'1.3 / V). V and V'1.3 are defined in FIGURE 8a and FIGURE 8b respectively.

5.1.1.2.4 Representative pulse delay.

The representative pulse delay of any signal path shall not exceed 2.0 microseconds and shall not vary
by more than ±35 nanoseconds from its nominal value. The nominal value of the signal path
representative pulse delay for the current routing path configuration shall be retained and made available
for computing signal latency. When the signal in FIGURE 8a is applied to the input, the representative
pulse delay is the time difference between the voltage V/2 being reached on the input signal rising edge
and the voltage V'1.3 /2 being reached on the output signal rising edge where V'1.3 is defined in FIGURE
8b.

5.1.1.2.5 Equalization.
The gain misequalization of any signal path shall not exceed the limits shown in FIGURE 9. The zero dB
gain reference shall be the gain at 20 kHz. The maximum gain between 20 MHz and 200 MHz shall not
exceed +3 dB with respect to the zero-dB gain reference.

17
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.1.1.2.6 Dynamic range.

When a 1 kHz sine wave of peak-to-peak voltage 3.5 V is added to a dc voltage of ±0.5 V and then
applied at the signal path input, the signal at the output shall not be compressed or clipped by more than
6 percent.

5.1.1.2.7 Signal path dc offset.

The maximum dc voltage at the output of each signal path shall not exceed ±250 millivolts with the input
terminated.

5.1.1.2.8 Noise requirements.

Noise at the type A signal path outputs shall meet the following requirements over the frequency band 20
Hz to 20 MHz.

5.1.1.2.8.1 Random noise.

Using the weighting function of FIGURE 10, the weighted random noise power at each signal path output
with the input terminated shall not exceed -45 dBmRMS.

5.1.1.2.8.2 Periodic noise.

The calculated periodic noise voltage at each signal path output with the input terminated shall not
exceed 0.8 mVRMS for each valid state of the HB routing network. The noise voltage shall be
determined by stimulating each HB and LB interface of the AEIS not associated with the signal path in
turn by an in-band, maximum amplitude sinusoidal signal which produces the maximum weighted
crosstalk voltage at the signal path output. The weighting function is given in FIGURE 11. The frequency
of the stimulus signal may be different at each interface. The calculated periodic noise voltage shall be
the root sum of squares of the individual crosstalk voltages plus the unstimulated weighted periodic noise
voltage at the signal path output when all HB and LB interfaces are terminated.

5.1.1.2.8.3 Impulse noise.

The peak-to-peak impulse noise voltage at the signal path output with the input terminated shall not
exceed 40 mV.

5.1.1.2.8.4 Stimulated noise.

No more than -26 dBm (HB1) or -28 dBm (HB3) of noise shall be added to the signal path noise at the
output when a 1.3 Vpp sinusoidal excitation signal of any frequency between 1 MHz and 15 MHz is
applied to the signal path input.

5.1.1.2.8.5 Common mode noise.

Using the weighting function of FIGURE 12, the RMS common mode noise voltage at the output of each
signal path shall not exceed 200 mV with respect to the output structure ground when the input is
terminated and the input signal return is connected to the input structure ground.

5.1.1.3 Type B signal path requirements.

(None specified at this time)

5.1.1.4 Ground reference.

When a HB interface in an ASI is sending a type A or type B signal, the signal return shall be connected
to aircraft structure ground as shown in FIGURE 13a. When a HB interface in an ASI is receiving a type
A signal, the signal return shall be isolated from aircraft structure ground as shown in FIGURE 13b.
When a HB interface in an ASI is receiving a type B signal, the signal return shall be connected to aircraft
structure ground as shown in FIGURE 13c.

18
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.1.2 Aircraft MIL-STD-1553 data bus interface.

The aircraft shall provide two data bus interfaces (Mux A and Mux B) at each primary signal set ASI for
the transfer of digital messages through the ASI to a MIL-STD-1553 compliant remote terminal in the
connected store. Each data bus interface shall contain a data high connection, a data low connection
and a shield connection.

5.1.2.1 Functional characteristics.

a. The aircraft shall be responsible for the bus controller function as defined in MIL-STD-1553. The
Mux A and Mux B interfaces at each ASI shall be operated in a dual standby redundant mode as
described in MIL-STD-1553.

b. The aircraft shall also control digital information transfer from a remote terminal below any ASI to
a remote terminal below any other ASIs. The aircraft shall communicate with the remote terminal
(connected to an ASI) with:

(1) messages whose terminal address corresponds to the address encoded in the address
interface (see 5.1.6) at the ASI, or

(2) MIL-STD-1553 broadcast messages.

c. Subaddress fields of 19 and 27 (10011 and 11011 binary) shall be reserved for communications
with U.S. nuclear weapons. This restriction applies to all messages detectable at any ASI. [Note 6]

d. Subaddress 7 (0111 binary) shall only be used for data routing through carriage stores by
“peeling.” This restriction applies to all messages detectable at any ASI.

e. The aircraft shall communicate with stores through the Mux A and Mux B interfaces in
accordance with the requirements of APPENDIX B and APPENDIX C.

5.1.2.2 Electrical characteristics.

The aircraft shall comply with the electrical characteristics defined herein at the ASI. The characteristics
defined apply when measured on the data high connection referenced to the data low connection. Data
high is that connection which is positive referenced to the data low connection in the first part of a MIL-
STD-1553 command or status word sync waveform.

5.1.2.2.1 Output characteristics.

The aircraft shall deliver, at each ASI, MIL-STD-1553 compatible data waveforms except that the peak-to-
peak, line-to-line voltage shall be within the envelope of FIGURE 14. The maximum zero crossing
deviation from the ideal (with respect to the previous zero crossing) shall not exceed 120 nanoseconds.

5.1.2.2.2 Input characteristics.

The aircraft shall receive, and operate with, input signal waveforms at any ASI which comply with the
output characteristics of a MIL-STD-1553 transformer coupled stub terminal.

5.1.2.2.3 Shield grounding.

The aircraft shall connect the data bus stub shields of both Mux A and Mux B to aircraft structure ground.

19
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

v(t)
V

V/2 T

t
-T 0 +T

v(t) = V cos2 [ 2Tπt ] for -T < t < +T

v(t) = 0 elsewhere
where T = 25 nanoseconds, V = + 1.0 volt

FIGURE 5a. Cosine-squared T signal.

Peak value shall occur v(t)

between -25 ns & +25 ns, and
shall not be below this line.
+73%V'1.0 minimum

Waveform shall not be above

Waveform shall not be above this
this line for times between
line between -100 ns & -25 ns.
25 ns & 100 ns.
+18%V'1.0

+10%V'1.0
+5%V'1.0

-5%V'1.0
-10%V' 1.0
Waveform shall not be below
-18%V'1.0 this line between -100 ns & +100 ns

-100 ns -50 ns -25 ns 0 +25 ns +50 ns +100 ns

NOTE 1: The time origin (0 ns) for the envelope is arbitrary with respect to
both the stimulus and response waveforms
NOTE 2: For sampled systems, the response envelope shall apply to any
alignment of the input signal with respect to the sample clock.

FIGURE 5b. Allowed response envelope for cosine-squared T signal.

FIGURE 5. Cosine-squared T signal requirements.

20
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

v(t)
V

V/2 2T

t
-2T 0 2T

v(t) = V cos2 [ 4Tπt ] for -2T < t < 2T

v(t) = 0 volts elsewhere
where 2T = 50 nanoseconds, V = + 1.3 volt

FIGURE 6a. Cosine-squared 2T signal. [Note 7]

v(t)

112%V'1.3
Peak value shall occur between -50 ns
and +50 ns and shall not be below
88% or above 112% of V'1.3
88%V'1.3

Waveform shall not be above this Waveform shall not be above this
line between -400 ns & -50 ns. line between +50 ns & +400 ns.
+12%V'1.3

+6%V'1.3
+3%V'1.3

-3%V'1.3
-6%V'1.3
Waveform shall not be below this
-12%V’1.3 line between -400 ns & 400 ns.

-400 ns -200 ns -100 ns -50 ns 0 50 ns 100 ns 200 ns 400 ns

NOTE: The time origin (0 ns) of the envelope is arbitrary with respect to both the stimulus and response waveforms.

FIGURE 6b. Allowed response envelope for cosine-squared 2T signal.

FIGURE 6. Cosine-squared 2T signal requirements.

21
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

V/2 25 μs

2T 0 2T

[
v(t) = g(t) * E 25μs
t
]
where: * denotes convolution

V πt
g(t)
=
2T
cos 2
4T [ ]
for -2T ≤ t < 2T

= 0 volts elsewhere

for -12.5 μs < t < 12.5 μs

E [ 25μt s ] == 01 elsewhere
where 2T = 50 ns, V = + 1.0 volt

FIGURE 7a. 2T Bar signal (± 1.0 V).

2T Bar Response v(t)

(Typical) V'1.0 (see note 1)

V'1.0 /2 V'1.0 /2

NOTE 1: V'1.0 is the value measured at the midpoint between the V'1.0 /2 points.

FIGURE 7b. Allowed response envelope for 2T Bar signal (referenced to ±1.0 V).

FIGURE 7. 2T Bar signal requirements (1.0 V).

22
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

v(t)
V

V/2 25 μs

2T 0 2T

[
t
v(t) = g(t) * E 25μs ]
(where: * denotes convolution)

V πt
cos 2 [ ]
for -2T ≤ t < 2T

{
=
2T 4T
g(t)
= 0 volts elsewhere

for -12.5 μs < t < 12.5 μs

E [ 25μt s ] == 01 elsewhere
where 2T = 50 nanoseconds, V = + 1.3 volts

FIGURE 8a. 2T Bar signal (± 1.3V).

2T Bar Response
(Typical)
v(t) V'1.3 (see note 2)
1.015 V'1.3
0.985V'1.3

V'1.3 /2

t
1.0 μs 1 .0 μ s
NOTE 1: The exact shape of the 2T Bar Response waveform is not important.
The only requirement is that it be within the shaded box.
NOTE 2: V'1.3 is the value measured at the midpoint between the V'1.3 /2 points.

FIGURE 8b. Allowed response envelope for 2T Bar signal (referenced to ±1.3V).

FIGURE 8. 2T Bar signal requirements (1.3V).

23
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

1
Gain (dB)

0.25
-0.25
-1

-3

20 200 625K 5M 10M 20M

Frequency (Hz, log10 scale)

FIGURE 9. Gain misequalization envelope.

0
WEIGHTING FUNCTION (dB)

The random noise weighting function is defined as:

-4
-7 2
A= -10 log 1+(4.70*10 f) dB
1 +(8.55*10-8 f)2

-8

-12

-16
0 4 8 12 16 20
FREQUENCY (MHz)

FIGURE 10. Random noise weighting function.

24
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

-5

Weighting function (dB)

-10

-15

-20

-25
100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M 20M
Frequency (Hz)

The periodic noise weighting function is defined as:

2
f
1+
1150 Hz
A = 10 log dB
2 2 2
f f f
1+ 1+ 1+
500 Hz 4 MHz 20 MHz

FIGURE 11. Periodic noise weighting function.

0
WEIGHTING FUNCTION (dB)

-7
-10

-20

-26

-30
DC 100 200 1k 10k 30k 100k 1M 10M 20M
FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 12. Common mode noise weighting function.

25
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

Equivalent source impedance

Signal
connection
Equivalent
voltage
source
Signal return (shield)
connection

FIGURE 13a. Equivalent circuit of HB interface when sending a Type A or Type B signal.

Signal connection
Equivalent
sink
impedance
Signal return (Shield) connection

FIGURE 13b. Equivalent circuit of HB interface when receiving a Type A signal.

Signal connection
Equivalent
sink
impedance
Signal return (Shield) connection

FIGURE 13c. Equivalent circuit of HB interface when receiving a Type B signal.

FIGURE 13. Equivalent circuits of HB interfaces.

26
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

VALID WAVEFORM ENVELOPE

SQUARE WAVE
1.4 Vpp
SINE WAVE

14 Vpp

1MICROSECOND
(REF)

FIGURE 14. ASI output waveform envelope.

5.1.3 Aircraft LB interface.

The aircraft shall provide a LB interface at each ASI for bi-directional simplex transfer of LB signals. The
aircraft shall assign, control, and route LB signals to their proper destinations. The following
requirements apply to the aircraft network including cables. When connected to source and sink
equipment with impedances defined in 4.3.3, LB signal paths shall have the following characteristics.

5.1.3.1 Minimum transfer capacity.

The aircraft shall support the transfer of a LB signal between any ASI and applicable aircraft equipment
for applications where the signal source is located in either the aircraft or in the connected store. The
aircraft shall be capable of rerouting the signals between aircraft equipment and each ASI. Specific
transfer capacity beyond this minimum is not controlled by this standard.

5.1.3.2 Input/output impedance.

The input impedance (line-to-line) of each signal path shall be 600 ohms ±60 ohms, over the frequency
band 150 Hz to 8 kHz, when the output is terminated with the nominal sink impedance defined in 4.3.3.
The output impedance (line-to-line) of each signal path shall be less than 60 ohms, over the frequency
band 150 Hz to 8 kHz, when the input is terminated with the nominal source impedance defined in 4.3.3.

5.1.3.3 Insertion gain.

The signal path insertion gain between the input and output shall be 0 dB +1 dB, -4 dB for a 1 kHz sine
wave input.

5.1.3.4 Equalization requirements.

The gain misequalization of any signal path shall not exceed the limits shown in FIGURE 15. The 0 dB
reference shall be the gain at 1 kHz.

27
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

+1

0
Gain (dB)

-2

150 300 1k 3.4k 8k

Frequency (Hz)

FIGURE 15. Gain misequalization envelope (aircraft, LB).

5.1.3.5 Signal path dc offset.

The maximum dc voltage at the output of each signal path shall not exceed ±1 V line-to-line and ±1 V
line-to-ground with the input terminated.

5.1.3.6 Noise.
The signal path noise shall meet the following requirements over the frequency band 150 Hz to 8 kHz
except where otherwise specified.

5.1.3.6.1 Periodic and random noise.

The calculated periodic and random noise voltage at each signal path output with the input terminated
shall not exceed 12.5 mVRMS for each valid state of the LB routing network. The noise voltage shall be
determined by stimulating each LB and HB interface of the AEIS not associated with the signal path in
turn by an in-band (150 Hz to 8 kHz), maximum amplitude sinusoidal signal which produces the
maximum crosstalk voltage at the signal path output. The frequency of the stimulus signal may be
different at each interface. The calculated noise voltage shall be the root sum of squares of the individual
crosstalk voltages plus the unstimulated periodic and random noise voltage at the signal path output
when all LB and HB interfaces are terminated.

5.1.3.6.2 Impulse noise.

With the input of the signal path terminated, there shall be (to one standard deviation) no more than two
occurrences of impulse noise exceeding 20 mV peak over a three minute period. The impulse noise
voltage shall apply when band-limited to 8 kHz low pass.

5.1.3.6.3 Stimulated noise.

For any frequency between 300 Hz and 3.4 kHz, application of a 12 Vpp sinusoidal excitation signal to
the signal path input shall not add more than 80 mV RMS of noise to the output over the frequency range
150 Hz to 8 kHz.

28
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.1.3.6.4 Common mode noise.

The peak common mode noise voltage at the output of each signal path shall not exceed ±1 V when the
input is terminated and the input shield is at the same potential as the local structure ground. This
requirement shall apply over the band 150 Hz to 50 kHz.

5.1.3.7 Ground reference.

When the LB interface in an ASI is sending a signal, the inverting and non-inverting signals shall be
referenced to ground as shown in FIGURE 16a. When the LB interface in an ASI is receiving a signal,
the signal shall be represented by the difference between the non-inverting signal and the inverting signal
as shown in FIGURE 16b. The shield shall be connected to ground.

R1 non-inverting
Notes: 1. V1-V2 is the
Thevenin equivalent voltage V1 signal connection
source (balanced with
respect to ground).
V2 R2
2. R1+R2 is the
inverting
Thevenin equivalent source signal connection
impedance.
shield

FIGURE 16a. Equivalent circuit of ASI or MSI when sending a LB signal.

non-inverting
signal connection
inverting
signal connection
shield

FIGURE 16b. Equivalent circuit of ASI or MSI when receiving a LB signal.

FIGURE 16. Equivalent circuits for LB interfaces.

5.1.4 Aircraft release consent interface.

The aircraft shall provide a release consent interface at each primary signal set ASI for transferring an
enable/inhibit signal to the connected store. Release consent, when in the enabled state, shall indicate
aircraft consent for stores to perform safety-critical functions, including but not limited to Commit to
Separate Store or Submunition function (bit D8) or the Fire, Launch or Release function (bit D10) of the
Critical Control 1 data word in the Mission Store Control message when commanded over the data bus

29
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

interface (see 4.3.4). If required by the system specification or ICD, other bits in the Critical Control 1
and Critical Control 2 words may also be interlocked with the release consent interface [Note 8].
The aircraft shall require positive crew action to generate the enabled state of the release consent signal.
When in the inhibited state, the release consent interface at an ASI shall be electrically isolated from the
release consent interface at all other ASIs. The isolation shall be 100 kilohms minimum at dc.

5.1.4.1 Voltage level.

The voltage level measured between the release consent connection and 28 V dc power 2 return
connection at the ASI shall be:

a. Steady State Conditions

(1) Enable: Minimum voltage of 19.0 V dc

Maximum voltage, in accordance with MIL-STD-704 for 28 V dc

(2) Inhibit: 1.50 V dc (maximum)

b. Voltage transients shall comply with MIL-STD-704 limits for 28 V dc applications.

5.1.4.2 Current level.

Mission and carriage stores may require 100 milliamperes steady state through the ASI during the enable
state and the aircraft shall be able to supply that current. The aircraft is not, however, required to supply
any current in excess of 100 milliamperes. The aircraft shall comply with the requirements herein for
store imposed load currents of 5.0 milliamperes minimum through the ASI.

5.1.4.3 Stabilization time.

With any resistive load between 320 ohms and 3.8 kilohms connected between release consent and 28 V
dc power 2 return, the voltage at the ASI shall reach steady state levels (see 5.1.4.1a) within
3 milliseconds during transition between enable and inhibit states.

5.1.4.4 Enable lead time.

If release consent is required by a store, the release consent signal shall attain the enable state at least
20 milliseconds prior to transferring the safety critical command over the data bus interface or prior to the
firing signal to the parent S&RE, as applicable.

5.1.4.5 Inhibit delay.

If release consent at an ASI has been enabled, the aircraft shall operate under the assumption that the
store(s) connected to that ASI may remain in an enable state for up to 20 milliseconds after the release
consent signal has been returned to the inhibit state.

5.1.4.6 Ground reference.

The 28 V dc power 2 return connection shall be the ground reference for release consent.

5.1.4.7 Duration of application to mission store. [Note 9]

Once the release consent signal has been enabled by the aircraft (at the ASI or by command at the
CSSI) to the mission store in conjunction with the commanding of either the Commit to Separate Store or
Submunition D8 (bit 2) or the Fire, Launch or Release D10 (bit 0) of the Critical Control word in the
Mission Store Control message (see APPENDIX B), it shall be maintained at that state until one of the
following conditions arises:

30
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

a. the aircraft receives from the mission store, a Mission Store Monitor Message with the Fired,
Launched or Released (bit 0) or Committed to Store or Submunition Separation (bit 2) set in the Critical
Monitor 1 word;

b. the aircraft determines that the mission store has prematurely terminated its preparations
because of mission store failure;

c. the aircraft terminates the launch sequence prematurely.

5.1.5 Aircraft interlock interface.

The aircraft shall provide an interlock interface at each primary signal set ASI and auxiliary power signal
set ASI for monitoring the mated status of the associated connectors. The interlock interface at each
primary and auxiliary ASI consists of an interlock connection and an interlock return connection. If the
aircraft monitors the interlock interface, then the aircraft shall comply with the following requirements.
These requirements apply to the interlock connection referenced to the interlock return connection.

a. Open circuit voltage

(1) Minimum voltage of 4.0 V dc

(2) Maximum voltage, in accordance with MIL-STD-704 for 28 V dc

(3) Voltage transients shall not exceed the upper limit defined in MIL-STD-704 for 28 V dc

b. Excitation current

(1) Minimum current of 5.0 milliamperes

(2) Maximum current of 100 milliamperes

c. Impedance detection threshold. An interface disconnected condition shall be detected for any
impedance level of 100 kilohms or greater. An interface connected condition shall be detected for any
impedance level of 2.0 ohms or less. These impedance values apply over the frequency range of dc to
4 kHz.

5.1.6 Aircraft address interface.

The aircraft shall provide an address interface at each primary signal set ASI for assigning a data bus
address to the MIL-STD-1553 remote terminal in the store mated to the ASI. Each address interface
shall include five binary encoded address bit connections (A0, A1, A2, A3, and A4), one address parity
connection and one common address return connection. The aircraft shall use this interface only for
assigning an address to the remote terminal associated with the directly connected carriage store or
mission store. The address can be requested by the aircraft from a carriage store or mission store via the
Fibre Channel network if present. [Note 7]

5.1.6.1 Address assignment.

The aircraft shall supply a logic 0 state or logic 1 state on each of the five binary weighted address bit
connections at each ASI. The remote terminal address assigned to an ASI shall be defined as follows:

a. Remote terminal address = (A ) x 24 + (A ) x 23 + (A ) x 22 + (A ) x 21 + (A ) x 20

4 3 2 1 0

31
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

b. The aircraft shall supply a logic 0 state or logic 1 state on the address parity connection such that
an odd number of logic 1 states exist on the five address bit connections plus the address parity
connection.

The aircraft shall not modify the address assigned to an ASI whenever any power (see 5.1.8, 5.1.9, and
5.1.10) is applied to that ASI. If a launch sequence has been initiated, the aircraft shall maintain the address
until after loss of interlock. [Note 9]

5.1.6.2 Address signal.

The aircraft shall comply with the requirements herein when signals with the following characteristics are
applied to the address interface at the ASI by the connected store. The characteristics defined apply to
the address bit and parity connections referenced to the address return connection.

a. Open circuit (logic 1) voltage

(1) Minimum voltage of 3.5 V dc

(2) Maximum voltage of 31.5 V dc

(3) Rise and fall times of applied voltage less than 10 milliseconds

b. Logic 0 current

(1) Minimum current of 5.0 milliamperes dc

(2) Maximum current of 100 milliamperes dc through each address bit and parity connection

(3) Maximum current of 600 milliamperes dc through the address return connection

(4) Rise and fall times of applied current less than 10 milliseconds

5.1.6.3 Logic thresholds.

The aircraft shall provide the following logic states under the voltage and current conditions of 5.1.6.2:

a. Logic 1 state characteristics. The aircraft shall maintain sufficient open circuit conditions between
each logic 1 set address bit (or parity) connection and the return connection such that when the voltages
of 5.1.6.2 are applied across the connections, the current flow shall not exceed 300 microamperes.

b. Logic 0 state characteristics. The aircraft shall limit the voltage drop between each logic 0 set
address bit (or parity) connection and return connection at the ASI to 1.0 volts maximum when the current
levels specified in 5.1.6.2 are applied. This maximum voltage drop applies when logic 0 states exist at
any or all address bit and parity connections.

5.1.6.4 Response characteristics.

The aircraft shall produce valid address characteristics at the ASI within 10 milliseconds of excitation
signal application from the store. The aircraft shall not require continuous application of the excitation
signal.

5.1.6.5 Address isolation.

The aircraft shall electrically isolate all address connections (including address return) at each ASI from
the address connections at all other ASIs, from power returns and from aircraft structure. The isolation
shall be 100 kilohms minimum over the frequency range of dc to 4 kHz.

32
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.1.7 Aircraft structure ground.

The aircraft shall provide a conductive path from the ASI structure ground interface to aircraft structure,
capable of carrying the overcurrent level defined in FIGURE 17 for the primary ASI and FIGURE 18 for
the auxiliary ASI. The structure ground interface shall not be used as a signal return path or power return
path except under fault conditions within the store. The voltage drop between the ASI structure ground
interface and the aircraft ground shall not exceed 0.2 volts when conducting 10 amperes (continuous) for
the primary ASI and 30 amperes (continuous) for the auxiliary ASI.

5.1.8 Aircraft 28 V dc power interface.

The aircraft shall provide a set of 28 V dc power interfaces at each ASI. The primary signal set ASI shall
contain 28 V dc power 1 (and power 1 return) connections and 28 V dc power 2 (and power 2 return)
connections. The auxiliary power signal set ASI shall contain 28 V dc power (and power return)
connections.

5.1.8.1 Independent control.

The aircraft shall be capable of sourcing and independently controlling each 28 V dc power interface
through each primary signal set ASI and through each auxiliary power signal set ASI.

5.1.8.2 Voltage level.

The voltages at the ASI between each 28 V dc power connection and the associated power return
connection shall comply with the 28 V dc normal and abnormal operation characteristics for utilization
equipment defined in MIL-STD-704 with the following addition: the normal steady state lower voltage limit
at the ASI shall be 22.0 V dc at any current up to full rated load (10 A for primary, 30 A for auxiliary).
Voltage transients at the ASI shall comply with MIL-STD-704.

5.1.8.3 Current capacity.

5.1.8.3.1 Primary signal set.

The aircraft shall be capable of sourcing the maximum load current levels of FIGURE 17a through the 28
V dc power 1 interface and the maximum load current levels of FIGURE 17a through the 28 V dc power 2
interface of the ASI. The aircraft shall be capable of sourcing a total of 20 amperes, continuously through
the combination of 28 V dc power 1 and 28 V dc power 2 interfaces of the ASI.

5.1.8.3.2 Auxiliary power signal set.

For interface classes IA and IIA, the aircraft shall be capable of sourcing the maximum load current levels
of FIGURE 18a through the 28 V dc power interface of the auxiliary ASI.

5.1.8.3.3 Simultaneous current.

The total 28 V dc current available simultaneously from all ASIs is not controlled by this standard. The
total 28 V dc continuous current provided simultaneously through both the primary and auxiliary
interfaces at any class IA or IIA ASI need not exceed 30 amperes.

5.1.8.4 Overcurrent protection.

The aircraft shall ensure that the current flow through any 28 V dc power connection does not exceed the
maximum overcurrent limits of FIGURE 17 and FIGURE 18 for the primary and auxiliary ASIs,
respectively. The aircraft may achieve this current limit operation by the deactivation of the appropriate
power interface and any other power interface at the associated ASI.

5.1.8.5 Off-state leakage current.

The off-state leakage current from each 28 V dc power ASI output to its respective return shall not
exceed 1.0 milliampere dc with all load impedances. The off-state leakage current from auxiliary 28 V dc

33
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

power ASI output to the auxiliary power return shall not exceed 2.50 milliamperes dc with all load
impedances.

1.6
100
0.73
MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT ⎛ 75.62 ⎞
= (4.57)⎜ − 0.25 ⎟ + 24
⎝ t ⎠
65
for 1.6 < t < 300 sec
CURRENT (A)

MAXIMUM
OVERCURRENT
Circuit Protection
0.65 “Always Trip” Zone
30
⎛ 85.63 ⎞
= (0.683)⎜ − 0.285⎟ +10 24
⎝ t ⎠
for 0.1 < t < 300 sec Circuit Protection
“May Trip” Zone
Circuit Protection
“Never Trip” Zone
10
0 0.1 1 10 100 1000
CURRENT DURATION (SEC)

FIGURE 17a. Primary interface current level for 28 V dc and 115/200 V ac power.

1.6
0.8 0.73
⎛ 4.71 ⎞ ⎛ 75.62 ⎞
100 = (0.88)⎜ − 0.47 ⎟ + 10
⎝ t ⎠ = (4.57)⎜ − 0.25⎟ + 24
⎝ t ⎠
for 0.04 < t < 10 sec for 1.6 < t < 300 sec
50
CURRENT (A)

Circuit protection
Circuit protection "always trip" zone
30 MAXIMUM "may trip" zone
LOAD 24
CURRENT
MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT
Circuit protection
"never trip" zone
10
0 0.04 0.1 1 10 100 1000

CURRENT DURATION (SEC)

FIGURE 17b. Primary interface current level for 270 V dc power.

FIGURE 17. Primary interface current level.

34
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

1.9
1000
0.85
⎛ 64.98 ⎞
= (12.02)⎜ − 0.216 ⎟ + 58
MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT ⎝ t ⎠
for 1.9 < t < 300 sec
240
CURRENT (A)

Circuit protection
"always trip" zone
100
Circuit protection
MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT "may trip" zone
58

0.65
⎛ 108.85 ⎞ 30
= (2.23)⎜ − 0.362⎟ + 30
⎝ t ⎠ Circuit protection
for 0.1 < t < 300 sec "never trip" zone

10
0 0.1 1 10 100 1000
CURRENT DURATION (sec)

FIGURE 18a. Auxiliary interface current level for 28 V dc and 115/200 V ac power.
1.6
1000
1.0
MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT ⎛ 4.36 ⎞
= (33.19)⎜ − 0.0135⎟ + 45
⎝ t ⎠
MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT for 1.6 < t < 300 sec
CURRENT (A)

120
Circuit protection
100 "always trip" zone
Circuit protection
0.85 45
⎛ 4.71 ⎞ "may trip" zone
= (2.23)⎜ − 0.13⎟ + 29.1
⎝ t ⎠ 30
Circuit protection
for 0.06 < t < 10 sec
"never trip" zone
10
0 0.06 0.1 1 10 100 1000
CURRENT DURATION (sec)

FIGURE 18b. Auxiliary interface current level for 270 V dc power.

FIGURE 18. Auxiliary interface current level.

NOTE: The curves of FIGURE 17 and FIGURE 18 define a locus of discrete current-time points (such as
13 amperes for 10 seconds duration) and are not intended to represent a continuous profile of current
versus time.

35
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.1.8.6 Stabilization time.

When tested with a resistive load connected to the ASI, the voltage at the ASI shall reach steady state
levels (see 5.1.8.2) within 3.0 milliseconds of power turn-on and turn-off (see FIGURE 19) at any current
up to full rated load (10 A for primary, 30 A for auxiliary).

VOLTAGE

SPECIFIED
INTERFACE
VOLTAGE
LEVEL
VMIN

POWER ON

POWER
POWER
OFF
OFF

0.1 VMIN

TIME
STABILIZATION TIME

FIGURE 19. Stabilization time.

5.1.8.7 Ground reference.

The 28 V dc power return connections at the primary and auxiliary ASIs shall be the reference for each
associated 28 V dc power connection.

5.1.8.8 Power application.

The aircraft shall only energize 28 V dc power 2 and auxiliary 28 V dc when the aircraft has determined
that it is safe to do so. The aircraft operation shall consider that some stores may use 28 V dc power 2 or
auxiliary 28 V dc for powering safety critical functions such that store safety may be degraded with
activation of these power interfaces. The aircraft may energize 28 V dc power 1 at any time under the
assumption that all store functions so powered are either not safety critical or that multiple safety
interlocks exist within the store such that store safety is not significantly degraded by activation of 28 V dc
power 1.

5.1.9 Aircraft 115/200 V 400 Hz ac power interface.

The aircraft shall provide a set of three-phase, four-wire, wye-connected, 115/200 V 400 Hz [Note 41] ac
power interfaces at each ASI (see 4.3.8 and 4.4.1). The primary signal set ASI shall contain 115 V ac
phase A, phase B, phase C, and neutral connections. The auxiliary power signal set ASI shall contain
115 V ac phase A, phase B, phase C, and neutral connections.

36
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.1.9.1 Independent control and dead facing.

The aircraft shall be capable of sourcing and independently controlling the 115/200 V ac power interface
through each primary interface signal set ASI and through each auxiliary power signal set ASI. The
aircraft shall ensure that no ac power is applied to the ASI until an indication is available that the store is
mated, such as the interlock circuit is complete. The aircraft shall also ensure that ac power is removed
from the ASI prior to store separation or connector disconnect.

5.1.9.2 Voltage level.

The voltage at the ASI between each 115 V ac phase connection and the associated 115 V ac neutral
connection shall comply with the 115 V ac normal and abnormal operation characteristics for utilization
equipment defined in MIL-STD-704 with the following addition: the normal steady state lower voltage limit
at the ASI shall be 108.0 V RMS at any current up to full rated load (10 A for primary, 30 A for auxiliary).
Voltage transients at the ASI shall comply with MIL-STD-704.

5.1.9.3 Current capacity.

5.1.9.3.1 Primary signal set.

The aircraft shall be capable of sourcing the maximum load current levels of FIGURE 17 simultaneously
through each of the three 115 V ac phases of the primary signal set ASI.

5.1.9.3.2 Auxiliary power signal set.

For interface classes IA and IIA, the aircraft shall be capable of sourcing the maximum load current levels
of FIGURE 18 simultaneously through each of the three 115 V ac power phases of the auxiliary ASI.

5.1.9.3.3 Simultaneous current.

The total 115 V ac current available simultaneously from all ASIs is not controlled by this standard. The
total 115 V ac continuous current provided simultaneously through both primary and auxiliary interfaces
at any class IA and IIA ASI need not exceed 30 amperes per phase.

5.1.9.4 Overcurrent protection.

The aircraft shall ensure that the current flow through any 115 V ac power phase connection does not
exceed the maximum overcurrent limits of FIGURE 17a and FIGURE 18a for the primary and auxiliary
ASIs, respectively. The aircraft may achieve this current limit operation by the deactivation of the
appropriate power interface and any other power interface at the associated ASI.

5.1.9.5 Off-state leakage current.

The off-state leakage current from each 115 V ac phase output to the associated 115 V ac neutral shall
be less than 2.0 milliamperes for the primary signal set ASI and shall be less than 5.0 milliamperes for the
auxiliary power signal set ASI with all load impedances.

5.1.9.6 Stabilization time.

When tested with a resistive load connected to the ASI, the voltage at the ASI shall reach steady state
levels within 3.0 milliseconds of power turn-on and turn-off (see FIGURE 19) at any current up to full
rated load (10 A for primary, 30 A for auxiliary).

5.1.9.7 Phase rotation.

The three 115 V ac, 400 Hz, power phases at the ASI shall comply with the phase sequence and voltage
phase difference requirements of MIL-STD-704. The power phase assigned to contact location A in the
auxiliary ASI connector shall be the identical phase as assigned to contact location P in the primary ASI
connector at the same ASI location.

37
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.1.9.8 Load power factor.

The electrical characteristics at the ASI shall comply with the requirements herein when loads with a
power factor within the limits of FIGURE 20 are applied to the ASI.

10.0
TOTAL RATED LOAD, kva

1.6
ALLOWED LOAD
1.4 POWER FACTOR
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4
LAGGING POWER LEADING POWER
FACTOR FACTOR

FIGURE 20. Power factor limits.

5.1.9.9 Phase power unbalance.

The electrical characteristics at the ASI shall comply with the requirements herein when loads with a
phase power unbalance within the limits of MIL-STD-704 are applied to the ASI.

5.1.9.10 Ground reference.

Each 115 V ac neutral connection in the primary signal set ASI and auxiliary power signal set ASI shall be
the reference for its respective 115 V ac power phase.

5.1.9.11 Power application.

The aircraft may energize the 115/200 V ac power interface (primary and auxiliary) at any time under the
assumption that all store functions so powered are either not safety critical or that multiple safety
interlocks exist within the store such that store safety is not significantly degraded by activation of
115/200 V ac power.

5.1.10 Aircraft 270 V dc power interface.

The aircraft shall provide a 270 V dc power interface at each ASI (see 4.3.8 and 4.4.1). The primary
signal set ASI shall contain 270 V dc and power return connections. The auxiliary power signal set ASI
shall contain 270 V dc (and power return) connections. The 270 V dc electrical characteristics shall be as
defined in MIL-STD-704E or later revisions for continuous current level up to 10 amps at the primary ASI
and up to 30 amps at the auxiliary ASI.

5.1.10.1 Independent control and dead facing.

The aircraft shall be capable of sourcing and independently controlling each 270 V dc power interface
through each primary signal set ASI and through each auxiliary signal set ASI. The aircraft shall ensure

38
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

that no dc power is applied to the ASI or auxiliary ASI until an indication is available that the store is
mated, such as the interlock circuit is complete. The aircraft shall also ensure that dc power is removed
from the ASI prior to store separation or connector disconnect.

5.1.10.2 Voltage level.

The voltages at the ASI between each 270 V dc power connection and the associated power return
connection shall comply with the 270 V dc normal and abnormal operation characteristics for utilization
equipment defined in MIL-STD-704E (or later revisions) with the following addition: the normal steady
state lower voltage limit at the ASI shall be 250.0 V dc at any current up to full rated load (10 A for
primary, 30 A for auxiliary). Voltage transients at the ASI shall comply with MIL-STD-704E (or later
revisions).

5.1.10.3 Current capacity.

5.1.10.3.1 Primary signal set.

The aircraft shall be capable of sourcing the maximum load current levels of FIGURE 17b through the
270 V dc power interface of the ASI.

5.1.10.3.2 Auxiliary power signal set.

For interface class IA and IIA, the aircraft shall be capable of sourcing the maximum load current levels of
FIGURE 18b through the 270 V dc power interface of the auxiliary ASI.

5.1.10.3.3 Simultaneous current.

The total 270 V dc current available simultaneously from all ASIs is not controlled by this standard. The
total 270 V dc continuous current provided simultaneously through both the primary and auxiliary
interfaces at any class IA and IIA ASI need not exceed 30 amperes.

5.1.10.4 Overcurrent protection.

The aircraft shall ensure that the current flow through any 270 V dc power connection does not exceed
the maximum overcurrent limits of FIGURE 17b and FIGURE 18b for the primary and auxiliary ASIs,
respectively. The aircraft may achieve this current limit operation by the deactivation of the appropriate
power interface and any other power interface at the associated ASI.

5.1.10.5 Off-state leakage current.

The off-state leakage current from each 270 V dc power output to its respective return shall not exceed
2.0 milliampere dc with all load impedances. The off-state leakage current from the auxiliary 270 V dc
power output to the auxiliary power return shall not exceed 5.0 milliamperes dc with all load impedances.

5.1.10.6 Stabilization time.

When tested with a resistive load connected to the ASI, the voltage at the ASI shall reach steady state
levels within 3.0 milliseconds of power turn-on and turn-off (see FIGURE 19) at any current up to full
rated load (10 A for primary, 30 A for auxiliary).

5.1.10.7 Ground reference.

The 270 V dc power return connections at the primary and auxiliary ASIs shall be the reference for each
associated 270 V dc power connection.

5.1.10.8 Power application.

The aircraft may energize 270 V dc power (primary and auxiliary) at any time under the assumption that
all store functions so powered are either not safety critical or that multiple safety interlocks exist within the
store such that store safety is not significantly degraded by activation of 270 V dc power.

39
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.1.11 Aircraft fiber optic interface.

The two fiber optic interfaces are growth provisions for future applications. The fiber optic interfaces shall
not be activated at an ASI until characteristics and performance details are added to this standard. All
class I interface connectors at all ASIs shall include two 16 AWG size cavities for fiber optic channel 1
and channel 2. If fiber optic termini are not installed, the connector shall employ plugs that are
compatible with an umbilical which is populated with fiber optic termini.

5.1.12 Initialization.
The aircraft shall comply with the following default procedure (in the sequence presented) for initializing
stores connected to ASIs. The aircraft may initialize stores using other procedures, provided the aircraft:

a. knows (prior to power application) the identity of the connected store, and

b. has a prior established alternate procedure for safely initializing that store.

5.1.12.1 Pre-initialization conditions.

The aircraft shall provide the following pre-initialization conditions at the ASI:

a. All power interfaces shall be deactivated.

b. Release consent interface shall be in the inhibit state.

c. Address interface shall be set to a valid address.

NOTE: Data bus interfaces, interlock interface, high bandwidth interfaces, low bandwidth interface and
fiber optic interface may be active.

5.1.12.2 Power application.

The aircraft shall apply primary 28 V dc power 1 and either primary 270 V dc or primary 115/200 V ac
power to the ASI within 100 milliseconds of each other but without a required predetermined sequence.
The aircraft shall not apply 270 V dc and 115 V ac simultaneously under any non-fault conditions. All
other power interfaces at the ASI shall remain deactivated.

5.1.12.3 First communication.

The aircraft shall send to the store (over the MIL-STD-1553 data bus interface) transmit command(s) for
the store description message as defined in APPENDIX B. The aircraft shall not require a valid store
response (see APPENDIX B) to any of these transmit commands if sent within 150 milliseconds after
power application per 5.1.12.2. The aircraft shall not require a "not busy" response (see APPENDIX B) to
any of these transmit commands if sent within 500 milliseconds after power application per 5.1.12.2. The
aircraft shall not require full performance interactive communications in accordance with the system
specification for any transmit or receive messages if sent within the time specified in Power-up Time (see
TABLE B- IV). [Note 11]

5.1.13 Aircraft Fibre Channel Interface. [Note 3]

For Class I and Class IA interfaces, the aircraft shall provide a Fibre Channel interface at each primary
signal set ASI for full duplex transfer of digital data. An Up Fibre Channel (UFC) and Down Fibre
Channel (DFC) signal shall be present. The aircraft shall send digital messages through the ASI to a
Fibre Channel terminal (node) in the connected store on the DFC. The aircraft shall receive digital
messages through the ASI from a Fibre Channel terminal (node) in the connected store on the UFC. The
aircraft shall communicate with stores through the FC interface in accordance with the requirements of
APPENDIX B and APPENDIX D.

40
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.2 Mission store requirements (measured at the MSI).

Mission stores shall provide Mission Store Interfaces (MSIs) with the following characteristics.

5.2.1 Mission store HB interfaces.

The mission store is not required to use any HB interface. If a HB interface is used, the mission store
shall comply with the requirements below. If a HB interface is not used, the dc resistance between the
signal and the signal return connection at the MSI shall be greater than 45 ohms for HB1 and greater
than 68 ohms for HB3.

5.2.1.1 Electrical characteristics (type A).

5.2.1.1.1 Return loss.

The return loss of the mission store shall not be less than 25 dB over the frequency band 20 Hz to 20
MHz when operating in either sourcing or sinking mode.

5.2.1.1.2 Dynamic range.

When acting as a sink, the mission store shall be compatible with an input voltage within the range of
±3.0 V.

5.2.1.2 Electrical characteristics (type B).

(None specified at this time.)

5.2.1.3 Ground reference.

When a HB interface at an MSI is sending a type A or type B signal, the signal return shall be connected
to mission store structure ground as shown in FIGURE 13a. When a HB interface at an MSI is receiving
a type A signal, the signal return shall be isolated from ground as shown in FIGURE 13b. When a HB
interface at an MSI is receiving a type B signal, the signal return shall be connected to mission store
structure ground as shown in FIGURE 13c.

5.2.2 Mission store data bus interface.

The mission store shall provide connections for the data bus interface (Mux A and Mux B) in the primary
signal set MSI. Each of the Mux A and Mux B connections shall include a data high, a data low, and a
shield connection. The mission store is not required to use the interface. However, if the interface is
used, the mission store shall comply with the MSI requirements below. If the interface is not used, the
impedance between the data high and data low connections at the MSI shall be greater than 1000 ohms
from 75 kHz to 1.0 MHz.

5.2.2.1 Functional characteristics.

a. The mission store shall provide a remote terminal function as defined in MIL-STD-1553. This
remote terminal shall be accessible through the data bus interface (Mux A and Mux B) at the MSI for a
dual standby redundant, MIL-STD-1553 communication link with the aircraft or carriage store.

b. The mission store shall respond in accordance with MIL-STD-1553 to those messages whose
MIL-STD-1553 command word terminal address corresponds to:

(1) the address encoded on the address interface (see 5.2.6) monitored at the MSI; and

(2) the broadcast address if implemented by the mission store.

c. Subaddress fields of 19 and 27 (10011 and 11011 binary) shall be reserved for communications
with U.S. nuclear weapons. This restriction applies to all messages detectable at any MSI.

41
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

d. The mission store shall respond to commands received on the Mux A and Mux B interfaces in
accordance with the requirements of APPENDIX B and APPENDIX C.

5.2.2.2 Electrical characteristics.

The mission store shall comply with the electrical characteristics defined herein at the MSI. The
characteristics defined apply when measured on the data high connection referenced to the data low
connection. Data high is that connection that is positive referenced to the data low connection in the first
part of a MIL-STD-1553 command or status sync waveform.

5.2.2.2.1 Output characteristics.

The mission store shall provide output characteristics defined here at the MSI which comply with the
output characteristics of a MIL-STD-1553 transformer coupled stub terminal except the terminal output
voltage shall be 20.0 V to 27.0 Vpp, line-to-line.

5.2.2.2.2 Input characteristics.

The mission store shall be capable of receiving and operating with input signals at the MSI which comply
with the input waveform compatibility, common mode rejection and noise rejection requirements of MIL-
STD-1553 for transformer coupled stub terminals. The magnitude of the line-to-line input impedance at
the MSI, when the mission store terminal is not transmitting or has power removed, shall be a minimum of
300 ohms within the frequency range of 75 kHz to 1.0 MHz. The remote terminal contained within the
mission store shall comply with the 1000 ohm minimum terminal input impedance required by MIL-STD-
1553.

5.2.2.2.3 Shield grounding.

The mission store shall connect the data bus stub shields of both Mux A and Mux B to a mission store
structure ground.

5.2.3 Mission store LB interface.

The LB interface shall include a non-inverting, an inverting, and a shield connection. The mission store is
not required to use the LB interface. However, if the LB interface is used, the mission store shall comply
with the requirements below. If the LB interface is not used, the impedance between the non-inverting
and the inverting connections at the MSI shall be greater than 540 ohms. The mission store may provide
the signal source or signal sink as applicable.

5.2.3.1 Input/output impedance.

When the LB interface in the MSI is acting as a source, it shall have a total source impedance not
exceeding 60 ohms. When the LB interface in the MSI is acting as a sink, input impedance shall be 600
±60 ohms. These requirements apply over the frequency band 150 Hz to 8 kHz.

5.2.3.2 Ground reference.

When the LB interface in an MSI is acting as a source, the inverting and non-inverting signals shall be
referenced to ground as shown in FIGURE 16a. When the LB interface in an MSI is acting as a sink, the
signal shall be represented by the difference between the non-inverting signal and the inverting signal as
shown in FIGURE 16b. The shield shall be connected to mission store ground.

5.2.4 Mission store release consent interface.

The mission store shall provide connections for a release consent interface in the primary signal set MSI.
The mission store shall use the release consent interface if the Commit to Separate Store or Submunition
function (bit D8) or the Fire, Launch or Release function (bit D10) of the Critical Control 1 data word in the
Mission Store Control message (see APPENDIX B) is implemented. The store shall act on these safety
critical commands received over the data bus interface only if the release consent signal is in the enabled

42
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

state. If required by the system specification or ICD, other bits in the Critical Control 1 and Critical
Control 2 words may also be interlocked with the release consent interface. The mission store is
not required to use the release consent interface in other instances. If the release consent interface is
used, the mission store shall comply with the requirements below. If the release consent is not used, the
impedance between the release consent connection and the 28 V dc power 2 return connection shall be
greater than 100 kilohms (at dc).

CAUTION

The release consent interface is provided to satisfy an aircraft safety

function. Consent is enabled whenever the aircraft determines that
safety criteria for store employment sequence have been met.

5.2.4.1 Voltage level.

The mission store shall establish the appropriate enable or inhibit state when the following voltage levels
are applied to the release consent connection (referenced to the 28 V dc power 2 return connection) at
the MSI:

a. Steady-state conditions:

Enable: Minimum voltage of 15.0 V dc

Maximum voltage as defined in MIL-STD-704 for 28 V dc

Inhibit: 1.50 V dc (maximum applied)

b. Voltage transients up to the limits of MIL-STD-704 for 28 V dc applications.

5.2.4.2 Current level.

The mission store shall limit the load current to a range of 5.0 to 100 milliamperes when the steady state
enable voltages (see 5.2.4.1a) are applied to the MSI.

5.2.4.3 Stabilization time.

The mission store shall be compatible with aircraft and carriage stores which deliver a signal to the MSI
with a transition time (between enable and inhibit states) of up to 6.0 milliseconds.

5.2.4.4 Enable lead time.

The mission store shall be capable of accepting safety critical commands over the data bus interface
within 10 milliseconds after a valid enable signal is applied to the MSI.

5.2.4.5 Inhibit lead time.

The mission store shall functionally reject any safety critical commands over the data bus interface within
10 milliseconds after a valid inhibit signal is applied to the MSI.

5.2.4.6 Ground reference.

The 28 V dc power 2 return connection at the MSI shall be the ground reference for the release consent
signal.

43
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.2.5 Mission store interlock interface.

The mission store shall provide connections for an interlock interface in the primary signal set MSI
(primary MSI) and in the auxiliary power signal set MSI (auxiliary MSI). The interlock interface at both the
primary and auxiliary MSI shall include an interlock connection and an interlock return connection. The
path between the interlock and interlock return at the primary and auxiliary connectors shall have an
impedance of 500 milliohms maximum over the frequency range of dc to 4 kHz when measured at the
MSI. This impedance applies for excitation current within the range of 5.0 to 100 milliamperes. The
excitation current from the connected aircraft or carriage store may be continuously applied or periodically
pulsed. The mission store shall comply with the requirements herein when the excitation signal open
circuit voltage applied to the MSI is between 3.5 V dc and MIL-STD-704 28 V dc upper voltage limits.
The mission store shall electrically isolate both the interlock and interlock return connections at the MSI
from all mission store circuits and grounds. The isolation shall be 100 kilohms minimum over the
frequency range of dc to 4 kHz.

5.2.6 Mission store address interface.

The mission store shall include connections for an address interface in the primary signal set MSI for
detecting the assigned store data bus address. If the mission store needs to determine the mated status
of the MSI, it shall also use the address interface for this purpose. The address interface shall include
five binary encoded address bit connections (A0, A1, A2, A3, and A4), one address parity connection and
one common address return connection. The characteristics defined below shall apply to the address bit
and parity connections when referenced to the address return connection. Mission stores which
implement the MIL-STD-1553 data bus interface (5.2.2) or Fibre Channel network interface shall energize
the address interface at the MSI to monitor the data bus address assigned to the mission store by the
connected aircraft or carriage store. Mission stores which do not implement a data bus interface are not
required to use the address interface.

5.2.6.1 Address assignment.

a. The mission store shall monitor the five binary encoded address bit connections at the MSI for
logic 0 and logic 1 states. The remote terminal address assigned to the MSI shall be defined as follows:
4 3 2 1 0
Remote terminal address = (A4) x 2 + (A3) x 2 + (A2) x 2 + (A1) x 2 + (A0) x 2

b. The mission store shall monitor the address parity connection at the MSI for logic 0 and logic 1
states. The mission store shall accept the assigned address as a valid remote terminal address if the
address parity connection logic state indicates odd parity. Odd parity is defined as an odd number of
logic 1 states on the six-bit set composed of the five address bit connections plus the address parity
connection. The mission store shall, as a minimum, determine its assigned address during the
initialization sequence of 5.2.12.

5.2.6.2 Address signal.

The mission store shall provide excitation signals with the following characteristics:

a. Open circuit (logic 1) voltage:

(1) Minimum voltage of 4.0 V dc

(2) Maximum voltage of 31.5 V dc

(3) Rise and fall times of applied voltage shall not exceed 10 milliseconds when measured with
a resistive load.

b. Logic 0 current:

44
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

(1) Minimum current of 5.0 milliamperes dc

(2) Maximum current of 100 milliamperes through each address bit and parity connection

(3) Maximum current of 600 milliamperes through the address return connection

(4) Rise and fall times of applied current shall not exceed 10 milliseconds when measured with
a resistive load.

5.2.6.3 Logic threshold.

The mission store shall detect logic 0 and logic 1 states under the following conditions. The logic state
detection conditions apply to all valid and invalid address assignment combinations.

a. Logic 1: Any current level of 300 microamperes or less out of any address bit or address parity
connection when the excitation voltage of 5.2.6.2 is applied by the store shall be interpreted as a logic 1
state.

b. Logic 0: Any voltage level of 1.50 V or less between any address bit (or parity) connection and
the address return connection when the excitation current of 5.2.6.2 is sourced by the store shall be
interpreted as a logic 0 state.

5.2.6.4 Response characteristics.

The store shall allow 10 milliseconds minimum for logic state stabilization after application of the
excitation signal.

5.2.7 Mission store structure ground.

The mission store shall provide a conductive path from the MSI structure ground to mission store
structure, capable of carrying the overcurrent level defined in FIGURE 17 for the primary MSI interface
and FIGURE 18 for the auxiliary MSI. The structure ground interface shall not be used as a signal return
path or power return path except under fault conditions within the mission store. The voltage drop
between the MSI structure ground interface and the mission store ground shall not exceed 0.2 volts when
conducting 10 amperes (continuous) for the primary MSI and 30 amperes (continuous) for the auxiliary
MSI.

5.2.8 Mission store 28 V dc power interface.

The mission store shall provide connections for the 28 V dc power interface in the primary signal set MSI
(primary MSI) and in the auxiliary power signal set MSI (auxiliary MSI). The primary MSI shall contain 28
V dc power 1 and power 1 return connections and 28 V dc power 2 and power 2 return connections. The
auxiliary MSI shall contain a 28 V dc power connection and a 28 V dc power return connection. The
mission store is not required to use any of the 28 V dc power interfaces. However, if any 28 V dc power
interface is used, the mission store shall comply with the MSI requirements below. If any 28 V dc power
interface is not used, the impedance between the unused power connection and the associated return
connection at the MSI shall be greater than 100 kilohms (at dc).

5.2.8.1 Voltage level.

The mission store shall be compatible with MSI voltages which comply with the 28 V dc normal and
abnormal characteristics and voltage transients for utilization equipment defined in MIL-STD-704 with the
following addition. The mission store shall be compatible with a normal steady state lower voltage limit of
20.0 V dc.

45
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.2.8.2 Load current.

The mission store shall comply with the following load current requirements when the MSI voltage is
within the range of 20.0 V dc to 29.0 V dc.

5.2.8.2.1 Primary signal set.

Under fault free conditions, the mission store load applied at the primary MSI to each of the 28 V dc
power 1 and 28 V dc power 2 connections shall not exceed the maximum load current level of FIGURE
17.

5.2.8.2.2 Auxiliary power signal set.

Under fault free conditions, the mission store load applied at the auxiliary MSI shall not exceed the
maximum load current level of FIGURE 18.

5.2.8.2.3 Simultaneous load.

Under fault free conditions, mission stores with a class IA or IIA MSI shall limit the total simultaneous
current on all 28 V dc power interfaces in the primary and auxiliary MSI to the maximum load current level
of FIGURE 18.

5.2.8.3 Load isolation.

The mission store shall provide a minimum isolation of 100 kilohms (at dc) between the primary MSI 28 V
dc power 1 connection, the primary MSI 28 V dc power 2 connection and the auxiliary MSI 28 V dc power
connection. The mission store may provide continuity between the associated 28 V dc power return
connections.

5.2.8.4 Overcurrent compatibility.

The mission store shall not become unsafe if fault currents up to the maximum overcurrent levels of
FIGURE 17 and FIGURE 18 are sourced into the primary and auxiliary MSIs, respectively.

5.2.8.5 Off-state leakage current.

The mission store shall be compatible with off-state leakage currents supplied to the primary MSI up to
1.0 milliampere dc between each 28 V dc power and its respective return. The mission store shall be
compatible with off-state leakage currents supplied to the auxiliary MSI up to 2.50 milliamperes dc
between auxiliary 28 V dc power and the associated 28 V dc power return.

5.2.8.6 Stabilization time.

The mission store shall be compatible with MSI voltages which are below the levels of 5.2.8.1 herein for
up to 6.0 milliseconds during power turn-on and turn-off (see FIGURE 19).

5.2.8.7 Ground reference.

The 28 V dc power return connections at the primary and auxiliary MSIs shall be the reference for each
associated 28 V dc power connection. The mission store shall be compatible with aircraft and carriage
stores which connect the 28 V dc returns to aircraft structure ground. The mission store shall also be
compatible with aircraft and carriage stores which isolate the 28 V dc returns from aircraft structure
grounds.

5.2.8.8 Power utilization.

Mission stores shall use 28 V dc power 2 or auxiliary 28 V dc to power those safety critical functions for
which insufficient interlocks exist in the store for assuring that the required level of store safety can be
achieved once the associated power interface is activated. The store shall not execute any safety critical
functions (e.g., arm or employ) solely as a result of the activation of 28 V dc power 2 or auxiliary 28 V dc
power. Mission stores may use 28 V dc power 2 or auxiliary 28 V dc for powering non-safety critical store

46
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

functions with the understanding that the aircraft will not energize these power interfaces until the aircraft
has determined that it is safe to do so. Mission stores shall use 28 V dc power 1 only for powering those
store functions which are not safety critical or which have sufficient safety interlocks such that store safety
is not significantly degraded with the activation of 28 V dc power 1. Mission stores shall withstand without
functional damage, the activation of any 28 V dc power interfaces prior to needed activation.

5.2.9 Mission store 115/200 V 400 Hz ac power interface.

The mission store shall provide connections for the 115/200 V ac power interface in the primary signal set
MSI (primary MSI) and in the auxiliary power signal set MSI (auxiliary MSI). Both the primary MSI and
auxiliary MSI shall contain 115 V ac phase A, phase B, phase C, and neutral connections. The mission
store is not required to use any of the 115 V ac phases (see 4.3.8 and 4.4.1). However, if any 115 V ac
phase is used, the mission store shall comply with the MSI requirements below. If any 115 V ac phase is
not used, the impedance between the unused phase connection and the associated neutral connection at
the MSI shall be greater than 100 kilohms (at 400 Hz). The mission store shall not require the presence
of ac power at the MSI during actual store separation from the aircraft or carriage store, or during
connector disconnect.

5.2.9.1 Voltage level.

The mission store shall be compatible with MSI voltages which comply with the 115 V ac normal and
abnormal characteristics and voltage transients for utilization equipment defined in MIL-STD-704 with the
following addition. The mission store shall be compatible with a normal steady state lower voltage limit of
105.0 V RMS.

5.2.9.2 Load current.

The mission store shall comply with the following load current requirements when the MSI voltage is
within the range of 105 and 118 volts RMS.

5.2.9.2.1 Primary signal set.

Under fault free conditions, the mission store load applied at the MSI to each 115 V ac phase connection
shall not exceed the maximum load current level of FIGURE 17a. Mission stores designed for operation
through carriage stores shall limit the phase load at the MSI to 90 percent of the maximum load current
level of FIGURE 17a.

5.2.9.2.2 Auxiliary power signal set.

Under fault free conditions, the mission store load applied at the MSI to each 115 V ac phase connection
shall not exceed the maximum load current level of FIGURE 18a.

5.2.9.2.3 Simultaneous load.

Under fault free conditions, mission stores with a class IA or IIA MSI shall limit the total simultaneous per
phase current on all 115 V ac phase connections in the primary MSI and auxiliary MSI to the maximum
load current level of FIGURE 18a. Mission stores designed for operation through carriage stores, shall
not exceed a 29 ampere continuous per phase load.

5.2.9.3 Load isolation.

The mission store shall provide a minimum isolation of 100 kilohms (at 400 Hz) between the primary MSI
115 V ac phase connections and the auxiliary MSI 115 V ac phase connections.

5.2.9.4 Overcurrent compatibility.

The mission store shall not become unsafe if fault currents up to the maximum overcurrent levels of
FIGURE 17a and FIGURE 18a are sourced into the primary and auxiliary MSI, respectively.

47
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.2.9.5 Off-state leakage current.

The mission store shall be compatible with off-state leakage currents applied to the primary MSI up to 2.0
milliamperes between each 115 V ac power phase and the 115 V ac neutral. The mission store shall be
compatible with off-state leakage currents supplied to the auxiliary MSI up to 5.0 milliamperes between
each auxiliary 115 V ac power phase and the associated 115 V ac neutral.

5.2.9.6 Stabilization time.

The mission store shall be compatible with MSI voltages which are below the levels of 5.2.9.1 herein for
up to 6.0 milliseconds during power turn-on and turn-off (see FIGURE 19).

5.2.9.7 Load power factor.

The mission store load for each phase at the MSI shall have a power factor within the limits of FIGURE
20.

5.2.9.8 Phase utilization.

The mission store load at the MSI shall comply with the ac phase utilization, load unbalance, single-
phase line-to-neutral and ac rectification requirements of MIL-STD-704. [Note 13]

5.2.9.9 Ground reference.

The 115 V ac neutral connections in the primary and auxiliary MSIs shall be the reference for each
associated 115 V ac phase connection. The 115 V ac neutral connections shall be isolated from each
other and from structure ground to a minimum impedance of 100 kilohms (at 400 Hz). Stores shall be
compatible with aircraft which connect the 115 V ac neutrals to aircraft structure grounds.

5.2.9.10 Power utilization.

Mission stores shall use 115/200 V ac power (primary and auxiliary) only for powering those store
functions which are not safety critical or which have sufficient safety interlocks such that store safety is
not significantly degraded with the activation of 115/200 V ac. The mission store shall withstand without
damage, the activation or loss of any 115 V ac power phase at any time.

5.2.10 Mission store 270 V dc power interface.

The mission store shall provide connections for the 270 V dc power interface in the primary signal set
MSI (primary MSI) and in the auxiliary power signal set MSI (auxiliary MSI). The primary MSI shall
contain 270 V dc power and power return connections. The auxiliary MSI shall contain 270 V dc power
and power return connections. The mission store is not required to use any of the 270 V dc power
interfaces (see 4.3.8 and 4.4.1). However, if any 270 V dc power interface is used, the mission store
shall comply with the MSI requirements below. If the 270 V dc power interface is not used, the
impedance between the unused power connection and the associated return connection at the MSI shall
be greater than 100 kilohms (at dc). The mission store shall not require the presence of 270 V dc power
at the MSI during actual store separation from the aircraft or carriage store, or during connector
disconnect.

5.2.10.1 Voltage level.

The mission store shall be compatible with MSI voltages which comply with the 270 V dc normal and
abnormal characteristics and voltage transients for utilization equipment defined in MIL-STD-704E or later
revisions with the following addition. The mission store shall be compatible with a normal steady state
lower voltage limit of 247.0 V dc.

5.2.10.2 Load current.

The mission store shall comply with the following load current requirements when the MSI voltage is
within the range of 247.0 V dc to 280.0 V dc.

48
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.2.10.2.1 Primary signal set.

Under fault free conditions, the mission store load applied at the primary MSI to the 270 V dc power
connection shall not exceed the maximum load current level of FIGURE 17b. Mission stores designed for
operation through carriage stores shall limit the load at the MSI to 90 percent of the maximum load
current level of FIGURE 17b.

5.2.10.2.2 Auxiliary power signal set.

Under fault free conditions, the mission store load applied at the auxiliary MSI shall not exceed the
maximum load current level of FIGURE 18b.

5.2.10.2.3 Simultaneous load.

Under fault free conditions, mission stores with a class IA or class IIA MSI shall limit the total
simultaneous current on all 270 V dc power interfaces in the primary and auxiliary MSI to the maximum
load current level of FIGURE 18b. Mission stores designed for operation through carriage stores shall
not exceed a 29 ampere continuous load. [Note 14]

5.2.10.3 Load isolation.

The mission store shall provide a minimum isolation of 100 kilohms (at dc) between the primary MSI 270
V dc power connection and the auxiliary MSI 270 V dc power connection.

5.2.10.4 Overcurrent compatibility.

The mission store shall not become unsafe if fault currents up to the maximum overcurrent levels of
FIGURE 17b and FIGURE 18b are sourced into the primary and auxiliary MSIs, respectively.

5.2.10.5 Off-state leakage current.

The mission store shall be compatible with off-state leakage currents supplied to the primary MSI up to
2.0 milliampere dc between each 270 V dc power connection and its return. The mission store shall be
compatible with off-state leakage currents supplied to the auxiliary MSI up to 5.0 milliamperes dc between
auxiliary 270 V dc power connection and the associated 270 V dc power return.

5.2.10.6 Stabilization time.

The mission store shall be compatible with MSI voltages which are below the levels of 5.2.10.1 herein for
up to 6.0 milliseconds during power turn-on and turn-off (see FIGURE 19).

5.2.10.7 Ground reference.

The 270 V dc power return connection at the primary and auxiliary MSIs shall be the reference for each
associated 270 V dc power connection. The 270 V dc return connections shall be isolated from each
other and from structure ground to a minimum impedance of 100 kilohms. The mission store shall be
compatible with aircraft and carriage stores which connect the 270 V dc returns to aircraft structure
ground. The mission store shall also be compatible with aircraft and carriage stores which isolate the 270
V dc returns from aircraft structure ground.

5.2.10.8 Power utilization.

Mission stores shall use 270 V dc power (primary and auxiliary) only for powering those store functions
which are not safety critical or which have sufficient safety interlocks such that store safety is not
significantly degraded with the activation of 270 V dc. The mission store shall withstand without damage,
the activation or loss of 270 V dc power at any time.

5.2.11 Mission store fiber optic interface.

If a store uses fiber optic interfaces, the fiber optic interfaces shall comply with the requirements specified
in 5.1.11 and subparagraphs. Use of the fiber optic interfaces by a mission store shall not occur until the

49
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

optical and logical (protocol) characteristics of the fiber optic interfaces are added to this standard. If fiber
optic interfaces are not used, the connector shall employ plugs that are compatible with an umbilical
which is populated with fiber optic termini.

5.2.12 Store initialization.

Stores shall comply with the following initialization requirements in the sequence presented.

5.2.12.1 Pre-initialization conditions.

The following pre-initialization conditions shall be provided to the store at the MSI (see 5.1.12.1):

a. All power interfaces deactivated.

b. Release consent interface in the inhibit state.

c. Address interface stabilized.

NOTE: Data bus interfaces, interlock interface, high bandwidth interfaces, low bandwidth interface, and
fiber optic interfaces may be active.

5.2.12.2 Power application.

The store shall be compatible with simultaneous (within 100 milliseconds) application of primary 28 V dc
power 1 and either primary 270 V dc or primary 115/200 V ac power to the MSI in a non-predetermined
sequence. The store shall not require the application of any other interface power for completing the
initialization requirements specified herein.

5.2.12.3 Address determination.

Within 150 milliseconds of interface power application (ac, dc, or both, as required by the store), the store
shall interrogate the address discretes (see 5.2.6.2) and accept the assigned address as the store's data
bus interface address.

5.2.12.4 First response.

Within 150 milliseconds of interface power application (ac, dc, or both, as required by the store), the store
shall be capable of responding to valid commands received over the data bus interface. The required
store response shall be either:

a. A valid status word indicating a busy condition, or

b. A valid status word indicating a non-busy condition plus the appropriate valid data words.

If a store receives any commands before the 150 ms has transpired, the store shall either respond as
defined above or shall not respond at all.

5.2.12.5 First required non-busy response.

Within 500 ms of interface power application (ac, dc, or both, as required by the store), the store shall be
capable of responding to a valid store description message transmit command. This response shall be a
valid status word indicating a non-busy condition plus the appropriate valid data words as defined in
APPENDIX B.

50
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.2.12.6 First required full communication response.

The store shall be capable of responding to any valid message in accordance with the system’s
performance specification within the time specified in Power-up Time (see TABLE B- IV) after application
of interface power (ac, dc, or both, as required by the store), [Note 15]

5.2.13 Mission Store Fibre Channel Interface. [Note 3]

The mission store shall provide a Fibre Channel interface at each primary signal set MSI for full duplex
transfer of digital data. The MSI shall provide an Up Fibre Channel (UFC) and Down Fibre Channel
(DFC) signal. The store shall send digital messages through the MSI to a Fibre Channel terminal (node)
in the connected aircraft or carriage store, on the UFC. The mission store shall receive digital messages
through the MSI from a Fibre Channel terminal (node) in the connected aircraft or carriage store, on the
DFC. Each Fibre Channel signal shall contain a signal and signal return connection. Each implemented
Fibre Channel interface shall communicate with the aircraft or carriage store through the FC interface in
accordance with the requirements of APPENDIX B and APPENDIX D. The mission store is not required
to use the Fibre Channel interface. If the interface is not present, the impedance shall be greater than 50
ohms in the frequency range of 20 MHz to 3GHz between center contact and shield for both Up Fibre
Channel and Down Fibre Channel.

5.3 Carriage store requirements.

Carriage stores shall provide Carriage Store Interfaces (CSIs) and Carriage Store Station Interfaces
(CSSIs) with the following characteristics.

5.3.1 Carriage store HB interfaces.

The carriage store shall provide HB interfaces at each primary signal set CSI and CSSI for bi-directional
simplex transfer of type A and type B signals. The CSI and CSSI shall contain two HB interfaces (HB1,
and HB3).

5.3.1.1 Minimum transfer capacity.

The carriage store shall support (at a minimum of one CSSI at a time) the transfer of one type A signal
and one type B signal (but not simultaneously) on HB1 simultaneously with the transfer of a signal on
HB3 in accordance with TABLE I. The carriage store shall also support the unidirectional broadcast of
HB signals from the CSI to multiple CSSIs on HB1 in accordance with TABLE I. As a minimum, only one
CSSI need be supported with HB signal transfers at a time. Routing configurations will be defined by the
aircraft via the data bus.

51
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

TABLE I. Carriage store HB signal transfer.

Interface Applicability

either HB1 Type A -or-

Point-to-point, bi-directional simplex, CSI to CSSI transfer. HB1 Type B
-simultaneously with-

HB3 Type A

Broadcast, uni-directional, CSI to CSSI(s) transfer. HB1 Type B

5.3.1.2 Type A signal path characteristics.

5.3.1.2.1 Return loss.

The input return loss of each signal path shall not be less than 20 dB over the frequency band 20 Hz to
20 MHz when the output is terminated with the nominal impedance. The output return loss of each signal
path shall not be less than 20 dB over the frequency band 20 Hz to 20 MHz when the input is terminated
with the nominal impedance.

5.3.1.2.2 Transient response.

The carriage store network transient response shall be such that when each of the signals in FIGURE 5a,
FIGURE 6a, FIGURE 7a, and FIGURE 8a is applied to the input, the output signal shall meet the
requirements in FIGURE 5b, FIGURE 6b, and FIGURE 8b. For the output response envelope in FIGURE
5b, V'1.0 is as defined in FIGURE 7b. For the response envelope in FIGURE 6b, V'1.3 is as defined in
FIGURE 8b.

5.3.1.2.3 Insertion gain.

The signal path insertion gain between the input and output shall be 0 dB +0.5/-1.0 dB, where insertion
gain = 20 log (V'1.3 / V). V and V'1.3 are defined in FIGURE 8a and FIGURE 8b respectively.

5.3.1.2.4 Representative pulse delay.

The representative pulse delay of any signal path shall not exceed 1.0 microsecond and shall not vary by
more than ±35 nanoseconds from its nominal value. The nominal value of the signal path representative
pulse delay for the current routing path configuration shall be retained and made available for
transmission to the aircraft if required. When the signal in FIGURE 8a is applied to the input, the
representative pulse delay is the time difference between the voltage V/2 being reached on the input
signal rising edge and the voltage V'1.3/2 being reached on the output signal rising edge where V'1.3 is
defined in FIGURE 8b.

5.3.1.2.5 Equalization.
The gain misequalization of any signal path shall not exceed the limits shown in FIGURE 9. The zero dB
gain reference shall be the gain at 20 kHz. The maximum gain between 20 MHz and 200 MHz shall not
exceed +3 dB with respect to the zero-dB gain reference.

52
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.3.1.2.6 Dynamic range.

When a 1 kHz, 3.5 Vpp sine wave is added to a dc voltage of ±0.25 V and then applied at the CSSI input,
the signal at the output of the signal path shall not be compressed or clipped by more than 6 percent.
When a 1 kHz, 3.5 Vpp sine wave is added to a dc voltage of ±0.75 V and then applied at the CSI input,
the signal at the output of the signal path shall not be compressed or clipped by more than 6 percent.

5.3.1.2.7 Signal path dc offset.

The maximum dc voltage at the output of each signal path shall not exceed ±250 mV with the input
terminated.

5.3.1.2.8 Noise.
Noise at the type A signal path outputs shall meet the following requirements over the frequency band 20
Hz to 20 MHz.

5.3.1.2.8.1 Random noise.

Using the weighting function of FIGURE 10, the weighted noise power at each signal path output with the
input terminated shall not exceed -45 dBm RMS.

5.3.1.2.8.2 Periodic noise.

The calculated periodic noise voltage at each signal path output with the input terminated shall not
exceed 0.52 mVRMS for each valid state of the HB routing network. The noise voltage shall be
determined by stimulating each HB and LB interface of the AEIS not associated with the signal path in
turn by an in-band, maximum amplitude sinusoidal signal which produces the maximum weighted
crosstalk voltage at the signal path output. The weighting function is given in FIGURE 11. The frequency
of the stimulus signal may be different at each interface. The calculated periodic noise voltage shall be
the root sum of squares of the individual crosstalk voltages plus the unstimulated weighted periodic noise
voltage at the signal path output when all HB and LB interfaces are terminated.

5.3.1.2.8.3 Impulse noise.

The impulse noise voltage at the signal path output with the input terminated shall not exceed 10 mV.

5.3.1.2.8.4 Stimulated noise.

No more than -30 dBm of noise shall be added to the signal path noise at the output when a 1.3 Vpp
sinusoidal excitation signal of any frequency between 1 MHz and 15 MHz is applied to the input.

5.3.1.2.8.5 Common mode noise.

Using the weighting function of FIGURE 12, the RMS common mode noise voltage at the output of each
signal path shall not exceed 200 mV with respect to the output structure ground when the input is
terminated and the input signal return is connected to the input structure ground.

5.3.1.3 Signal path electrical characteristics (type B).

None specified at this time.

5.3.1.4 Ground reference (type A).

When configured to carry type A signals, HB signal paths through the carriage store shall be either:

a. Passive, with the signal return (shield) electrically isolated from carriage store structure ground,
as shown in FIGURE 21a, or

b. Active, with the output signal return (shield) connected to carriage store structure ground and
input signal return (shield) isolated from carriage store structure ground, as shown in FIGURE 21b.

53
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.3.1.5 Ground reference (type B).

When configured to carry type B signals, the signal return (shield) shall be electrically connected to
carriage store structure ground at both the signal path input and output.

signal connection signal connection

signal return (shield) signal return (shield) connection

connection

INPUT SIGNAL PATH OUTPUT

FIGURE 21a. Equivalent circuit of HB Type A passive signal path.

equivalent source impedence signal

signal
connection
connection
equivalent equivalent
sink source
impedance voltage signal return (shield)
signal return (shield)
connection
connection

INPUT SIGNAL PATH OUTPUT

FIGURE 21b. Equivalent circuit of HB Type A active signal path.

FIGURE 21. Equivalent circuits of carriage store HB Type A signal paths.

54
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.3.2 Carriage store MIL-STD-1553 data bus interface.

The carriage store shall transfer data between the CSI and its CSSI(s) as commanded by the aircraft.

5.3.2.1 CSI.
The carriage store shall provide two MIL-STD-1553 data bus interfaces (Mux A and Mux B) in the primary
signal set CSI. Each of the Mux A and Mux B connections shall include a data high, a data low, and a
shield connection. The data bus interfaces at the CSI shall meet the same functional and electrical
characteristics as the data bus interfaces at a MSI, as specified in 5.2.2.1 and 5.2.2.2.

5.3.2.2 CSSI.
The carriage store shall provide two MIL-STD-1553 data bus interfaces (Mux A and Mux B) at each
primary signal set CSSI. Each data bus interface shall include a data high, a data low, and a shield
connection. The data bus interfaces at the CSSI shall meet the same functional and electrical
characteristics as the data bus interfaces at an ASI, as specified in 5.1.2.1 and 5.1.2.2.

5.3.3 Carriage store LB interface.

The carriage store shall provide a LB interface at the CSI and at each CSSI for bi-directional simplex
transfer of LB signals. Routing configurations will be defined by the aircraft via the data bus interface.
When connected to source and sink equipment with impedances defined in 4.3.3, LB signal paths shall
have the following characteristics.

5.3.3.1 Minimum transfer capacity.

The carriage store shall support the transfer of LB signals between the CSI and any CSSI. As a
minimum, only one CSSI need be supported with LB signal transfers at a time. Specific transfer capacity
beyond this minimum is not controlled by this standard.

5.3.3.2 Input/output impedance.

The input impedance (line-to-line) of each signal path shall be 600 ohms ± 60 ohms, over the frequency
band 150 Hz to 8 kHz, when the output is terminated with the nominal sink impedance defined in 4.3.3.
The output impedance (line-to-line) of each signal path shall be less than 60 ohms, over the frequency
band 150 Hz to 8 kHz, when the input is terminated with the nominal source impedance defined in 4.3.3.

5.3.3.3 Insertion gain.

The signal path insertion gain between input and output shall be 0 dB +1 dB, -2 dB for a 1 kHz sine wave
input.

5.3.3.4 Equalization.
The gain misequalization of any signal path shall not exceed the limits shown in FIGURE 22. The zero
dB gain reference shall be at 1 kHz.

55
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

Gain
+1dB

0dB
-1dB

150Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3.4kHz 8kHz

Frequency

FIGURE 22. Maximum gain misequalization envelope (LB, carriage store).

5.3.3.5 Signal path dc offset.

The maximum dc voltage at the output of each signal path shall not exceed ±1 V line-to-line and ±1 V
line-to-ground with the input terminated.

5.3.3.6 Noise.
The signal path noise shall meet the following requirements over the frequency band 150 Hz to 8 kHz
except where otherwise specified.

5.3.3.6.1 Periodic and random noise.

The calculated periodic and random noise voltage at each signal path output with the input terminated
shall not exceed 6.5 mVRMS for each valid state of the LB routing network. The noise voltage shall be
determined by stimulating each LB and HB interface of the AEIS not associated with the signal path in
turn by an in-band (150 Hz to 8 kHz), maximum amplitude sinusoidal signal which produces the
maximum crosstalk voltage at the signal path output. The frequency of the stimulus signal may be
different at each interface. The calculated noise voltage shall be the root sum of squares of the individual
crosstalk voltages plus the unstimulated periodic and random noise voltage at the signal path output
when all LB and HB interfaces are terminated.

5.3.3.6.2 Impulse noise.

With the input of the signal path terminated, there shall be (to one standard deviation) no more than one
occurrence of impulse noise exceeding 20 mV peak over a three minute period. The impulse noise
voltage shall apply when band-limited to 8 kHz low pass.

5.3.3.6.3 Stimulated noise.

For any frequency between 300 Hz and 3.4 kHz, application of a 12 Vpp sinusoidal excitation signal to
the signal path input shall not add more than 50 mV RMS of noise to the output over the frequency band
150 Hz to 8 kHz.

56
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.3.3.6.4 Common mode noise.

The peak common mode noise voltage at the output of each signal path (CSI and CSSI) shall not exceed
±0.5 V when the input is terminated and the input shield is at the same potential as local structure
ground. This requirement shall apply over the band 150 Hz to 50 kHz.

5.3.3.7 Ground reference.

LB signal paths through the carriage store shall be either:

a. Passive, as shown in FIGURE 23a, or

b. Active, with outputs referenced to carriage store ground, as shown in FIGURE 23b.

non-inverting signal non-inverting signal connection

connection
inverting signal connection inverting signal connection

shield shield

INPUT SIGNAL PATH OUTPUT

FIGURE 23a. Equivalent circuit for LB passive signal path.

R1
non-inverting
non-inverting signal connection
signal connection V1

inverting V2 R2
inverting
signal connection
signal connection
shield
shield

INPUT SIGNAL PATH OUTPUT

Notes: 1. V1-V2 is the Thevenin equivalent voltage source (balanced with respect to ground).
2. R1+R2 is the Thevenin equivalent source impedance.

FIGURE 23b. Equivalent circuit for LB active signal path.

FIGURE 23. Equivalent circuits for LB carriage store signal paths.

57
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.3.4 Carriage store release consent interface.

The carriage store shall provide connections for a release consent interface at the CSI and each CSSI.

5.3.4.1 CSI.
The carriage store shall use the release consent signal from the aircraft to enable/inhibit safety-critical
commands, including but not limited to Commit to Separate Store or Submunition function (bit D8) or the
Fire, Launch or Release function (bit D10) of the Critical Control 1 data word in the Mission Store Control
message. If required by the system specification or ICD, other bits in the Critical Control 1 and
Critical Control 2 words may also be interlocked with the release consent interface. [Note 16] The
carriage store shall act on release consent-interlocked commands received over the data bus interface
only if the release consent signal is in the enabled state. Release consent at a CSI shall meet the same
requirements as release consent at an MSI, as stated in paragraphs 5.2.4.1 through 5.2.4.6.

5.3.4.2 CSSI.
The carriage store shall provide a release consent interface at each primary signal set CSSI for
transferring an enable/inhibit signal to the connected store(s). Release consent, when in the enabled
state, shall indicate consent for stores to perform safety critical functions, including but not limited to
Commit to Separate Store or Submunition function (bit D8) or the Fire, Launch or Release function (bit
D10) of the Critical Control 1 data word in the Mission Store Control message when commanded over the
data bus interface. If required by the system specification or ICD, other bits in the Critical Control 1
and Critical Control 2 words may also be interlocked with the release consent interface. When in the
inhibited state, the release consent interface at a CSSI shall be electrically isolated from the release
consent interface at all other CSSIs. The isolation shall be 100 kilohms minimum at dc. Release consent
at a CSSI shall meet the same requirements as release consent at an ASI, as stated in paragraphs
5.1.4.1 through 5.1.4.7, with the following clarifications and exceptions:

a. If release consent is required by a mission store, the release consent signal shall attain the
enable state at least 15 milliseconds prior to transferring the safety critical command over the data bus
interface or prior to the firing signal. [Note 17]

b. If release consent at a CSSI has been enabled, the carriage store shall operate under the
assumption that the mission store connected to the CSSI may remain in an enable state for up to 15
milliseconds after the release consent signal has returned to the inhibit state.

5.3.4.3 CSI to CSSI transfer.

Release consent shall be in the enable state at the CSI before release consent can be in the enable state
at any CSSI. When release consent is in the inhibit state at the CSI, release consent shall be in the
inhibit state at all CSSIs.

5.3.5 Carriage store interlock interface.

The carriage store shall provide connections for an interlock interface in the primary signal set CSI and all
primary CSSI locations and also in the auxiliary power signal set CSI and all auxiliary CSSI locations.

5.3.5.1 CSI.
The interlock interface at each primary and auxiliary CSI shall meet the same requirements as the MSI
interlock interface, as stated in 5.2.5.

5.3.5.2 CSSI.
The carriage store shall monitor interlock and shall provide information to the aircraft (via the data bus
interface) on the mated status of each CSSI connector. The interlock interface at each primary and

58
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

auxiliary CSSI shall meet the same open circuit voltage, excitation current, and impedance detection
threshold requirements as the ASI interlock interface, as stated in 5.1.5.

5.3.5.3 Isolation.
The carriage store shall electrically isolate both the interlock and interlock return connections at the CSI
from all carriage store circuits and grounds. The interlock signal at each CSSI connector shall be isolated
from the interlock signal at all other CSSI connectors. The isolation shall be 100 kilohms or greater from
dc to 4 kHz.

5.3.6 Carriage store address interface.

The carriage store shall provide connections for an address interface at the CSI and CSSI. Each address
interface shall include five binary encoded address bit connections (A0, A1, A2, A3, and A4), one address
parity connection and one common address return connection.

5.3.6.1 CSI.
The carriage store shall use the address interface from the aircraft for detecting the assigned store data
bus address and for determining the mated status of the CSI. The address interface at a CSI shall meet
the same requirements as the address interface at an MSI, as stated in paragraphs 5.2.6.1 through
5.2.6.4.

5.3.6.2 CSSI.
The carriage store shall provide an address interface at each primary signal set CSSI for assigning a data
bus address to the MIL-STD-1553 remote terminal in the mission store mated to the CSSI. The carriage
store shall use this interface only for assigning an address to the remote terminal associated with the
directly connected mission store. The address interface at a CSSI shall meet the same requirements as
the address interface at an ASI, as stated in paragraphs 5.1.6.1 through 5.1.6.5.

5.3.7 Carriage store structure ground.

5.3.7.1 CSI structure ground characteristics.

The carriage store shall provide a conductive path from the CSI structure ground to carriage store
structure, capable of carrying the overcurrent level defined in FIGURE 17 for the primary CSI interfaces
and FIGURE 18 for the auxiliary CSI power interfaces. The structure ground interface shall not be used
as a signal return path or power return path except under fault conditions within the carriage store. The
voltage drop between the CSI structure ground interface and carriage store ground shall not exceed 0.2
volts when conducting 10 amperes (continuous) for the primary CSI and 30 amperes (continuous) for the
auxiliary CSI.

5.3.7.2 CSSI structure ground characteristics.

The carriage store shall provide a conductive path from the CSSI structure ground to carriage store
structure, capable of carrying the overcurrent level defined in FIGURE 17 for the primary CSSI interfaces
and FIGURE 18 for the auxiliary CSSI power interfaces. The structure ground interface shall not be used
as a signal return path or power return path except under fault conditions within the mission store. The
voltage drop between the CSSI structure ground interface and carriage store ground shall not exceed 0.2
volts when conducting 10 amperes (continuous) for the primary CSSI and 30 amperes (continuous) for
the auxiliary CSSI.

5.3.8 Carriage store 28 V dc power interface.

The carriage store shall provide connections for the 28 V dc power interfaces at the CSI and the 28 V dc
power interfaces at the CSSI(s). The aircraft shall control all 28 V dc power. The primary signal set CSI
and CSSI(s) shall contain 28 V dc power 1 and 28 V dc power 1 return connections and 28 V dc power 2

59
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

and 28 V dc power 2 return connections. The auxiliary power signal set CSI and CSSI(s) shall contain a
28 V dc power connection and a 28 V dc power return connection.

5.3.8.1 CSI.
The 28 V dc power interfaces at the CSI shall meet the same requirements as the 28 V dc power
interfaces at an MSI, as stated in paragraphs 5.2.8.1 through 5.2.8.8, except for the following: The CSI
shall be compatible with a normal steady state lower voltage limit of 22.0 V dc, minus the drop in the ASI
to CSI umbilical as defined in FIGURE 24.

5.3.8.2 CSSI.
The 28 V dc power interfaces at each CSSI shall meet the same requirements as the 28 V dc power
interfaces at an ASI, as stated in paragraphs 5.1.8.1 through 5.1.8.8, except for the following:

a. The normal steady state lower voltage limit at a CSSI shall be 20.0 V dc, plus the drop in the
CSSI to MSI umbilical as defined in FIGURE 24.

b. The carriage store need not provide overcurrent protection as long as it is provided by the aircraft
as required in 5.1.8.4.

5.3.9 Carriage store 115/200 V ac power interfaces.

The carriage store shall provide connections for a set of three-phase four-wire wye-connected 115/200 V
ac power interfaces at the CSI and at the CSSI(s). The aircraft shall control all 115/200 V ac power. The
primary CSI and CSSI(s) and the auxiliary CSI and CSSI(s) shall contain 115 V ac phase A, phase B,
phase C, and neutral connections.

5.3.9.1 CSI.
The 115/200 V ac power interface at the CSI shall meet the same requirements as the 115/200 V ac
power interfaces at an MSI, as stated in 5.2.9.1 through 5.2.9.10, except for the following: The CSI shall
be compatible with a normal steady state lower voltage limit of 108.0 V ac, minus the drop in the ASI to
CSI umbilical as defined in FIGURE 24.

5.3.9.2 CSSI.
The 115/200 V ac power interface at the CSSI shall meet the same requirements as the 115/200 V ac
power interfaces at an ASI, as stated in paragraphs 5.1.9.1 through 5.1.9.11, except for the following:

a. The normal steady state lower voltage limit at a CSSI shall be 105 V ac, plus the drop in the CSSI
to MSI umbilical as defined in FIGURE 24.

b. The carriage store shall be capable of providing at least 90 percent of the maximum load current
levels of FIGURE 17a simultaneously through each of the three 115 V ac power phases of the primary
signal set CSSI.

c. The total 115 V ac continuous current provided simultaneously through both primary and auxiliary
interfaces at any class IA CSSI need not exceed 29 amperes per phase.

d. The carriage store need not provide overcurrent protection as long as it is provided by the aircraft
as required in 5.1.9.4.

60
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

ASI
2*C * Imax + R*L1*Imax

CSI 2.0 Volts max

for DC 1 & 2,
3.0 Volts max
Carriage store for 115 V ac.,
3.0 Volts max
CSSI CSSI
for 270 V dc
2*C * Imax + R*L2*Imax

MSI MSI

C = Contact pair resistance

Imax = Max rated current = 10 A for primary, 30 A for auxiliary
R = Resistance of umbilical per meter
L = Length of umbilical cable, meters

Notes:
1. Reference paragraphs 5.4.8, 5.4.9 and 5.4.10 for contact resistance and umbilical cable
resistance.
2. This figure does not place a specific voltage drop requirement on the carriage store, but rather
places a requirement on the total voltage drop allowed across the carriage store and the
umbilicals it is to be used with.

FIGURE 24. Carriage store voltage drop diagram.

5.3.10 Carriage store 270 V dc power interfaces.

The carriage store shall provide connections for the 270 V dc power interfaces at the CSI and the 270 V
dc power interfaces at the CSSI(s). The carriage store shall provide the capability for the aircraft to
control all 270 V dc power. The primary signal set CSI and CSSI(s) shall contain 270 V dc power and 270
V dc power return connections. The auxiliary power signal set CSI and CSSI(s) shall contain a 270 V dc
power connection and a 270 V dc power return connection.

5.3.10.1 CSI.
The 270 V dc power interfaces at the CSI shall meet the same requirements as the 270 V dc power
interfaces at an MSI, as stated in paragraphs 5.2.10.1 through 5.2.10.7, except for the following: The CSI
shall be compatible with a normal steady state lower voltage limit of 250.0 V dc, minus the drop in the ASI
to CSI umbilical as defined in FIGURE 24.

5.3.10.2 CSSI.
The 270 V dc power interfaces at each CSSI shall meet the same requirements as the 270 V dc power
interfaces at an ASI, as stated in paragraphs 5.1.10.1 through 5.1.10.8, except for the following:

a. The normal steady state lower voltage limit at a CSSI shall be 247 V dc, plus the drop in the CSSI
to MSI umbilical as defined in FIGURE 24.

61
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

b. The carriage store shall be capable of providing at least 90 percent of the maximum load current
levels of FIGURE 17b through the primary signal set CSSI.

c. The total 270 V dc continuous current provided simultaneously through both primary and auxiliary
interfaces at any class IA CSSI need not exceed 29 amperes. [Note 19]

d. The carriage store need not provide overcurrent protection as long as it is provided by the aircraft
as required in 5.1.10.4.

5.3.11 Carriage store fiber optic interface.

All interface connectors at all CSIs and CSSIs shall include provisions for two fiber optic paths (FO1 and
FO2). The fiber optic interfaces shall comply with the requirements specified in 5.1.11 and
subparagraphs. Use of the fiber optic interfaces by a carriage store shall not occur until the optical and
logical (protocol) characteristics of the fiber optic interfaces are added to this standard.

5.3.12 Carriage store initialization.

Carriage stores shall comply with the same initialization requirements as a mission store, as stated in
paragraphs 5.2.12 through 5.2.12.5. A carriage store shall be initialized by the aircraft prior to initializing
mission stores connected to its CSSIs. Carriage stores, under control of the aircraft, shall comply with
the same procedure for initializing mission stores connected to CSSIs as the aircraft must meet for
initializing stores, as stated in paragraph 5.1.12 through 5.1.12.3. Carriage stores shall populate the
Station N Store ID Code as each mission store completes its initialization and reports its store
identification. [Note 18]

5.3.13 Carriage store fibre channel interface. [Note 3]

For Class I and Class IA interfaces, the carriage store shall provide connections for UFC & DFC at the
CSI & CSSI.

5.3.13.1 CSI.
The carriage store shall provide a Fibre Channel Interface in the primary signal set CSI. The Fibre
Channel interface at the CSI shall meet the same functional and electrical characteristics as the Fibre
Channel Interface at a MSI, as specified in 5.2.13.

5.3.13.2 CSSI.
The carriage store shall provide a Fibre Channel Interface in the primary signal set CSSI. The Fibre
Channel interface at the CSSI shall meet the same functional and electrical characteristics as the Fibre
Channel Interface at an ASI, as specified in 5.1.13.

5.4 Umbilical cable requirements.

Unless otherwise specified, the following requirements apply to both the primary and auxiliary interface
umbilical cables. The umbilical cable is an electrical harness assembly used to passively interconnect an
ASI to an MSI, an ASI to a CSI, or a CSSI to an MSI. The umbilical cable shall provide a direct
connection from the interface at one end of the umbilical to the corresponding interface at the other end
with no other connections. Umbilical cable length is not specified herein, but should be standardized
where possible.

5.4.1 Primary umbilical HB interfaces.

The HB interface cables in the umbilical shall meet the form, fit, function, and interface requirements of
MIL-C-17/113 cable for HB1 and meet the form, fit, function, and interface requirements of MIL-C-17/94
for HB3. The signal returns shall be electrically isolated from each other and the umbilical gross shield.

62
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.4.2 Primary umbilical data bus interface.

The data bus interface shielded twisted pair cables in the umbilical shall comply with MIL-STD-1553 cable
characteristics. The Mux A and Mux B shields shall be isolated (100 kilohms minimum at dc) from all
umbilical circuits, shields, and connector shells.

5.4.3 Primary umbilical LB interface.

The LB cable in the umbilical shall comply with the same characteristics required in 5.4.2. The LB cable
shield shall be isolated (100 kilohms minimum at dc) from all umbilical circuits, shields, and connector
shells.

5.4.4 Primary umbilical release consent interface.

The release consent interface line shall have a resistance not exceeding 32 milliohms per meter length of
umbilical, plus 8.8 milliohms for each mated contact pair, when passing the worst case voltage and
current profiles defined in paragraphs 5.1.4.2 and 5.2.4.2.

5.4.5 Umbilical interlock interface.

Each interlock interface line shall have a resistance not exceeding 32 milliohms per meter length of
umbilical, plus 8.8 milliohms for each mated contact pair, when passing the worst case voltage and
current profiles defined in paragraphs 5.1.5 and 5.2.5.

5.4.6 Primary umbilical address interface.

Each address interface line shall have a resistance not exceeding 32 milliohms per meter length of
umbilical, plus 8.8 milliohms for each mated contact pair, when passing the worst case voltage and
current profiles defined in paragraphs 5.1.6.2 and 5.2.6.2.

5.4.7 Umbilical structure ground.

The primary interface structure ground line shall have a resistance not exceeding 14 milliohms per meter
length of umbilical, plus 4.54 milliohms for each mated contact pair. The auxiliary power interface
structure ground line shall have a resistance not exceeding 4 milliohms per meter length of umbilical, plus
1.21 milliohms for each mated contact pair. For primary and auxiliary umbilicals, this requirement applies
when passing the worst case voltages and steady state current defined in paragraphs 5.1.7 and 5.2.7.

5.4.8 Umbilical 28 V dc power interface.

Each primary interface 28 V dc power interface line shall have a resistance not exceeding 14 milliohms
per meter length of umbilical, plus 4.54 milliohms for each mated contact pair. Each auxiliary 28 V dc
power interface line shall have a resistance not exceeding 4 milliohms per meter length of umbilical, plus
1.21 milliohms for each mated contact pair. For both umbilical types, the requirement applies when
passing the worst case voltages and steady state current defined in paragraphs 5.1.8.2 and 5.2.8.2.

5.4.9 Umbilical 115 V ac power interface.

Each primary 115 V ac power interface line shall have a resistance not exceeding 14 milliohms per meter
length of umbilical, plus 4.54 milliohms for each mated contact pair. Each auxiliary 115 V ac power line
shall have a resistance not exceeding 4 milliohms per meter length of umbilical, plus 1.21 milliohms for
each mated contact pair. For both umbilical types, the requirement applies when passing the worst case
voltages and steady state current profiles defined in 5.1.9.2 and 5.2.9.2.

5.4.10 Umbilical 270 V dc power interface.

Each primary interface 270 V dc power interface line shall have a resistance not exceeding 14 milliohms
per meter length of umbilical, plus 4.54 milliohms for each mated contact pair. Each auxiliary 270 V dc
power interface line shall have a resistance not exceeding 4 milliohms per meter length of umbilical, plus

63
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

1.21 milliohms for each mated contact pair. For both umbilical types, the requirement applies when
passing the worst case voltages and steady state current defined in paragraphs 5.1.10.3 and 5.2.10.2.

5.4.11 Primary umbilical fiber optic interface.

The fiber optic interfaces shall comply with paragraph 5.1.11.

5.4.12 Umbilical gross shield.

The umbilical cable shall include a gross shield enclosing the entire umbilical wire bundle (360 degree
coverage) and electrically connecting the connector shells on each end of the umbilical. The umbilical
shield shall be 360 degree bonded to the connector shell on each end of the umbilical. DC resistance of
the bond between the shield and the connector shell shall not exceed 2.5 milliohms.

5.4.13 Primary umbilical fibre channel interfaces.

The signal returns shall be electrically isolated from each other and the umbilical gross shield.

5.5 Power interface interrupts.

5.5.1 Mission store compatibility.

Power interrupts of 200 microseconds or less on 28 V dc, 270 V dc or 115 V ac power interfaces, or any
combination thereof, shall have no effect on store function. Full function, including communication, shall
be maintained during such interrupts and no power interrupt notification shall occur. For power interrupts
greater than 200 microseconds, the store may request full or partial initialization.

5.5.2 Carriage store compatibility.

Power interrupts of 200 microseconds or less on 28 V dc, 270 V dc or 115 V ac power interfaces, or any
combination thereof, shall have minimal effect on carriage store function, i.e., any carriage store function
not maintained during the interrupt shall be re-established immediately following restoration of power.
The following functions shall be maintained during interrupts of up to 200 microseconds: (1) all
computing capabilities and (2) transmission/reception of data via the data bus interfaces. Furthermore,
no re-initialization is permitted and no power interrupt notification shall occur. For power interrupts
greater than 200 microseconds, the carriage store may request full or partial initialization.

5.5.3 Aircraft compatibility.

The aircraft shall be compatible with stores which request full or partial store system initialization following
an interrupt to the 28 V dc, 270 V dc or 115 V ac power, or any combination thereof, in excess of that
allowed in 5.5.1 and 5.5.2.

5.5.3.1 Full initialization.

If the store requests full initialization, then the aircraft shall use paragraphs 5.1.12.1 through 5.1.12.3 to
satisfy the request. The aircraft, however, is not required to request the store description message
demanded in 5.1.12.3.

5.5.3.2 Partial initialization.

If no partial initialization procedure has been agreed in the Interface Control Document between the
aircraft and store, the aircraft shall substitute full initialization.

5.5.4 Store power interrupt notification.

In the event that the store requires a full or partial initialization after a power interrupt in excess of that
allowed in paragraphs 5.5.1 and 5.5.2, the store shall notify the aircraft utilizing the service request with
vector word procedure in paragraphs C.4.1.5.4 through C.4.1.5.7. That procedure uses the

64
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

asynchronous vector word (TABLE C- III) which shall indicate whether full or partial initialization (as
defined in the ICD) is required.

5.6 Connector characteristics.

5.6.1 Primary interface connectors.

a. ASI and CSSI Type 1 (hand mated) connectors shall meet the form, fit, function, and interface
requirements of MIL-DTL-38999/20 or /24, Series III, Shell Size 25, Polarization Key Identification N
connectors. The contacts/termini and seal plugs/dummy contacts shall be compatible with the form, fit,
function, and interface characteristics of those listed in TABLE II.

b. ASI and CSSI Type 2 (blind mated) connectors shall meet the form, fit, function, and interface
requirements of the MIL-DTL-83538 Launcher Receptacle and be intermateable with the MIL-DTL-83538
Buffer Plug. The receptacle contacts/termini and seal plugs/dummy contacts shall meet the form, fit,
function, and interface characteristics of those listed in TABLE II.

c. MSI and CSI Type 1 (hand mated) connectors shall be intermateable with MIL-DTL-38999/36
[Note 10], Series III, Shell Size 25, Polarization Key Identification N connectors. The contacts/termini
and seal plugs/dummy contacts used shall be intermateable with those listed in TABLE II.

d. MSI and CSI Type 2 (blind mated) connectors shall meet the form, fit, function, and interface
requirements of the MIL-DTL-83538 Store Receptacle and shall be intermateable with the MIL-DTL-
83538 buffer plug. The contacts/termini and seal plugs/dummy contacts used shall be intermateable with
those listed in TABLE II.

e. The Type 2 Buffer Plug, which is the interconnecting mechanism used between the Type II
Launcher Receptacle and the Type 2 Store Receptacle, shall meet the form, fit, function, and interface
requirements of the MIL-DTL-83538 Buffer Plug and shall be intermateable with the MIL-DTL-83538
Launcher Receptacle and Store Receptacle. The buffer plug shall use fixed contacts as defined in
MIL-DTL-83538.

f. All primary signal set connector insert arrangements shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-1560,
Insert Arrangement No. 25-20.

g. The contact assignments in all primary signal set connectors shall be in accordance with TABLE
III.

5.6.2 Auxiliary power interface connector.

a. ASI and CSSI Type I (hand mated) connectors shall meet the form, fit, function, and interface
requirements of MIL-DTL-38999/20 or /24, Series III, Shell Size 25, Polarization Key Identification A
connectors. The contacts/termini and seal plugs/dummy contacts shall be compatible with the form, fit,
function, and interface characteristics of those listed in TABLE IV. [Note 42]

b. MSI and CSI Type 1 (hand mated) connectors shall be intermateable with MIL-DTL-38999/36
Series III, Shell Size 25, Polarization Key Identification A connectors. The contacts/termini and seal
plugs/dummy contacts used shall be intermateable with those listed in TABLE IV.

c. All auxiliary power interface connector insert arrangements shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-
1560, Insert Arrangement No. 25-11.

d. The contact assignments in all auxiliary power signal set connectors shall be in accordance with
TABLE V.

65
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

5.6.3 Connector receptacle.

The ASI, CSI, CSSI, and MSI primary and auxiliary connectors shall be receptacles with socket contacts
or socket termini.

5.6.4 Plugged cavities.

The ASI may use plugged cavities in lieu of socket contacts for the 115 V ac or the 270 V dc interface
(whichever is not used – see 4.3.8). The ASI, CSI and CSSI may use dummy termini in lieu of active
termini for the fiber optic interface. The ASI may also use plugged cavities in lieu of socket contacts for
the UFC and DFC interfaces if only a class II interface is implemented. The auxiliary ASI may use
plugged cavities in lieu of socket contacts for any unused interface. The MSI may use plugged cavities in
lieu of socket contacts or socket termini for any unused interface. Details on seal plugs can be found in
TABLE II and TABLE IV.

5.6.5 Umbilical primary interface connectors.

The connector on the ASI or CSSI end of [Note 43] primary signal set umbilical cables shall be
intermateable with the connectors and insert arrangement defined in 5.6.1a. The connectors on both
ends of the cable shall be plugs with pin contacts. The lanyard release connector on the MSI or CSI end
of the cable shall meet the form, fit, function, and interface requirements of MIL-DTL-38999/36. The
contact assignments shall be compatible with the contact assignments of TABLE III. The connectors may
use plugged cavities in lieu of pin termini for the fiber optic interface.

5.6.6 Umbilical auxiliary interface connectors.

The connector on the ASI or CSSI end of auxiliary signal set umbilical cables shall be intermateable with
the connectors and insert arrangement defined in 5.6.2a. The connectors on both ends of the cable shall
be plugs with pin contacts. The lanyard release connector on the MSI end of the cable shall meet the
form, fit, function, and interface requirements of MIL-DTL-38999/36. The contact assignments shall be
compatible with the contact assignments of TABLE V.

5.6.7 Connector keyway orientation.

5.6.7.1 ASI and CSSI.

The connector keyway orientation shall conform to the following:

a. With the interface connector positioned such that the longitudinal axis of the connector (the axis
that traverses from the back of the connector through the center to the front of the connector) is in the
horizontal plane of the aircraft and the connector face is facing forward on the aircraft, the major (large)
keyway shall be located in the up position (FIGURE 25a).

b. With the interface connector positioned such that the longitudinal axis of the connector is in the
vertical plane of the aircraft and the connector face is facing down on the aircraft, the major (large)
keyway shall be located in the forward position (see FIGURE 25b).

c. With the interface connector positioned such that the longitudinal axis of the connector is in the
horizontal plane of the aircraft and the connector face is facing aft of the aircraft, the major (large) keyway
shall be located in the down position (see FIGURE 25c).

d. With the interface connector positioned such that the longitudinal axis of the connector is in the
horizontal plane of the aircraft and the connector face is facing inboard or outboard of the aircraft, the
major (large) keyway shall be located in the forward position (see FIGURE 25d).

5.6.7.2 MSI and CSI.

The connector keyway orientation shall conform to the following:

66
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

a. With the connector mounted on the store top surface, the major keyway (large) shall be located
forward.

b. With the connector mounted on the store aft vertical surface, the major keyway (large) shall be
located up.

5.6.7.3 Umbilical cable.

The keyway orientation of the connectors at each end of the umbilical shall conform to FIGURE 25. The
cable shall have sufficient torsional flexibility to align the keyway of the connector at one end of the
umbilical with the keyway of the connector at the opposite end.

5.6.8 Connector location.

5.6.8.1 ASI and CSSI.

There is no defined location for the ASI connector. It should be located such that, wherever practicable,
the umbilical can be standardized in length with other locations.

5.6.8.2 MSI and CSI.

MSI and CSI connector location for Type I and Type II connectors shall conform to MIL-STD-8591.

TABLE II. Primary signal set connector contacts/termini and seal plugs. [Note 12]

Size SAE- FIBER OPTIC Abbreviated Title Seal Plugs/Dummy

AS39029 TERMINUS Contacts
Slash Sheet

20 /56 na Contact, socket MS27488-20 RED

20 /58 na Contact, pin MS27488-20 RED
16 /56 na Contact, socket MS27488-16 BLUE
16 /58 na Contact, pin MS27488-16 BLUE
12 /28 na Contact, shielded, pin AS85049/80-12 YELLOW
12 /102 na Contact, coaxial, pin AS85049/80-12 YELLOW
12 /115 na Contact, coaxial, pin AS85049/80-12 YELLOW
12 /75 na Contact, shielded, socket AS85049/80-12 YELLOW
12 /103 na Contact, coaxial, socket AS85049/80-12 YELLOW
12 /116 na Contact, coaxial, socket AS85049/80-12 YELLOW
8 /113 na Contact, concentric AS85049/80-8 GREEN
twinax, pin
8 /114 na Contact, concentric AS85049/80-8 GREEN
twinax, socket
16 na TBD Terminus, pin TBD
16 na TBD Terminus, socket TBD

67
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

TABLE III. Primary signal set contact functional assignment.

CONTACT LOCATION SIZE NOMENCLATURE

A 8 LB 1/
B 20 Interlock
C 16 28V DC power 1
D 16 28V DC power 1 return
E 16 28V DC power 2 return
F 16 28V DC power 2
G 20 Address parity
H 8 Mux B 2/
J 16 115V AC, phase C 4/
K 8 Mux A 2/
L 20 Address bit A0
M 16 115V AC, phase B 4/
N 16 270V DC return
P 16 115V AC, phase A 4/
R 16 270V DC power
S 20 Interlock return
T 16 Structure ground
U 16 FO 2
V 20 Address bit A4
W 12 7/ UFC 3/
X 20 Address bit A1
Y 16 FO 1
Z 16 115V AC neutral
1 20 Release consent
2 12 7/ DFC 3/
3 12 6/ HB 3 3/
4 20 Address bit A3
5 12 5/ HB 1 3/
6 20 Address return
7 20 Address bit A2
1/ The LB contact is a twinaxial style contact. LB signal assignments within the contact are:
Center contact: Non-inverting
Intermediate contact: Inverting
Outer contact: Shield
2/ The Mux A and B contacts are a twinaxial style contact. Mux A and Mux B signal
assignments within the contact are:
Center contact: Mux data high
Intermediate contact: Mux data low
Outer contact: Mux shield
3/ The HB, UFC and DFC contacts are a coaxial style contact. Signal assignments within the
contact are: Center contact: Signal Outer contact: Signal return (shield)
4/ Phase rotation shall comply with the requirements of 5.1.9.7.
5/ Contacts SAE-AS39029 /102, /103 only to be used.
6/ Contacts SAE-AS39029 /28, /75 only to be used.
7/ Contacts MIL-C-39029/115, /116 only to be used.

68
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

TABLE IV. Auxiliary power signal set connector contacts and seal plugs

Size SAE-AS39029 Abbreviated Title Seal Plugs /Dummy Contacts

Slash Sheet

20 /56 Contact, socket MS27488-20 RED

20 /58 Contact, pin MS27488-20 RED
10 /56 Contact, socket AS5049/81-8 GREEN
10 /58 Contact, pin AS5049/81-8 GREEN

TABLE V. Auxiliary power signal set contact functional assignment.

CONTACT LOCATION SIZE NOMENCLATURE

A 10 115V AC, Phase A 1/

B 10 28V DC
C 10 115V AC, Phase B 1/
D 10 28V DC return
E 10 115V AC, Phase C 1/
F 10 270V DC
G 10 115V AC neutral
H 10 270V DC return
J 10 Structure ground
K 20 Interlock
L 20 Interlock return

1/ Phase rotation shall comply with the requirements of 5.1.9.7.

69
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

UP

FORWARD
(ALL FIGURES)
MAJOR LONGITUDINAL
KEYWAY AXIS

LONGITUDINAL
AXIS

MAJOR
KEYWAY
FIGURE 25a. Facing forward. FIGURE 25b. Facing down.

MAJOR LONGITUDINAL
KEYWAY AXIS
LONGITUDINAL
AXIS

MAJOR
KEYWAY
FIGURE 25d. Facing
FIGURE 25c. Facing aft.
outboard/inboard.

FIGURE 25. Connector orientation.

70
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

6 NOTES

(This section contains information of a general or explanatory nature that may be helpful, but is not
mandatory.)

6.1 Intended use.

This standard is intended to be used for airborne military applications and applies to all aircraft and stores
that electrically interface with each other.

6.1.1 Implementation.
Implementation and application of the standard are the responsibility of each military service, with
technical guidance and direction provided by appropriate service program offices.

6.2 Acquisition requirements.

Acquisition documents should specify the following:

a. Title, number, and date of the standard.

6.3 International standardization agreement implementation.

This standard implements the below listed international standardization agreements. When changes to,
revision, or cancellation of this standard are proposed, the preparing activity must coordinate the action
with the U.S. National Point of Contact for the international standardization agreement, as identified in the
ASSIST database at http://assist.daps.dla.mil.

a. STANAG 3350, Analogue Video Standard for Aircraft System Applications;

b. STANAG 3837, Aircraft Stores Electrical Interconnection System

c. STANAG 3838, Digital Time Division Command/Response Multiplex Data Bus.

6.4 Tailoring guidance.

MIL-STD-1760 defines a standard connector and signal interface between stores and aircraft. As such,
most of the requirements are essential to the interoperability of these stores and aircraft; exceptions are
discussed in the handbook, which also discusses the design of the systems in the aircraft and store that
support and use this interface and must be tailored to the mission of the system.

6.5 Keyword listing.

aircraft
aircraft station
audio signals
avionics
bus controller
data word
discrete signals
electrical connector
electrical interface
electrical power
fibre channel
high bandwidth signals

71
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

high speed network

low bandwidth signals
remote terminal
serial data bus
store
stores management system
suspension and release equipment
video signals

6.6 Changes from previous issue.

Major changes between revision D and revision E are explained by comments. These comments consist
of a note number in parenthesis in the text, referring to a note in the list of notes that appears as
APPENDIX E. A Microsoft Word™ computer file, with revisions (additions, modifications, corrections,
deletions) from the previous issue marked, along with the comments, is available to users from the
Responsible Engineer at the preparing activity. The comments and the computer file with revisions
marked are provided as a convenience only and the Government assumes no liability whatsoever for any
inaccuracies in these notations. Bidders and contractors are cautioned to evaluate the requirements of
this document based on the entire content irrespective of the change notations and relationship to the last
previous issue.

72
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

ADDITIONAL INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS FOR GPS RF SIGNALS

APPENDIX A

A.1 SCOPE

A.1.1 Purpose.
This appendix shall be used to establish interface requirements on aircraft and mission stores for the
Navstar Global Positioning System (GPS) RF signal assignment. For compliance with the standard,
aircraft and mission stores are not required to support this signal assignment at system level. If the
assignment is supported however, the requirements in this appendix shall be met.

A.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

A.2.1 References.
The documents referenced in this appendix are not intended to be applied contractually.

A.2.2 Government documents, drawings and publications.

STANAG 4294 (Part 1) Navstar Global Positioning System (GPS) System Characteristics

A.3 DEFINITIONS, ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

A.3.1 Definitions.
The following definitions, in addition to those in section 3, apply to this appendix.

A.3.1.1 Navstar global positioning system (GPS).

The Navstar GPS is a satellite-based radio-positioning, navigation and time transfer system with
characteristics as defined in STANAG 4294.

A.3.1.2 L1 and L2.

L1 and L2 are D-band carriers as specified in STANAG 4294.

A.3.1.3 Power gain.

L1 gain is the power gain determined at the nominal frequency of the L1 carrier. L2 gain is the power
gain determined at the nominal frequency of the L2 carrier.

A.3.1.4 Correlation loss.

The following assumes that the input signal has no correlation loss as described in STANAG 4294. In a
GPS signal distribution system, correlation loss is defined as the decibel difference between the signal
power in a 20.46 MHz bandwidth that would be delivered to an output if the signal path exhibited zero
gain misequalization about the nominal carrier frequency, and the actual signal power that would be
recovered if an ideal correlation receiver of the same bandwidth were connected to that output.

A.3.1.5 Effective gain.

In a GPS signal distribution system, the L1_P(Y) effective gain is defined as the L1 gain minus the
L1_P(Y) correlation loss, the L2_P(Y) effective gain is defined as the L2 gain minus the L2_P(Y)

73
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX A

correlation loss, and the L1_C/A effective gain is defined as the L1 gain minus the L1_C/A correlation
loss. All values are in decibels.

A.3.1.6 Figure of merit.

In a GPS signal distribution system, figure of merit is defined as Ge - 10log10T, where Ge is the effective
gain in decibels and T is the output noise temperature in Kelvins.

A.3.1.7 Group delay.

At any one frequency, group delay is defined as the local phase-frequency gradient between the system
input and output in units of time.

A.3.1.8 Aircraft station GPS RF output.

The aircraft station GPS RF output is the store-mating interface of the aircraft as depicted in FIGURE A- 1.

A.3.1.9 L1_P(Y) signal.

The L1_P(Y) signal is the L1P carrier component of L1, bi-phase shift key (BPSK) modulated by the P(Y)
code plus data bit stream, as described in STANAG 4294.

A.3.1.10 L2_P(Y) signal.

The L2_P(Y) signal is the L2 carrier, bi-phase shift key (BPSK) modulated by the P(Y) code plus data bit
stream, as described in STANAG 4294.

A.3.1.11 L1_C/A signal.

The L1_C/A signal is the L1C carrier component of L1, bi-phase shift key (BPSK) modulated by the C/A
code plus data bit stream, as described in STANAG 4294.

A.3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations.

dBic decibels relative to an ideal, circularly-polarised isotropic antenna
dBK-1 decibels above 1 Kelvin-1
P(Y) GPS precision code, P or Y, as defined in STANAG 4294
C/A GPS coarse/acquisition code as defined in STANAG 4294
K Kelvins
SV space vehicle (GPS satellite)
Ge effective gain
T noise temperature in Kelvins

A.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A.4.1 Aircraft/store configurations.

This appendix provides for the interface configurations depicted in FIGURE A- 1 by specifying
requirements that are measurable at the aircraft station GPS RF output and the mission store interface
(MSI).

74
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX A

AIRCRAFT

ASI (TYPE 1) AIRCRAFT

LAUNCHER
RECEPTACLE (TYPE 2)
UMBILICAL
CABLE AIRCRAFT STATION
GPS RF OUTPUT BUFFER
(NOTE 1)
AIRCRAFT STATION
GPS RF OUTPUT MSI (TYPE 2)

MSI (TYPE 1) MISSION

STORE
MISSION
STORE

Note 1: The buffer must meet the electrical performance characteristics of MIL-DTL-83538A

FIGURE A- 1. GPS RF Interface configurations.

A.4.2 GPS RF signal requirements.

Antenna-received GPS RF signals shall be transferred to the mission store over the High Bandwidth 1
(HB1) Type B interface. The aircraft shall transfer L1_P(Y), L2_P(Y) and L1_C/A signals. The user-
received GPS RF signal levels and SV viewing angle limits that the aircraft is required to be compatible
with for the purposes of this appendix shall be defined in the aircraft system specification or similar
document.

A.5 AIRCRAFT REQUIREMENTS

The aircraft shall meet the following requirements at each aircraft station GPS RF output. These
requirements apply with the interfaces terminated by the proper nominal impedance (50 ohms) and
include the effect of the applicable mating contacts. Requirements shall apply over the frequency ranges:
L1 ± 10.23 MHz for L1_P(Y), L2 ± 10.23 MHz for L2_P(Y) and L1 ± 1.023 MHz for L1_C/A except where
indicated.

A.5.1 Voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR).

At each store station the maximum VSWR shall not exceed 2:1 at the L1 and L2 frequencies.

A.5.2 Effective gain.

At each GPS RF output the effective gain (A.3.1.5) shall meet the following requirements, where 0dBic is
defined as the gain of an ideal isotropic right-hand circularly polarized antenna.

75
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX A

L1_P(Y) +9.0 dBic (min) to +30.5 dBic (max)

L2_P(Y) +7.0 dBic (min) to +28.0 dBic (max)

L1_C/A +9.0 dBic (min) to +33.0 dBic (max)

A.5.3 Group delay.

The aircraft shall provide the nominal group delay at the L1 and L2 frequencies from the aircraft antenna
phase center to each aircraft station GPS RF output. The value for each output is provided in the
applicable system specification of ICD.

A.5.4 Group delay uncertainty.

The maximum group delay uncertainty shall be within ±35 ns at the L1 and L2 frequencies with respect to
the nominal group delay.

A.5.5 Figure of merit.

The minimum figure of merit shall meet the following requirements.

L1_P(Y) -35 dBK-1

L2_P(Y) -35 dBK-1

L1_C/A -45 dBK-1

A.5.6 Signal path dc offset.

The maximum dc offset shall not exceed ±250 millivolts when the output is terminated by an ideal 50 ohm
load. The aircraft shall meet the requirements of A.5.1 through A.5.5 herein with any store imposed dc
offset of ±500 millivolts.

A.6 MISSION STORE REQUIREMENTS

The mission store shall meet the following requirements at the MSI for the interface configurations
depicted in FIGURE A- 1. These requirements apply with the interfaces terminated by the proper nominal
impedance (50 ohms) and include the effect of the applicable mating contacts. Requirements shall apply
over the frequency ranges: L1 ± 10.23 MHz for L1 P(Y), L2 ± 10.23 MHz for L2_P(Y) and L1 ± 1.032 MHz
for L1 C/A except where indicated. [Note 27]

A.6.1 Voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR).

The maximum VSWR shall not exceed 2:1 at the L1 and L2 frequencies.

A.6.2 Signal power.

The mission store shall be compatible with the following signal power levels.

L1_P(Y) -155.0 dBW (min) to -119.5 dBW (max)

L2_P(Y) -160.0 dBW (min) to -122.0 dBW (max)

L1_C/A -152.0 dBW (min) to -117.0 dBW (max)

A.6.3 Signal to noise ratio.

The mission store shall be compatible with the following minimum signal to noise ratios.

76
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX A

L1_P(Y) -42.5 dB

L2_P(Y) -45.5 dB

L1_C/A -39.5 dB

A.6.4 Signal path dc offset.

The maximum dc offset generated by the mission store shall not exceed ± 500 millivolts when the input is
terminated by an ideal 50 ohm source. The mission store shall meet the requirements of A.6.1 through
A.6.3 herein with any aircraft imposed dc offset of ± 250 millivolts.

77
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

78
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

DATA BUS INFORMATION RULES

AND MESSAGE REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX B [Note 28]

B.1 SCOPE

B.1.1 Purpose.
This appendix shall be used to establish requirements on aircraft and stores for message formatting, data
encoding, information transfer rules, and other characteristics required for using the data bus interfaces
of the AEIS. FIGURE B- 1 shows the relationship between this appendix and the rest of the standard.

B.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

B.2.1 References.
[Note 29]

B.2.2 Government documents.

STANDARDS
Reserved. [Note 20]
B.2.3 Other Government documents, drawings, and publications.
NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGNECY

WGS-84 Department of Defense World Geodetic System 1984

(Application for copies should be addressed to NGA, Office of Corporate Relations, Public Affairs
Division, MS D-54, 4600 Sangamore Road, Bethesda, MD 20816-5003 or http://earth-
info.nga.mil/GandG/publications/tr8350.2/tr8350_2.html .)

[Note 21]

B.2.4 Non-Government publications.

B.2.4.1 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE

ANSI X3.4 Code for Information Interchange

(Application for copies should be addressed to the American National Standards Institute, Inc, 1430
Broadway, New York NY 10018 or http://web.ansi.org/.)

B.2.4.2 INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANIZATION

ISO 3166 Codes for the Representation of Names of Countries

(Application for copies should be addressed to the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 1,
ch. De la Voie-Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland or
http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm.)

79
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

B.3 DEFINITIONS

B.3.1 Definitions.
The following definitions, in addition to those in section 3, apply to this appendix.

B.3.1.1 Data entity.

A data word which is encoded to represent specific information and which uses a defined data word
format.

B.3.1.2 Data set.

A group of data entities that are useful when taken together and are contained in a single message or
group of messages.

B.3.1.3 Data validity.

The condition in which the information encoded in the designated data word is sufficiently accurate for the
application intended.

B.3.1.4 Mass data transfer.

Mass data transfer refers to the transfer of data sets between aircraft and stores (or between stores)
where the data set consists of more data words than can be transferred with only a few messages. Each
data set is defined as a file.

B.3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations.

The acronyms and abbreviations in section 3 of the basic document apply to this appendix.

B.4 REQUIREMENTS

B.4.1 Communication rules.

B.4.1.1 Protocol execution.

B.4.1.1.1 Protocol checks.

Protocol checks shall include the following verifications. Any message that fails any one of them shall be
discarded.

a. Verification of checksum, if implemented.

b. Verification of message header.

c. For the store control message, verification of the critical control 1, critical control 2, and critical
authority words shall be as follows:

(1) For a critical control 1 or critical control 2 word not marked invalid, both the IDENTIFIER and
ADDRESS CONFIRM fields must be correct. The invalidity, critical control 1, and critical control 2 words
are defined in TABLE B- XIII, TABLE B- XIV, and TABLE B- XV respectively.

(2) For the critical authority word, the CODED CHECK field must be correct. The critical
authority word is defined in TABLE B- XVI.

Detected errors in protocol checks shall be reported in accordance with B.4.2.2.2.

80
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

B.4.1.1.2 Checksum requirement.

B.4.1.1.2.1 Use of checksums in standard messages [Note 22]

Checksums shall be transmitted in all the standard messages specified in B.4.2.2.1, B.4.2.2.2, B.4.2.2.3
and B.4.2.2.4. The checksum shall occupy the last word position of both Host-to-Store and Store-to-Host
messages and shall be formatted as specified in B.4.1.1.2.2. The store shall verify the checksum
contained in the message defined in B.4.2.2.1 before accepting the message. The aircraft shall verify the
checksum contained in the message defined in B.4.2.2.2 before accepting the message. Verification of
the checksums in the other standard messages is optional. The use of checksums for all other
messages is optional and determined by the store. When used, the checksum shall occupy the last word
position of both Host-to-store and Store-to-host messages and shall be formatted as specified in
B.4.1.1.2.2. When not used, the last word position shall be a data entity.

B.4.1.1.2.2 Checksum algorithm.

All checksummed messages shall include a checksum word which satisfies the following algorithm:
When each data word (including the checksum word) of a message is rotated right cyclically by a number
of bits equal to the number of preceding data words in the message, and all the resultant rotated data
words are summed using modulo 2 arithmetic to each bit (no carries), the sum shall be zero. The
following are examples of messages satisfying the checksum algorithm.

EXAMPLE (a): FOUR WORD MESSAGE

1st Word 0000-0000-0000-0001 (0001 hex.) data
2nd Word 1100-0000-0000-0000 (C000 hex.) data
3rd Word 0000-1111-0000-0000 (0F00 hex.) data
4th Word 0001-1110-0000-1011 (lE0B hex.) checksum word

EXAMPLE (b): SIX WORD MESSAGE

lst Word 0001-0010-0011-0100 (1234 hex.) data
2nd Word 0101-0110-0111-1000 (5678 hex.) data
3rd Word 1001-1010-1011-1100 (9ABC hex.) data
4th Word 1101-1110-1111-0000 (DEF0 hex.) data
5th Word 0000-0000-0000-0000 (0000 hex.) data
6th Word 1000-1111-0010-0000 (8F20 hex.) checksum word
B.4.1.1.3 Mass data transfer.
Applications which require transfer of large data files through the MIL-STD-1553 interface shall use the
applicable options of the mass data transfer procedure and messages defined in C.4.2.3. Applications
which require transfer of large data files through the Fibre Channel interface shall use the applicable
options of the mass data transfer procedure and messages defined in D.4.2.3.

B.4.1.1.4 Carriage store routing.

A procedure for the transfer of data through a carriage store (routing) is not defined in this standard
except as required by paragraph 5.1.2.1d.

B.4.1.1.5 Data consistency.

The aircraft and store shall ensure that messages transmitted over the bus contain only mutually
consistent samples of information. Different words in a message used to transmit multiple precision
parameters shall all be members of the same set.

81
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

B.4.1.1.6 Broadcast.
Aircraft and stores are not required to implement broadcast. However, if implemented over the MIL-STD-
1553 interface, then aircraft and stores shall comply with the requirements in C.4.1.5.11; and if
implemented over the Fibre Channel interface, then aircraft and stores shall comply with the requirements
in D.4.1

B.4.1.1.7 Time tagging.

Applications which require precision time referencing of data entities transferred between the aircraft and
the store through the interface shall use the time tagging protocol defined in C.4.2.4 for the MIL-STD-
1553 interface and in D.4.2.4 for the Fibre Channel interface.

B.4.2 Message requirements.

Aircraft and stores shall use the standard message formats specified in B.4.2.2 and the mass data
transfer formats specified in C.4.2.3 and D.4.2.3 as applicable. Safety critical data shall only be
transferred in the standard message formats of B.4.2.2.1, B.4.2.2.2, B.4.2.2.3, and B.4.2.2.4.

B.4.2.1 Base message data format.

All messages required by a store which are not defined in B.4.2.2, C.4.2.2 or D.4.2.2 shall use the base
message format in C.4.2.1 for MIL-STD-1553 messages and in D.4.2.1 for Fibre Channel messages.

B.4.2.2 Standard messages.

Standard AEIS messages are defined as standard message data formats for safety critical control and
monitor functions of conventional and nuclear weapons and for store descriptions. A host-to-store
message is defined as the data word or words received by a store. A store-to-host message is defined
as the data word or words transmitted by a store resultant from a request from the host.

B.4.2.2.1 Store control.

The store control standard message shall be used for controlling the state of stores and specifically
standardizes the format for safety critical commands. Aircraft shall be capable of issuing this message to
the appropriate stores. Stores which require any of these safety critical commands shall implement this
message. The store control message shall be a 30-data word host-to-store message formatted as
specified in TABLE B- II.

B.4.2.2.2 Store monitor.

The store monitor standard message shall be used as a statusing message to reflect the safety critical
condition of the store. The message also includes other non-safety critical store condition information.
Aircraft shall be capable of requesting and receiving the resulting monitor message response from the
store. Stores shall be capable of responding to a transmit store monitor request with the required data
words. The store monitor message shall be a 30-data word store-to-host message formatted as specified
in TABLE B- III.

B.4.2.2.3 Store description.

The store description standard message transfers store identity from the store to the aircraft. The store
description message shall comply with the format of TABLE B- IV. The message includes a header word,
country code word, store identification words, maximum interruptive BIT time word, store configuration
identifier words, Station N Store ID (carriage stores only), Interface Configuration ID, Power-Up Time and
a checksum word. The country code (see TABLE B- V) and store identification codes shall remain
invariant through the life of the store or until modification to the store justifies a new store identity. The
store identifier shall be a binary code in accordance with TABLE B- VI, and an ASCII code in accordance
with TABLE B- VII. The store shall format this message to meet the timing requirements of 5.2.12.5. The

82
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

carriage store shall format this message to meet the timing requirements of 5.3.12. Mission stores shall
set Station N Store ID Code to 0000 Hexadecimal. [Note 23]

B.4.2.2.4 Aircraft description.

The aircraft description standard message transfers aircraft identity from the aircraft to the store. The
aircraft description message shall comply with the format of TABLE B- XXIX. The message includes a
header word, invalidity words, a country code word, aircraft identification words, a station number, a
pylon/bay identity, an Interface Configuration ID [Note 24] and a checksum word. The country code (see
TABLE B- V) and aircraft identification codes shall remain invariant through the life of the aircraft or until
modification to the aircraft justifies a new aircraft identity. The aircraft identifier shall be an ASCII code in
accordance with TABLE B- VII. The aircraft description message shall only be used with prior agreement
via the system specification or interface control document.

B.4.3 Standard data entities.

All AEIS messages shall be composed from the data entities (see B.3.1.1) listed in TABLE B- VIII. If a
store or aircraft requires a specific data entity not covered by this table, then use of a non-standard data
entity is permitted if authorized by the contracting authority or specified in the approved ICD. The data
word format of a non-standard data entity shall, in order of preference: (1) comply with the data word
format requirements of TABLE B- IX, (2) comply with the data word format requirements of MIL-HDBK-
1553, or (3) use a unique user-defined data word format.

83
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

Appendix B Requirements
Requirements Data Bus applicable to a Fibre
applicable to a MIL- Information Rules Channel Interface in a
STD-1553 Bus in a and Message MIL-STD-1760
MIL-STD-1760 Requirements interface
interface

Appendix C Mil- Appendix D Fibre

STD-1553 Data Bus Channel Digital
Communication Data Bus
Rules and Message Communication
Requirements Rules and Message
Requirements
MIL-STD-1553 SAE-AS5653
Digital Time High Speed
Division Network for
Command/Respo MIL-STD-1760
nse Multiplex
Data Bus

FIGURE B- 1. Relationship between Appendix B, C and D.

84
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

Ya

Xa

Za

NOTES:
1. The aircraft body axis system shall be an orthogonal triad of axis Xa, Ya, Za with origin 0a at the
fixed location determined to be optimum for that aircraft.
2. The Xa axis is positive in the forward direction of the aircraft.
3. The Ya axis is positive to the right of the forward direction of the aircraft.
4. The Za axis is positive sense down through the belly of the aircraft.

FIGURE B- 2. Aircraft body axis system.

85
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

Z NOMINAL
NORTH POLE
REFERENCE
ELLIPSOID

REFERENCE East
North
(ZERO)
MERIDIAN

Down

GEODETIC
LATITUDE

GEODETIC
LONGITUDE
EQUATORIAL
PLANE
X

NOTES:
1. The coordinate system is the World Geodetic System of 1984 (WGS84). The origin of WGS84 is
the center of mass of the earth (also the geometric center of the WGS84 ellipsoid). The Z-axis is
the rotational axis of the WGS84 ellipsoid; the X-axis is the intersection of the WGS84 reference
meridian plane and the plane of the mean astronomic equator; and the Y-axis completes a right-
hand, earth-centered earth-fixed (ECEF) set.
2. The local level geographic north, east, down (NED) coordinate system shall have an origin
coincident with the origin of the aircraft axis system specified in FIGURE B- 2, where the D-axis is
collinear with the normal to the WGS84 reference ellipsoid at the point of penetration (P), but
pointing in the opposite sense; the N-axis is normal to the D-axis, lies in the plane of the meridian
and points north; and the E-axis completes a right-hand set. Altitude is the distance (height)
above the WGS84 reference ellipsoid along the D-axis to the NED origin.
3. Any local vertical earth axis coordinate system shall have the origin coincident with a fixed point
suitable for the operations required. Most commonly, the suitable local vertical earth axis
coordinate system is described in the North-East-Down (NED) coordinate frame. [Note 25]
4. The local level wander azimuth coordinate system is a navigation frame with the Xw and Yw axis in
the horizontal plane and Zw positive-up. Wander angle is defined as the angle between north and
local level wander azimuth Yw axis resulting from a positive rotation about the local level wander
azimuth Zw axis through the wander angle (right handed, z-up Cartesian coordinate frame).

FIGURE B- 3. Earth axis systems.

86
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

N LOCAL FIXED
POINT ORIGIN Et
E Dt

Xa +
+ Nt

TARGET OR
WAYPOINT

Ya
Na Za
Da

D
Ea

NOTE:
1. The fixed point local vertical earth axis coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3, shall be used
as the coordinate system.

FIGURE B- 4. Aircraft, target and waypoint position XYZ to fixed point.

87
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

Xa
PITCH

NORTH

EAST
HEADING

HEADING

ROLL

Ya

ROLL
Za
PITCH

DOWN

NOTES:
1. Aircraft true heading, pitch and roll are defined as the angles through which the earth axis system
N, E, and D as defined by FIGURE B- 3 has to be rotated to align with the aircraft axis system
defined in FIGURE B- 2. Euler angle rotation is taken in the order yaw (heading) then pitch and
finally roll.
2. When there is no aircraft pitch or roll, the true heading angle is the angle formed between the
aircraft Xa direction and true north. Positive angles reflect that the aircraft is heading east if in
forward flight.
3. When there is no aircraft heading or roll, the pitch angle is the angle formed between the aircraft
Za direction and local vertical. Positive angles reflect that the aircraft is nose-up.
4. When there is no aircraft heading or pitch, the roll angle is the angle formed between the aircraft
Ya direction and the east direction. Positive angles reflect that the aircraft is banked right.
5. Aircraft ground track is the rotation (positive clockwise) about the local vertical axis which brings
north into coincidence with the projection of the aircraft total (north, east and down) velocity vector
in the local horizontal plane through the origin 0a.
6. Aircraft magnetic heading is defined identically to true heading except that magnetic north and
east are substituted for true north and east.

FIGURE B- 5. Earth aircraft alignment.

88
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

+Ya

Oa = Aircraft
reference point

+Xa Dx (a r)
+Za

Dy (a r)
Or = reference point
midway between lugs
Dz (a r)

Ya X’’
X’ Y’ Y’, Y’’
X’
Xa
2nd Rotation -
1st Rotation - Pitch -
Yaw - rotate about Y’
rotate about Za
Za, Z’
Z’’ Z’

X’’, Xr
Y’’

3rd Rotation - Yr
Roll -
rotate about X’’

Zr
Z’’

FIGURE B- 6. Aircraft-store alignment.

89
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

NOTES:
1. The coordinate system Or, Xap, Yap, Zap is a coordinate system parallel to the aircraft coordinate
system but with an origin coincident with the reference axis origin.
2. The coordinate system Oa, Xa, Ya, Za describes the axis system of the aircraft or an aircraft
sensor.
3. The coordinate system Os, Xs, Ys, Zs describes the axis system of the store or store sensor.
4. The coordinate system Or, Xr, Yr, Zr describes the reference axis. The origin Or is defined as the
reference point and is midway between the attachment points (such as lugs) of the store to the
aircraft.
5. The reference axis yaw, pitch and roll alignment angles are defined by rotating the aircraft
coordinate system Oa, Xa, Ya, Za through first yaw then pitch and finally roll angles to align parallel
to the reference axis Or, Xr, Yr, Zr.
6. The angle defined as pitch is the angular displacement of the Xr axis from the plane defined by the
axis Xa, Ya.
7. The angle defined as roll is the angular displacement of the Yr axis from the plane defined by the
axis Xa, Ya.
8. The angle defined as yaw is the angular displacement of the Xr axis from the plane defined by the
axis Xa, Za.
9. The distances Dx(a „ r), Dy(a „ r), Dz(a „ r) are defined as the offset distances from the aircraft
axis origin Oa to the reference axis origin Or.
10. If a store uses an axis system different than the reference axis defined in note 5 above, it shall be
related as follows: The distances Dx(r „ s), Dy(r „ s), Dz(r „ s) are defined as the offset
distances from the reference axis origin Or to the store axis origin Os. The store axis yaw, pitch
and roll alignment angles are defined by rotating the reference coordinate system Or, Xr, Yr, Zr
through first yaw then pitch and finally roll angles to align parallel to the store axis Os, Xs, Ys, Zs.

FIGURE B- 6. Aircraft-store alignment – Continued.

90
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

Ys AXIS

Xs AXIS Zs AXIS

NOTES:
1. The store body axis system shall be an orthogonal triad of axis Xs, Ys, and Zs with origin Os at the
fixed location determined to be optimum for that store.
2. The Xs axis is positive in the forward direction of the store.
3. The Ys axis is positive to the right of the forward direction of the store.
4. The Zs axis is positive down through the belly of the store.

FIGURE B- 7. Store body axis system.

N Xa

Dt
Ya
Et
Za
Nt
TARGET OR
WAYPOINT
D

NOTE:
1. The local vertical earth axis coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3 shall be used as the
coordinate system.

FIGURE B- 8. Target and waypoint position XYZ from current position.

91
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TARGET OR
POINT ON Y
TRAJECTORY

T SL
AN
TR
AN
GE

ELEVATION

O
AZIMUTH

NOTES:
1. The reference coordinate system OXYZ is either the aircraft or store reference system defined in
FIGURE B- 2 and FIGURE B- 7 as defined for the relevant use.
2. The azimuth and elevation angles are defined by first rotating the reference system OXYZ through
an azimuth angle and then through an elevation angle to align the OX coordinate vector with the
vector OT.
3. Positive azimuth and elevation equate to the upper right as viewed from the origin.

FIGURE B- 9. Target position/store trajectory (polar).

92
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

7 8
9
6

5 10

EXAMPLE TARGET
POSITION SECTOR 11,
11
4 SEGMENT 1

12
3 0

1
2 13
2

1 3 14
0 15
22.5o
TYP 16 PLCS

NOTES:
1. This target sector and segment position pattern shall be used in conjunction with the
DISCRIMINATOR DESCRIPTION data entity of TABLE B- XXIII.
2. Example of application: A bit pattern of 101101 in bit numbers 03 through 08 of the
DISCRIMINATOR DESCRIPTION data entity indicates that the target is positioned in sector 11,
segment 1.
3. The pattern should be positioned over the target group so as to encompass all targets under
consideration. The pattern position, orientation, and scaling shall be specified in the system
specification of ICD.

FIGURE B- 10. Target sector and segment position.

93
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- I. Header word. [Note 44]

HEADER
(HEXADECIMAL) APPLICATION

0000
THROUGH User selected
03FF
0400 Store control message (B.4.2.2.1)
0401
THROUGH Reserved for store safety critical control and monitor
041F
0420 Store monitor message (B.4.2.2.2)
0421 Store description message (B.4.2.2.3)
0422 Transfer control message (C.4.2.3.2.1)
0423 Transfer monitor message (C.4.2.3.2.2)
0424
THROUGH Reserved for carriage store non-safety critical control and monitor
042D
042E
THROUGH Reserved for future non-safety critical control and monitor
04FF
0500
THROUGH User selected
FFFF

94
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- II. Store control (Host to Store transfer).

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH or TABLE

-01- HEADER (0400 hexadecimal) C.4.2.1.1

-02- Invalidity for words 01-16 TABLE B- VIII line 2
-03- Invalidity for words 17-30 TABLE B- VIII line 2
-04- Control of critical state of store - TABLE B- VIII line 3
-05- Set 1 with critical authority TABLE B- VIII line 5
-06- Control of critical state of store - TABLE B- VIII line 4
-07- Set 2 with critical authority TABLE B- VIII line 5
-08- Fuzing mode 1 TABLE B- VIII line 8
-09- Arm delay from release TABLE B- VIII line 12
-10- Fuze function delay from release TABLE B- VIII line 13
-11- Fuze function delay from impact TABLE B- VIII line 14
-12- Fuze function distance TABLE B- VIII line 18
-13- Fire interval TABLE B- VIII line 20
-14- Number to fire TABLE B- VIII line 21
-15- High drag arm time TABLE B- VIII line 16
-16- Function time from event TABLE B- VIII line 17
-17- Void/layer number TABLE B- VIII line 23
-18- Impact velocity TABLE B- VIII line 24
-19- Fuzing mode 2 TABLE B- VIII line 9
-20- Dispersion data TABLE B- VIII line 165
-21- Duration of dispersion TABLE B- VIII line 166
-22- Carriage Store S&RE Unit(s) Select 1/ TABLE B- VIII line 167
-23- Separation elements TABLE B- VIII line 168 or
169
-24- Surface delays TABLE B- VIII line 170 or
171
-25- Fuze Time 1 TABLE B- VIII line 184
-26- Fuze Time 2 TABLE B- VIII line 185
-27- Tether Length TABLE B- VIII line 186
-28- Interstage Gap Time TABLE B- VIII line 187
[Note 26]
-29- Lethality index TABLE B- VIII line 181
-30- Checksum word C.4.1.5.2

1/ Word 22 to be used to identify the selected carriage store S&RE unit(s) when D10 (Bit 00) of
word 04 is set to logic 1 and D2 through D0 (Bits 08 through 10) are set to logic 010 respectively.

95
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- III. Store monitor (Store to Host transfer).

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH or TABLE

-01- HEADER (0420 hexadecimal) C.4.2.1.1

-02- Invalidity for words 01-16 TABLE B- VIII line 2
-03- Invalidity for words 17-30 TABLE B- VIII line 2
-04- Critical monitor 1 TABLE B- VIII line 6
-05- Critical monitor 2 TABLE B- VIII line 7
-06- Fuzing/arming mode status 1 TABLE B- VIII line 10
-07- Protocol status TABLE B- VIII line 25
-08- Monitor of arm delay from release TABLE B- VIII line 12
-09- Monitor of fuze function delay from release TABLE B- VIII line 13
-10- Monitor of fuze function delay from impact TABLE B- VIII line 14
-11- Monitor of fuze function distance TABLE B- VIII line 18
-12- Monitor of fire interval TABLE B- VIII line 20
-13- Monitor of number to fire TABLE B- VIII line 21
-14- Monitor of high drag arm time TABLE B- VIII line 16
-15- Monitor of function time from event TABLE B- VIII line 17
-16- Monitor of void/layer number TABLE B- VIII line 23
-17- Monitor of impact velocity TABLE B- VIII line 24
-18- Fuzing/arming mode status 2 TABLE B- VIII line 11
-19- Monitor of dispersion data TABLE B- VIII line 165
-20- Monitor of dispersion duration TABLE B- VIII line 166
-21- Monitor of carriage store S&RE Unit(s) select TABLE B- VIII line 167
-22- Monitor of separation elements TABLE B- VIII line 168 or
169
-23- Monitor of surface delays TABLE B- VIII line 170 or
171
-24- Monitor of Fuze Time 1 TABLE B- VIII line 184
-25- Monitor of Fuze Time 2 TABLE B- VIII line 185
-26- Monitor of Tether Length TABLE B- VIII line 186
-27- Monitor of Interstage Gap Time TABLE B- VIII line 187
-28- Reserved words (0000 hexadecimal) TABLE B- VIII line 1
-29- Monitor of lethality index TABLE B- VIII line 181
-30- Checksum word C.4.1.5.2

96
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- IV. Store description message (Store to Host transfer).

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH or

TABLE

-01- HEADER (0421 hexadecimal) C.4.2.1.1

-02- Country code TABLE B- VIII line 26
-03- Store identity (binary) TABLE B- VIII line 27
-04- Store identity (ASCII) 1 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-05- Store identity (ASCII) 2 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-06- Store identity (ASCII) 3 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-07- Store identity (ASCII) 4 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-08- Store identity (ASCII) 5 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-09- Store identity (ASCII) 6 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-10- Store identity (ASCII) 7 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-11- Store identity (ASCII) 8 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-12- Maximum interruptive BIT time TABLE B- VIII line 30
-13- Store configuration identifier 1 TABLE B- VIII line 29
-14- Store configuration identifier 2 TABLE B- VIII line 29
-15- Store configuration identifier 3 TABLE B- VIII line 29
-16- Station 1 Store ID Code TABLE B- VIII line 182
[Note 23]
-17- Station 2 Store ID Code TABLE B- VIII line 182
-18- Station 3 Store ID Code TABLE B- VIII line 182
-19- Station 4 Store ID Code TABLE B- VIII line 182
-20- Station 5 Store ID Code TABLE B- VIII line 182
-21- Station 6 Store ID Code TABLE B- VIII line 182
-22- Station 7 Store ID Code TABLE B- VIII line 182
-23- Station 8 Store ID Code TABLE B- VIII line 182
-24- Power-Up Time TABLE B- VIII line 180
[Note 15]
-25-
-26-
-27- Reserved words (0000 hexadecimal) TABLE B- VIII line 1
-28-
-29- Interface Configuration ID TABLE B- VIII line 183
[Note 24]
-30- Checksum word C.4.1.5.2

97
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- V. Country code.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

CHARACTER 1 -00- (Shall be set to logic 0.)

-01- High Order Bit
-02-
-03-
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07- Low Order Bit
CHARACTER 2 -08- (Shall be set to logic 0.)
-09- High Order Bit
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- Low Order Bit.

1/ The country code shall be represented by the character code set defined in ANSI X3.4 American
Standard for Information Interchange (ASCII) using the appropriate country code specified in ISO
3166. (Only upper case alphabetic characters shall be used.)
2/ Bit numbers 00 and 08 shall be set to logic 0.
3/ The country code shall be used as a qualifier of the store identity (binary) (TABLE B- VI) and
store identity (ASCII) (TABLE B- VII) to distinguish between store identification codes which may
be duplicative between different countries.

98
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VI. Store identity (binary).

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

STORE TYPE -00- MSB = 1024

-01-
-02-
-03- Shall be set to indicate the store
type code value as assigned by
the control point for store
nomenclature.
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07-
-08-
-09-
-10- LSB = 1
STORE VARIANT -11- MSB = 16 Shall be set to indicate the store
variant code value as assigned
by the control point for store
nomenclature.
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- LSB = 1

99
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VII. Store or aircraft identity (ASCII).

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

CHARACTER 1 -00- (Shall be set to logic 0.)

-01- High Order Bit
-02-
-03-
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07- Low Order Bit
CHARACTER 2 -08- (Shall be set to logic 0.)
-09- High Order Bit
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- Low Order Bit.

1/ The characters shall be represented by the American National Standard for Information
Interchange (ASCII) character code set defined in ANSI X3.4. Alphabetical characters shall be
upper case.
2/ Bit numbers 00 and 08 shall be set to logic 0.
3/ The store, or aircraft, type designator shall be a 16 character maximum code assigned by the
control point for nomenclature. The type designator shall be left justified, space (20
Hexadecimal) filled into the eight store identity (ASCII) data words in the store description
message (TABLE B- IV).

Example 1: For type designators AGM-65C and AN/ALQ-137A(V)10:

Store identity (ASCII) word no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Character no. 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
A G M - 6 5 C
A N / A L Q - 1 3 7 A ( V ) 1 0
Example 2: For type designators F-16C/D and TORNADO-GR4:
Aircraft identity (ASCII) word no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Character no. 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
F - 1 6 C / D
T O R N A D O - G R 4

100
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following requirements
no. name Table number and description:
1 Reserved Bit numbers 00-15 shall be set to logic 0. Shall be
placed in transmitted or received messages to provide
fixed message lengths while reserving data word
positions for future AEIS applications.
2 Invalidity INVALIDITY, Shall be used to indicate invalidity of data entities.
TABLE B- XIII
3 Critical CRITICAL Shall be used for sending safety critical control
control 1 CONTROL 1, commands to a store. [Note 30]
TABLE B- XIV
4 Critical CRITICAL Shall be used for sending safety critical control
control 2 CONTROL 2, commands to a store.
TABLE B- XV
5 Critical CRITICAL Shall be used as a coded check for CRITICAL
authority AUTHORITY, CONTROL 1 and CRITICAL CONTROL 2. Shall not be
TABLE B- XVI used for error correction.
6 Critical CRITICAL Shall be used to indicate both the demanded state
monitor 1 MONITOR 1, (reflecting data bits D10 through D3 in CRITICAL
TABLE B- XVII CONTROL 1) and the current store state.
7 Critical CRITICAL Shall be used to indicate both the demanded state
monitor 2 MONITOR 2, (reflecting data bits D10 through D3 in CRITICAL
TABLE B- XVIII CONTROL 2) and the current store state.
8 Fuzing mode 1 FUZING MODE, Shall be used by stores with interface controllable post
TABLE B- XIX release operation to enable or disable fuze modes.

9 Fuzing mode 2 FUZING MODE, (for stores with interface controllable post release
TABLE B- XXV operation) Enables or disables fuze modes as
indicated in the table.
10 Fuzing/arming FUZING/ Shall be used by stores, when requested by the aircraft,
mode status 1 ARMING MODE to reflect the actual internal state of the fuzing/arming
STATUS, setting(s) whether or not demanded by TABLE B- XIX.
TABLE B- XX
11 Fuzing/arming FUZING/ (when requested by the aircraft) Actual internal state of
mode status 2 ARMING MODE the store’s fuzing/arming setting(s), whether or not
STATUS, demanded by TABLE B- XXV.
TABLE B- XXVI
12 Arm delay from TIME(F), Shall be used by stores with interface controllable
release TABLE B- IX fuzing as the time delay from separation from the
aircraft to fuze arming.

101
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
13 Fuze function TIME(F), Shall be used by stores with interface controllable
delay from TABLE B- IX fuzing as the time delay from separation from the
release aircraft to fuze function.
14 Fuze function TIME(F), Shall be used by stores with interface controllable
delay from impact TABLE B- IX fuzing as the time delay from impact to fuze function.
15 Post launch TIME(M) & The delays required in operation of store assemblies,
operation delay TIME(L), such as motor fire, flight control, etc. Shall not be
MSP and LSP TABLE B- IX used for fuzing/arming.
16 High drag arm TIME(F), (for stores with interface controllable fuzing) Time
time TABLE B- IX delay from store separation from the aircraft to fuze
arming when store retardation is selected.
17 Function time TIME(F), (for stores with interface controllable fuzing) Time
from event TABLE B- IX delay from a specifically defined event to the function
of the fuze or store retard mechanism.
18 Fuze function DISTANCE(F), Shall be used by stores with interface controllable
distance TABLE B- IX fuzing as the distance from the target required for
function. When used for fuze function height, it
represents altitude or depth from local surface
required for function. For pressure activated sensors,
a surface air pressure of 82 kilopascals shall be
assumed.
19 deleted
20 Fire interval TIME(L), Shall be used to set the time interval between
TABLE B- IX successive releases, launches or firings of associated
munitions or submunitions.
21 Number to fire NUMBER(L), Shall be used to set the number of munitions or
TABLE B- IX submunitions to be released or fired for each release
or fire commanded by TABLE B- XIV, bit number 00.
22 Rounds NUMBER(L), The number of submunitions or stores remaining
remaining TABLE B- IX within the store.
23 Void/layer NUMBER(L), (for stores with interface controllable fuzing)
number TABLE B- IX Void/layer number at which the fuze is to function.
24 Impact velocity VELOCITY(M), Sets the impact velocity.
TABLE B- IX
25 Protocol status PROTOCOL Shall be used to report data bus interface protocol
STATUS, errors detected by the applicable subsystem. (See
TABLE B- XXI C.4.1.5.1.)

102
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
26 Country code COUNTRY Shall use the appropriate country code specified in
CODE, ISO 3166, upper case alphabetic characters only,
TABLE B- V denoting the country which assigns the store identity
code [Note 31]. Shall be used as a qualifier of
STORE IDENTITY (BINARY) and STORE IDENTITY
(ASCII) to distinguish between store identities which
may be duplicative between different countries.
27 Store identity STORE IDENT- A binary code assigned by the control point for store
(binary) ITY (BINARY), nomenclature. When this entity is not used, the word
TABLE B- VI shall be set to 0000 hexadecimal.
28 Store or aircraft STORE OR A code assigned by the control point for
identity (ASCII) AIRCRAFT nomenclature. It shall be left justified into the eight
IDENTITY data words (max. 16 characters) per TABLE B- IV.
(ASCII), Unused characters shall be set to ASCII space (20
TABLE B- VII Hexadecimal). When this entity is not used, the
words shall be set to 0000 hexadecimal.
29 Store ASCII PACKED, Specific configuration information about a store, such
configuration TABLE B- XXII as the software version installed. It shall be left
identifier justified into the three data words (max. 6 characters)
per TABLE B- IV. Unused characters shall be set to
ASCII space (20 Hexadecimal). When this entity is
not used, the words shall be set to 0000
hexadecimal.
30 Maximum TIME(F), The maximum time duration the store may be non-
interruptive BIT TABLE B- IX operational while conducting interruptive Built-In-Test
time (BIT) commanded by the aircraft. If interruptive BIT
is not used by the store, the word shall be set to
0000 hexadecimal.
31 ASCII characters ASCII PACKED, Shall be used for the transfer of ASCII encoded
TABLE B- XXII characters on the data bus.
32 Indicated VELOCITY(M) & Indicated airspeed of the aircraft, represented as
airspeed MSP & VELOCITY(L), positive when the aircraft is traveling through static
LSP TABLE B- IX air in the Xa direction defined in FIGURE B- 2.

33 True airspeed VELOCITY(M) & True airspeed of the aircraft, represented as positive
MSP & LSP VELOCITY(L), when the aircraft is traveling through static air in the
TABLE B- IX Xa direction defined in FIGURE B- 2.

34 Calibrated VELOCITY(M) & Calibrated airspeed of the aircraft, represented as

airspeed MSP & VELOCITY(L), positive with the aircraft traveling through static air in
LSP TABLE B- IX the Xa direction defined in FIGURE B- 2.

35 Windspeed North VELOCITY(M) & Local windspeed with north defined as the
MSP & LSP VELOCITY(L), component measured relative to local surface in the
TABLE B- IX north (N) axis as defined by FIGURE B- 3.

103
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
36 Windspeed East VELOCITY(M) & Local windspeed with east defined as the component
MSP & LSP VELOCITY(L), measured relative to local surface in the east (E) axis
TABLE B- IX as defined by FIGURE B- 3.
37 Angle of attack ANGLE(M), Angle of attack of the aircraft (also called alpha, the
TABLE B- IX angle between aircraft zero reference line and the air
flow).
38 Angle of sideslip ANGLE(M), Angle of sideslip of the aircraft.
TABLE B- IX
39 Air temperature TEMPERATURE, Ambient temperature of the outside air.
TABLE B- IX
40 Dynamic air PRESSURE(M) & Dynamic air pressure.
pressure MSP & PRESSURE(L),
LSP TABLE B- IX
41 Static air PRESSURE(M) & Static air pressure.
pressure MSP & PRESSURE(L),
LSP TABLE B- IX
42 Sea level air PRESSURE(M) & Local sea level air pressure.
pressure MSP & PRESSURE(L),
LSP TABLE B- IX
43 Surface flow VELOCITY(M) & North component of the velocity of the local surface
North MSP & VELOCITY(L), flow relative to a fixed point but using the local
LSP TABLE B- IX vertical earth axis coordinate system as specified in
FIGURE B- 3.
44 Surface flow VELOCITY(M) & East component of the velocity of the local surface
East MSP & VELOCITY (L), flow relative to a fixed point using the local vertical
LSP TABLE B- IX earth axis coordinate system as specified in FIGURE
B- 3.
45 Water TEMPERATURE, Temperature of the local surface of the water.
temperature TABLE B- IX
46 Depth of water DISTANCE(M) & Vertical depth of water in the target zone.
MSP & LSP DISTANCE(L),
TABLE B- IX
47 Wave height DISTANCE(S), Average wave height measure peak-to-trough in the
TABLE B- IX target zone and shall be represented as positive.
48 Water density RATIO, Ratio of the density of the local water to a density of
TABLE B- IX 1000 kilograms per cubic meter. The ratio shall
increase for heavier local water.
49 Velocity of VELOCITY(M) & Velocity of sound for the specified area. (This may be
sound MSP & VELOCITY(L), for a specified depth of water for example.)
LSP TABLE B- IX

104
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
50 Aircraft latitude ANGLE(M) & Geodetic latitude of the aircraft as defined in
MSP & LSP ANGLE(L), FIGURE B- 3.
TABLE B- IX
51 Aircraft ANGLE(M) & Geodetic longitude of the aircraft as defined in
longitude MSP & ANGLE(L), FIGURE B- 3.
LSP TABLE B- IX
52 Aircraft geodetic DISTANCE(M) & Geodetic altitude of the aircraft from the reference
altitude MSP & DISTANCE(L), ellipsoid as defined in FIGURE B- 3.
LSP TABLE B- IX
53 North Aircraft- DISTANCE(M) & North component (Na) of the current aircraft position
distance from DISTANCE(L), displacement from the fixed point as shown in
fixed point MSP TABLE B- IX FIGURE B- 4 using the fixed point local vertical earth
& LSP axis coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
54 East Aircraft- DISTANCE(M) & East component (Ea) of the current aircraft position
distance from DISTANCE (L), displacement from the fixed point as shown in
fixed point MSP TABLE B- IX FIGURE B- 4 using the fixed point local vertical earth
& LSP axis coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
55 Down Aircraft- DISTANCE(M) & Down component (Da) of the current aircraft position
distance from DISTANCE(L), displacement from the fixed point as shown in
fixed point MSP TABLE B- IX FIGURE B- 4 using the fixed point local vertical earth
& LSP axis coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
56 Height above DISTANCE(M) & Height above ground level of the aircraft, defined as
ground level DISTANCE(L), the distance between the aircraft and the local earth
MSP & LSP TABLE B- IX surface measured along the down (D) axis defined in
FIGURE B- 3. The distance shall be represented as
positive.
57 Barometric DISTANCE(M) & Barometric altitude of the aircraft, defined as the
altitude MSP & DISTANCE(L), distance between the aircraft and the local earth sea-
LSP TABLE B- IX level measured along the down (D) axis defined in
FIGURE B- 3. The distance shall be represented as
positive.
58 Aircraft true ANGLE(M), Heading of the aircraft relative to true north as
heading TABLE B- IX defined in FIGURE B- 5 using the local vertical axis
as defined in FIGURE B- 3.
59 Aircraft true ANGLE(M), Ground track of the aircraft relative to true north as
ground track TABLE B- IX defined in FIGURE B- 5 using the local vertical axis
as defined in FIGURE B- 3.

105
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
60 Aircraft pitch ANGLE(M), Pitch of the aircraft as defined in FIGURE B- 5 using
TABLE B- IX the local vertical axis defined in FIGURE B- 3.
61 Aircraft roll ANGLE(M), Roll of the aircraft as defined in FIGURE B- 5 using
TABLE B- IX the local vertical axis as defined in FIGURE B- 3.
62 Aircraft ANGLE(M), Heading of the aircraft relative to magnetic north as
magnetic TABLE B- IX defined in FIGURE B- 5 using the local vertical axis
heading as defined in FIGURE B- 3.
63 Aircraft- DISTANCE(S), The X component of the distance from the aircraft
reference X axis TABLE B- IX body axis or sensor axis to the reference axis
offset Dx(a r) as defined in FIGURE B- 6.

64 Aircraft- DISTANCE(S), The Y component of the distance from the aircraft

reference Y axis TABLE B- IX body axis or sensor axis to the reference axis
offset Dy(a r) as defined in FIGURE B- 6.

65 Aircraft- DISTANCE(S), The Z component of the distance from the aircraft

reference Z axis TABLE B- IX body axis or sensor axis to the reference axis
offset Dz(a r)as defined in FIGURE B- 6.

66 Aircraft- ANGLE(M), The yaw angle between the aircraft body axis or
reference axis TABLE B- IX sensor axis and the reference axis as defined by
yaw difference FIGURE B- 6. Positive angles shall indicate the
reference axis is yawed right.
67 Aircraft- ANGLE(M), The pitch angle between the aircraft body axis or
reference axis TABLE B- IX sensor axis and the reference axis as defined by
pitch difference FIGURE B- 6. Positive angles shall indicate the
reference axis is pitched up.
68 Aircraft- ANGLE(M), The roll angle between the aircraft body axis or
reference axis TABLE B- IX sensor axis and the reference axis as defined by
roll difference FIGURE B- 6. Positive angles shall indicate the
reference axis is banked right (right wing down).
69 Aircraft velocity VELOCITY(M) & North component of the velocity of the origin of the
North MSP & VELOCITY(L), aircraft axis system as defined in FIGURE B- 2 using
LSP TABLE B- IX the fixed point local vertical earth axis coordinate
system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
70 Aircraft velocity VELOCITY(M), East component of the velocity of the origin of the
East MSP & VELOCITY(L), aircraft axis system as defined in FIGURE B- 2 using
LSP TABLE B- IX the fixed point local vertical earth axis coordinate
system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
71 Aircraft velocity VELOCITY(M), Down component of the velocity of the origin of the
down MSP & VELOCITY(L), aircraft axis system as defined in FIGURE B- 2 using
LSP TABLE B- IX the fixed point local vertical earth axis coordinate
system defined in FIGURE B- 3.

106
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
72 Aircraft heading ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line 58.
rate RATE(M),
TABLE B- IX
73 Aircraft ground ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line 59.
track rate RATE(M),
TABLE B- IX
74 Aircraft pitch ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line 60.
rate RATE(M),
TABLE B- IX
75 Aircraft roll rate ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line 61.
RATE(M),
TABLE B- IX
76 Aircraft system TIME(L) Aircraft system time at the last reset of the aircraft
time at reset TABLE B- IX system clock used by the aircraft as its reference for
time tagging data. Stores using time tagged data
shall use this data in conjunction with present system
time to determine the age of the time tagged data.
77 Mach number NUMBER(S), Vehicle Mach number.
TABLE B- IX
78 Direction cosine FRACTION(M), A matrix element of a 3x3 transformation matrix
MSP & LSP FRACTION(L), between the aircraft and reference coordinate
TABLE B- IX systems in accordance with the following matrix
equation: Xr = C * Xap; where C is the 3x3
transformation matrix and both Xr and Xap are
column vectors as defined in FIGURE B- 6. The
quantity and identification of the matrix elements in C
and interpretation of the matrix equation shall be
defined in the store interface control document.
79 Initialization year NUMBER(L), The current year.
TABLE B- IX
80 Initialization NUMBER(L), Current month of the current year as specified in line
month TABLE B- IX 79.
81 Initialization day NUMBER(L), Current day of the current month as specified in line
of month TABLE B- IX 80.
82 Initialization day NUMBER(L), Current day of the current year as specified in line 79
of year TABLE B- IX where January 1 is day 1.

107
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
83 Twenty-four NUMBER(L), Used by aircraft or stores; the number of whole 24
hour period TABLE B- IX hour periods to, or from, the referenced event. It is
used as required to compliment the time data entity
in line 84.
84 Time MSP, LSP, TIME(M), Used by aircraft or stores; the time to, or from, the
& LLSP TIME(L), referenced event.
TIME(LL),
TABLE B- IX
85 Time tag TIME(L), Inserted into the message by the source equipment
TABLE B- IX responsible for the data entity(s) on which the time
tag is to be used and shall be the aircraft time current
at the data measurement or event.
86 Aircraft time TIME(L), Aircraft time to be transmitted to the store to allow
TABLE B- IX base time synchronization to take place. It shall be
valid at the zero crossing of the parity bit of the
associated command word received at the ASI, with
the tolerance specified in the ICD.
87 Representative TIME(LL), Delay to a signal from the signal source to the signal
group envelope TABLE B- IX sink.
delay
88 Store repre- TIME(LL), Delay to a signal from the signal source in the store
sentative group TABLE B- IX to the MSI or from the MSI to the signal sink in the
envelope delay store.
89 Signal or data TIME(M), TIME(L) Latency of the signal or data during transfer between
latency MSP, & TIME(LL), a source and the MSI.
LSP, & LLSP TABLE B- IX
90 Signal or data TIME(M), TIME(L) Time between the signal or data at an MSI and its
response time & TIME(LL), resultant response or event.
MSP, LSP, & TABLE B- IX
LLSP
91 Signal or data TIME(M), TIME(L) Delay caused to the signal or data during the transfer
delay time MSP, & TIME(LL), between a sink and the source.
LSP, & LLSP TABLE B- IX
92 Target time MSP TIME(M), System time at the point in time when the target
& LSP TIME(L), position is valid.
TABLE B- IX
93 Waypoint INTEGER, Waypoint number, as specified in line 138, of the
number of target TABLE B- IX target position where a course to target trajectory
defined by waypoints is used.

108
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
94 Target file NUMBER(L), Indicates the selected target file.
number TABLE B- IX
95 Target FRACTION(M), Probability that the target can be successfully
probability TABLE B- IX intercepted by the store where all unknown factors
are assumed to not adversely affect the probability.
96 Target DISCRIMINATOR Indicates which of a group of targets shall be
discriminator DESCRIPTION, selected by terminal guidance.
TABLE B- XXIII
97 Sea level air PRESSURE(M) & Sea-level referenced air pressure at the target
pressure at tar- PRESSURE(L), position.
get MSP & LSP TABLE B- IX
98 Current active NUMBER(L), Target number for which all information received by
target number TABLE B- IX the store applies, and which also is the preferred
target once the store is released. Stores
implementing multiple targeting shall assume that
information received corresponds to the last target
number received.
99 Target invalidity INVALIDITY, Validity for sixteen targets where valid (logic 0) shall
TABLE B- XIII equate to an available-for-use state.
100 Target latitude ANGLE(M) & Geodetic latitude of the target position as defined in
MSP & LSP ANGLE(L), FIGURE B- 3.
TABLE B- IX
101 Target longitude ANGLE(M) & Geodetic longitude of the target position as defined
MSP & LSP ANGLE(L), in FIGURE B- 3.
TABLE B- IX
102 Target geodetic DISTANCE(M) & Geodetic altitude of the target position from the
altitude MSP & DISTANCE(L), reference ellipsoid as defined in FIGURE B- 3.
LSP TABLE B- IX
103 North target DISTANCE(M) & North component (Nt) of the current target position
distance from DISTANCE(L), displacement from the fixed point origin in NED
fixed point origin TABLE B- IX components as shown in FIGURE B- 4 using the
MSP & LSP fixed point local vertical earth axis coordinate system
defined in FIGURE B- 3.
104 East target DISTANCE(M) & East component (Et) of the current target position
distance from DISTANCE(L), displacement from the fixed point origin in NED
fixed point origin TABLE B- IX components as shown in FIGURE B- 4 using the
MSP & LSP fixed point local vertical earth axis coordinate system
defined in FIGURE B- 3.

109
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
105 Down target DISTANCE(M) & Down component (Dt) of the current target position
distance from DISTANCE(L), displacement from the fixed point as shown in
fixed point origin TABLE B- IX FIGURE B- 4 using the fixed point local vertical
MSP & LSP earth axis coordinate system defined in FIGURE B-
3.
106 North target DISTANCE(M) &, North component (Nt) of the target position
distance from DISTANCE(L), displacement from the current aircraft position as
current position TABLE B- IX shown in FIGURE B- 8 using the fixed point local
MSP & LSP vertical earth axis coordinate system defined in
FIGURE B- 3.
107 East target DISTANCE(M) & East component (Et) of the target position displace-
distance from DISTANCE(L), ment from the current aircraft position as shown in
current position TABLE B- IX FIGURE B- 8 using the fixed point local vertical earth
MSP & LSP axis coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
108 Down target DISTANCE(M), Down component (Dt) of the target position displace-
distance from DISTANCE(L), ment from the current aircraft position as shown in
current position TABLE B- IX FIGURE B- 8 using the fixed point local vertical earth
MSP & LSP axis coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
109 Target height DISTANCE(M) & Vertical displacement of the target position from the
from surface DISTANCE(L), local surface level where negative values shall
MSP & LSP TABLE B- IX indicate that the position is sub-surface.
110 Target approach ANGLE(M), True heading as defined in FIGURE B- 5 of the final
true heading TABLE B- IX approach course to the target position.
111 Target approach ANGLE(M), Pitch as defined in FIGURE B- 5 of the final
pitch TABLE B- IX approach course to the target position.
112 Target azimuth ANGLE(M), Target azimuth as shown in FIGURE B- 9 relative to
to aircraft TABLE B- IX the aircraft axis system as shown in FIGURE B- 2.
113 Target elevation ANGLE(M), Target elevation as shown in FIGURE B- 9 relative to
to aircraft TABLE B- IX the aircraft axis system as shown in FIGURE B- 2.
114 Target slant DISTANCE(M), Slant range distance, as shown in FIGURE B- 9,
range (polar DISTANCE(L), between the aircraft axis system origin, as shown in
coordinates) TABLE B- IX FIGURE B- 2, and the target center. The slant range
MSP & LSP shall be represented as positive.
115 Target azimuth ANGLE(M), Target azimuth as shown in FIGURE B- 9 relative to
to reference TABLE B- IX the reference axis system as shown in FIGURE B- 6.
system
116 Target elevation ANGLE(M), Target elevation as shown in FIGURE B- 9 relative to
to reference TABLE B- IX the reference axis system as shown in FIGURE B- 6.
system

110
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
117 Target latitude ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line
rate MSP & LSP RATE(M) & 100.
ANGULAR
RATE(L),
TABLE B- IX
118 Target longitude ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line
rate MSP & LSP RATE(M) & 101.
ANGULAR
RATE(L),
TABLE B- IX
119 Target geodetic VELOCITY(M), Rate of change of the information specified in line
altitude rate of TABLE B- IX 102.
change
120 Target-fixed VELOCITY(M), Rate of change of the information specified in line
point distance TABLE B- IX 103.
north rate of
change
121 Target-fixed VELOCITY(M), Rate of change of the information specified in line
point distance TABLE B- IX 104.
east rate of
change
122 Target-fixed VELOCITY(M), Rate of change of the information specified in line
point distance TABLE B- IX 105.
down rate of
change
123 Target-current VELOCITY(M), Rate of change of the information specified in line
position distance TABLE B- IX 106.
North rate of
change
124 Target-current VELOCITY(M), Rate of change of the information specified in line
position distance TABLE B- IX 107.
East rate of
change
125 Target-current VELOCITY(M), Rate of change of the information specified in line
position distance TABLE B- IX 108.
down rate of
change
126 Target azimuth ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line
rate to aircraft RATE(M), 112.
TABLE B- IX

111
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
127 Target elevation ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line
rate to aircraft RATE(M), 113.
TABLE B- IX
128 Slant range rate VELOCITY(M), Rate of change of the information specified in line
of change TABLE B- IX 114. Negative slant range rate shall indicate
decreasing distance between aircraft and target.
129 Target azimuth ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line
rate to reference RATE(M), 115.
system TABLE B- IX
130 Target elevation ANGULAR Rate of change of the information specified in line
rate to reference RATE(M), 116.
system TABLE B- IX
131 Emission FREQUENCY(M), Frequency of the emission(s) of interest.
frequency MSP, FREQUENCY(L)&
LSP & LLSP FREQUENCY(LL),
TABLE B- IX
132 Emission FREQUENCY(M), Frequency bandwidth of the emission(s) of interest.
bandwidth MSP, FREQUENCY(L) &
LSP & LLSP FREQUENCY(LL),
TABLE B- IX
133 Emission PRF FREQUENCY(L) & Pulse repetition frequency of the emission(s) of
MSP & LSP FREQUENCY(LL), interest.
TABLE B- IX
134 Emission TIME(L) & Pulsewidth of the emission(s) of interest.
pulsewidth MSP TIME(LL),
& LSP TABLE B- IX
135 Reference code NUMBER(L), Reference code for distinguishing between emitters.
for emission TABLE B- IX
136 Target altitude DISTANCE(M) & Altitude of the target above mean sea level.
MSP & LSP DISTANCE(L),
TABLE B- IX
137 Time at TIME(M), TIME(L) Time as specified in line 84 at the required point in
waypoint MSP, & TIME(LL), time when the waypoint position is achieved.
LSP & LLSP TABLE B- IX
138 Waypoint INTEGER, Waypoint number for the information in the
number of TABLE B- IX succeeding data words. Waypoint numbers shall
trajectory increase for successive points in the store
trajectory.

112
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
139 Waypoint file NUMBER(L), The selected waypoint file.
number TABLE B- IX
140 Sea level air PRESSURE(M) & Sea-level referenced air pressure at the waypoint
pressure at way- PRESSURE(L), position.
point MSP & LSP TABLE B- IX
141 Fire number of NUMBER(L), Fire number, if implemented, shall be used by
store TABLE B- IX stores in free flight to distinguish themselves from
other stores in free flight.
142 Reference for NUMBER(L), Reference code for coded transmissions to stores
coded TABLE B- IX in free flight.
transmission
143 Guidance FREQUENCY(M) & Frequency used for post release guidance.
frequency MSP & FREQUENCY(L),
LSP TABLE B- IX
144 Guidance bit TIME(L) & Length of time allocated to each data bit in post
length MSP & TIME(LL), release guidance emission.
LSP TABLE B- IX
145 Guidance block NUMBER(L), Number of data bits to be received in the first post
size TABLE B- IX release guidance transmission.
146 Waypoint latitude ANGLE(M) & Geodetic latitude of the waypoint position, where
MSP & LSP ANGLE(L), latitude is as defined in FIGURE B- 3.
TABLE B- IX
147 Waypoint ANGLE(M) & Geodetic longitude of the waypoint position, where
longitude MSP & ANGLE(L), longitude is as defined in FIGURE B- 3.
LSP TABLE B- IX
148 Waypoint DISTANCE(M) & Geodetic altitude of the waypoint position from the
geodetic altitude DISTANCE(L), reference ellipsoid as defined in FIGURE B- 3.
MSP & LSP TABLE B- IX
149 North waypoint DISTANCE(M) & North component (Nt) of the current waypoint
distance from DISTANCE(L), position displacement from the fixed point origin in
fixed point MSP TABLE B- IX NED components as shown in FIGURE B- 4 using
& LSP the fixed point local vertical earth axis coordinate
system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
150 East waypoint DISTANCE(M) & East component (Et) of the current waypoint
distance from DISTANCE(L), position displacement from the fixed point origin in
fixed point MSP TABLE B- IX NED componenents as shown in FIGURE B- 4
& LSP using the fixed point local vertical earth axis
coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3.

113
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
151 Down DISTANCE(M) & Down component (Dt) of the current waypoint position
waypointdistance DISTANCE(L), displacement from the fixed point origin in NED
from fixed point TABLE B- IX components as shown in FIGURE B- 4 using the fixed
MSP & LSP point local vertical earth axis coordinate system
defined in FIGURE B- 3.
152 North waypoint DISTANCE(M) & North component (Nt) of the waypoint position dis-
distance from DISTANCE(L), placement from current aircraft position as shown in
current position TABLE B- IX FIGURE B- 8 using the fixed point local vertical earth
MSP & LSP axis coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
153 East waypoint DISTANCE(M) & East component (Et) of the waypoint position
distance from DISTANCE(L), displacement from the current aircraft position as
current position TABLE B- IX shown in FIGURE B- 8 using the fixed point local
MSP & LSP vertical earth axis coordinate system defined in
FIGURE B- 3.
154 Down waypoint DISTANCE(M) & Down component (Dt) of the waypoint position
distance from DISTANCE(L), displacement from the current aircraft position as
current position TABLE B- IX shown in FIGURE B- 8 using the fixed point local
MSP & LSP vertical earth axis system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
155 Waypoint height DISTANCE(M) & Vertical displacement of the waypoint position from
above surface DISTANCE(L), the local surface level where negative values shall
MSP & LSP TABLE B- IX indicate that the position is subsurface.
156 Initial store ANGLE(M), Azimuth of the initial store trajectory relative to the
course azimuth TABLE B- IX store axis system as shown in FIGURE B- 7. Initial
store trajectory shall be as shown in FIGURE B- 9.
157 Initial store ANGLE(M), Elevation of the initial store trajectory relative to the
course elevation TABLE B- IX store axis system as shown in FIGURE B- 7. Initial
store trajectory shall be as shown in FIGURE B- 9.
158 Length of initial DISTANCE(M) & Length of the initial store trajectory. The distance
store trajectory DISTANCE(L), shall be represented as positive.
MSP & LSP TABLE B- IX
159 Waypoint number INTEGER, Waypoint number at which the store is intended to be
of launch point TABLE B- IX launched by the aircraft. The waypoint number shall
be as specified in line 138 where a course to target
trajectory defined by waypoints is used.
160 Launch point ANGLE(M) & Geodetic latitude of the store launch point position,
latitude MSP & ANGLE(L), where latitude is defined in FIGURE B- 3.
LSP TABLE B- IX

114
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
161 Launch point ANGLE(M) & Geodetic longitude of the store launch point position,
longitude MSP & ANGLE(L), where longitude is defined in FIGURE B- 3.
LSP TABLE B- IX
162 Target area MSP AREA(M) & Area of the target.
& LSP AREA(L),
TABLE B- IX
163 Target dimension NUMBER(L) Length and/or breadth of the target.
TABLE B- IX
164 Time at first data TIME(M), Time when the first data link message is passed.
link message TIME(L),
MSP, LSP, LLSP TIME(LL),
TABLE B- IX
165 Dispersion data DISPERSION Store post-launch horizontal and vertical dispersion
DATA, requirements with respect to store boresight at
TABLE B- XXVII launch.
166 Dispersion TIME(L), Duration of the store dispersion maneuver.
duration TABLE B- IX
167 Carriage store UNSIGNED, Shall be used to indicate the carriage store S&RE
S&RE select TABLE B- XI being controlled/monitored when fire is commanded
by TABLE B- XIV, bit number 00.
168 Separation TIME, Minimum time in seconds from detection of umbilical
duration TABLE B- XXVIII separation to execution of a dispersion maneuver or
zone 1 beginning active guidance. Zone 2 of TABLE B-
XXVIII shall be zero filled.
169 Separation DISTANCE, Minimum distance in meters to be achieved between
distance TABLE B- XXVIII aircraft and store before execution of a dispersion
zone 2 maneuver or beginning active guidance. Distance is
calculated based on aircraft motion vector at time of
umbilical disconnect. Zone 1 of TABLE B- XXVIII
shall be zero filled.
170 Surface TIME, Minimum time in seconds from detection of umbilical
deployment delay TABLE B- XXVIII separation to first movement of store control surfaces.
zone 1 If surface deployment delay is not used, zone 2 of
TABLE B- XXVIII shall be zero filled.
171 Control surface TIME, Minimum time in seconds from detection of umbilical
unlock delay TABLE B- XXVIII separation to unlock of store control surfaces. If
zone 2 control surface unlock delay is not used, zone 1 of
TABLE B- XXVIII shall be zero filled.

115
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
172 Store station STORE Store station number to which the store is attached. It
number STATION is to be used only in conjunction with line no. 28.
NUMBER
TABLE B- XXX,
ZONE 1
173 Pylon/Bay identity PYLON/BAY Pylon or bay to which the store is attached. It is to be
IDENTITY used only in conjunction with line no. 28
TABLE B- XXX,
ZONE 2
174 Aircraft ACCELERATIO North component of the acceleration of the origin of
Acceleration N(M) the aircraft axis system as defined in FIGURE B- 2
North MSP & ACCELERATIO using the fixed point local vertical earth axis
LSP N(L), coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3. [Note 32]
TABLE B- IX
175 Aircraft ACCELERATIO East component of the acceleration of the origin of
Acceleration East N(M), the aircraft axis system as defined in FIGURE B- 2
MSP & LSP ACCELERATIO using the fixed point local vertical earth axis
N(L), coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
TABLE B- IX
176 Aircraft ACCELERATIO Down component of the acceleration of the origin of
Acceleration N(M), the aircraft axis system as defined in FIGURE B- 2
Down MSP & ACCELERATIO using the fixed point local vertical earth axis
LSP N(L), coordinate system defined in FIGURE B- 3.
TABLE B- IX
177 Aircraft ACCELERATIO Xa component of the acceleration of the origin of the
Acceleration Xa N(M) aircraft axis system as defined in FIGURE B- 2.
MSP & LSP ACCELERATIO
N(L),
TABLE B- IX
178 Aircraft ACCELERATIO Ya component of the acceleration of the origin of the
Acceleration Ya N(M), aircraft axis system as defined in FIGURE B- 2.
MSP & LSP ACCELERATIO
N(L),
TABLE B- IX
179 Aircraft ACCELERATIO Za component of the acceleration of the origin of the
Acceleration Za N(M), aircraft axis system as defined in FIGURE B- 2.
MSP & LSP ACCELERATIO
N(L),
TABLE B- IX

116
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- VIII. Data entity list – Continued.

Line Data entity Entity Type and Entity shall comply with the following
no. name Table number requirements and description:
180 Power-up time TIME(F), Time duration the store needs to have power applied
TABLE B- IX to ensure full communication in accordance with the
store’s system specification or ICD. If power-up time
is not used by the store, the word shall be set to 0000
hexadecimal. [Note 15]
181 Lethality Index NUMBER (L), Commanded weapon yield as a fraction of weapon
TABLE B- IX maximum yield. Commanded weapon yield is defined
as maximum weapon yield multiplied by (Lethality
Index/65535). [Note 33]
182 Station N Store STORE IDENT- A binary code assigned by the control point for store
ID Code ITY (BINARY), nomenclature for the store located on Station N of a
TABLE B- VI carriage store. When this entity is not used, the word
shall be set to 0000 hexadecimal.
183 Interface INTERFACE A hexadecimal code assigned by the relevant ICD.
Configuration ID CONFIGURATI When this entity is not used, the word shall be set to
ON ID, 0000 hexadecimal.
TABLE B- XXXI
184 Fuze Time 1 TIME(F), Time after impact for the fuze to begin post impact
TABLE B- IX target surveillance functions, fuze to begin RF
broadcast after launch or RF broadcast before impact
depending on fuze mode selection in Fuze Mode 2.
185 Fuze Time 2 TIME(F), Time after impact for the fuze to end post impact
TABLE B- IX target surveillance functions.
186 Tether Length DISTANCE(L), Length of tether that the store is to deploy to enable
TABLE B- IX post impact status transmissions.
187 Interstage Gap TIME(L), Time gap between functioning of the fuze for each
Time TABLE B- IX stage of a multi stage warhead. [Note 34]

117
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- IX. Linear data entities.

WORD TYPE FORMAT AS TABLE MSB VALUE LSB VALUE

TIME(M) TABLE B- XI 37 22
2 2
(MICROSECONDS) (UNSIGNED) 11 6
(1.37 x 10 ) (4.19 x 10 )
TIME(L) TABLE B- XI 21 6
2 2
(MICROSECONDS) (UNSIGNED) 6 (64)
(2.1 x 10 )
TIME(LL) TABLE B- XI 5 -10
2 2
(MICROSECONDS) (UNSIGNED) (32) -4
(9.77 X 10 )
TIME(F) TABLE B- XII 11 0
INTEGER:-(2 )(-2048) INTEGER: 2 (1)
(MICROSECONDS) (SCIENTIFIC) 8 0
EXPONENT: 16 EXPONENT: 16
FREQUENCY(M) TABLE B- XI 24 9
2 2
(MHz) (UNSIGNED) 7 (512)
(1.68 X 10 )
FREQUENCY(L) TABLE B- XI 8 -7
2 2
(MHz) (UNSIGNED) (256) -3
(7.8 X 10 )
FREQUENCY (LL) TABLE B- XI -8 -23
2 2
(MHz) (UNSIGNED) -3 -7
(3.9 X 10 ) (1.19 X 10 )
DISTANCE(M) TABLE B- X 24 9
-(2 ) 2
(METERS) (2's COMPLEMENT) 7 (512)
(-1.68X10 )
DISTANCE(L) TABLE B- XI 8 -7
2 2
(METERS) (UNSIGNED) (256) -3
(7.8 x 10 )
DISTANCE(S) TABLE B- X 8 -7
-(2 ) 2
(METERS) (2's COMPLEMENT) (-256) -3
(7.8 X 10 )
DISTANCE(F) TABLE B- X 14 -1
-(2 ) 2
(METERS) (2's COMPLEMENT) (-16384) (0.5)
VELOCITY(M) TABLE B- X 13 -2
-(2 ) 2
(METERS/SECOND) (2's COMPLEMENT) (-8192) (0.25)
VELOCITY(L) TABLE B- XI -3 -18
2 2
(METERS/SECOND) (UNSIGNED) -6
(0.125) (3.8 x 10 )
ACCELERATION(M) TABLE B- X 10 -5
-(2 ) 2
(METERS/SECOND2) (2's COMPLEMENT) (-1024) -2
(3.1 x 10 )
ACCELERATION(L) TABLE B- XI -6 -21
2 2
(METERS/SECOND2) (UNSIGNED) -2 -7
(1.56 x 10 ) (4.77 x 10 )
ANGLE(M) TABLE B- X 0 -15
-(2 ) 2
(SEMICIRCLES) (2's COMPLEMENT) (-1) -5
(3.05 x 10 )

118
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- IX. Linear data entities – Continued.

WORD TYPE FORMAT AS TABLE MSB VALUE LSB VALUE

ANGLE(L) TABLE B- XI -16 -31
2 2
(SEMICIRCLES) (UNSIGNED) -5 -10
(1.53 x 10 ) (4.66 x 10 )
ANGULAR RATE(M) TABLE B- X 2 -13
-(2 ) 2
(SEMICIRCLES/SEC) (2's COMPLEMENT) (-4) -4
(1.22 x 10 )
ANGULAR RATE(L) TABLE B- XI -14 -29
2 2
(SEMICIRCLES/SEC) (UNSIGNED) -5 -9
(6.10 x 10 ) (1.86 x 10 )
TEMPERATURE TABLE B- X 11 -4
-(2 ) 2
(DEGREES CELSIUS) (2's COMPLEMENT) (-2048) (0.0625)
PRESSURE(M) TABLE B- X 15 0
-(2 ) 2
(KILOPASCALS) (2's COMPLEMENT) (-32768) (1)
PRESSURE(L) TABLE B- XI -1 -16
2 2
(KILOPASCALS) (UNSIGNED) -5
(0.5) (1.53 x 10 )
INTEGER TABLE B- X 15 0
-(2 ) 2
(2's COMPLEMENT) (-32768) (1)
NUMBER(L) TABLE B- XI 15 0
2 2
(UNSIGNED) (32768) (1)

NUMBER(S) TABLE B- X 5 -10

-(2 ) 2
(2's COMPLEMENT) (-32) -4
(9.77 x 10 )
FRACTION(M) TABLE B- X 0 -15
-(2 ) 2
(2's COMPLEMENT) (-1) -5
(3.05 x 10 )
FRACTION(L) TABLE B- XI -16 -31
2 2
(UNSIGNED) -5 -10
(1.53 x 10 ) (4.66 x 10 )
RATIO TABLE B- XI 7 -8
2 2
(UNSIGNED) (128) -3
(3.91 x 10 )
AREA(M) TABLE B- XI 31 16
2 2
(SQUARE (UNSIGNED) 9 (65356)
CENTIMETERS) (2.14748 x 10 )

AREA(L) (SQUARE TABLE B- XI 15 0

2 2
CENTIMETERS) (UNSIGNED) (32768) (1)

119
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- IX. Linear data entities – Continued.

1/ (M) = Most significant part, (L) = Less significant part, (LL) = Lower Least significant part, (F) =
Fuze, (S) = Single word format
2/ In a 2’s complement number, the first bit has a value of minus twice the magnitude of the next
highest order bit. The first bit is sometimes referred to as a sign bit instead of being designated
the MSB.
3/ The decimal values in parenthesis are for information only and are approximate in some cases.

120
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- X. 2's complement format.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

MSB -00- MOST SIGNIFICANT DATA BIT

-01-

-02-

-03-

-04-

-05-

-06-

-07-

-08-

-09-

-10-

-11-

-12-

-13-

-14-

LSB -15- LEAST SIGNIFICANT DATA BIT

1/ Bit numbers 00 through 15 shall be encoded in 2's complement format. To obtain a negative of
the number, all bits are inverted and one LSB is added to the resulting number.
EXAMPLE: FFFF (hexadecimal) is the 2’s complement of 1 (decimal), and therefore indicates -1
(decimal).
2/ The first bit of a two’s complement number (bit number 00) is sometimes called the sign bit, as it
was in MIL-HDBK-1553. This results in the same bit pattern and is therefore functionally
equivalent.

121
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XI. Unsigned format.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

MSB -00- MOST SIGNIFICANT DATA BIT

-01-
-02-
-03-
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07-
-08-
-09-
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
LSB -15- LEAST SIGNIFICANT DATA BIT

1/ For applications where an “unsigned" formatted data word is used as the least significant part of
a two word data parameter, this least significant word shall be encoded consistent with the
encoding of the most significant word in the set. If the most significant word is encoded as a 2's
complement, then this least significant word shall represent a continuation of a 2's complemented
value.

EXAMPLE: A/ Two word unsigned value:

System time 6,400,000 (decimal) microseconds using TIME(M) and TIME(L) -

MSP = 0001 Hexadecimal

LSP = 86A0 Hexadecimal
EXAMPLE: B/ Two word signed value:
Aircraft distance north of 1967 (decimal) meters using DISTANCE(M) and DISTANCE(L) -

MSP = 0003 Hexadecimal

LSP = D780 Hexadecimal
Aircraft distance north of -1967 (decimal) meters using DISTANCE(M) and DISTANCE(L) -

MSP = FFFC Hexadecimal

LSP = 2880 Hexadecimal

122
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XII. Binary scientific notation format.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

MSB -00- = -2048 UNITS

-01-

-02-

-03- 2's COMPLEMENT

-04- BINARY INTEGER

-05-

-06-

-07-

-08-

-09-

-10-

LSB -11- = 1 UNIT

EXPONENT MSB -12- =8

-13- BINARY INTEGER

-14-

LSB -15- =1

1/ The value represented by this format is given by:

(Integer) x 16(Exponent)
2
EXAMPLE: 0142 (hexadecimal) shall equate to 20 x 16 (decimal) or 5120 (decimal)

123
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XIII. Invalidity word.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

INVALIDITY -00- INVALIDITY OF WORD 1

-01- INVALIDITY OF WORD 2
-02- INVALIDITY OF WORD 3
-03- INVALIDITY OF WORD 4
-04- INVALIDITY OF WORD 5
-05- INVALIDITY OF WORD 6
-06- INVALIDITY OF WORD 7
-07- INVALIDITY OF WORD 8
-08- INVALIDITY OF WORD 9
-09- INVALIDITY OF WORD 10
-10- INVALIDITY OF WORD 11
-11- INVALIDITY OF WORD 12
-12- INVALIDITY OF WORD 13
-13- INVALIDITY OF WORD 14
-14- INVALIDITY OF WORD 15
-15- INVALIDITY OF WORD 16

1/ Invalidity bit set to logic 1 shall indicate that a word is invalid.

2/ For the standard message to/from subaddress 11, the invalidity bits associated with the reserved
words and those associated with words that are defined in the system specification or ICD as not
used, shall be set to logic 0 (valid).
3/ For the standard message to/from subaddress 11, bits 00 through 15 in the invalidity word shall
indicate invalidity of words 1 through 16 in the message and bits 00 through 15 in a second
invalidity word shall indicate the invalidity of words 17 through 32 in the message. Bits 14 and 15
in the second word shall only be used during the routing of message to/from a mission store
carried on a carriage store and shall be set to logic 0 at all other times.
4/ For user defined messages, utilization and setting of the invalidity bits shall be as defined in the
system specification or ICD.

124
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XIV. Critical control 1.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

STORE CONTROL -00- D10 = Fire, Launch, or Release

1/ -01- D9 = Jettison
-02- D8 = Commit to Separate Store or Submunition
-03- D7 = Execute Arming
-04- D6 = Preset Arming
-05- D5 = Select Store
-06- D4 = Initiate Interruptive BIT
-07- D3 = Release/launch mode 12/
IDENTIFIER -08- D2
-09- D1 See 2/
-10- D0
ADDRESS CONFIRM -11- A4 Shall be set to match the logic state of the
-12- A3 corresponding interface address discrete
-13- A2 lines A4 through A0 as specified in 5.1.6
-14- A1 and 5.2.6.
-15- A0

1/ Data bits set to a logic 0 shall indicate that the associated function is required to be inactive.
Data bits set to a logic 1 shall indicate that the associated function is required to be active. Data
bits reset to a logic 0 shall indicate that the associated function is required to be deactivated as
applicable.
2/ The IDENTIFIER FIELD shall be set as indicated below.

D2 D1 D0
0 0 0 RESERVED
0 0 1 Mission Store
0 1 0 Carriage Store
0 1 1 RESERVED
thru
1 1 1 RESERVED

125
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XIV. Critical control 1 – Continued.

3/ Stores shall discard any message found to contain a critical control word that fails one or more of
the protocol checks in C.4.1.5.1. Stores shall only enable safety critical processes demanded by
critical control words which pass the protocol checks detailed in C.4.1.5.1.
4/ The probability of inadvertent generation of a valid critical control word with a valid critical
5
authority word and with a data field requesting critical action shall not exceed 1 in 10 flight hours
per data field combination.
5/ D10 when received set to logic 1 shall be used to initiate potentially irreversible firing (including
processes such as lasing), launching or release processes. (See 5.2.4.)
6/ D9 when received set to a logic 1 shall be used by the store to initiate jettison processes.

7/ D8 when received set to a logic 1 shall be used to initiate potentially irreversible processes
associated with arming or to prepare for a store separation demand. (See 5.2.4.)
8/ D7 when received set to a logic 1 shall be used to initiate reversible arming or safety degradation
processes.
9/ D6 when received set to a logic 1 shall be used to preset the arming processes or safety
degradation processes.
10/ D5 when received set to a logic 1 shall be used to initiate store activity.

11/ D4 when received set to a logic 1 shall be used to initiate built-in-test processes that may
interrupt store subsystem operation. The built-in-test shall not, however, prevent the store from
communicating with the aircraft on the data bus interface while BIT is in process.
12/ The Release/launch mode field shall be set as follows:
D3 set to logic 0 indicates mission store to be released from a rack.
D3 set to logic 1 indicates mission store to be launched by forward firing from a rail launcher.

126
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XV. Critical control 2.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

STORE CONTROL -00- D10 = Erase command/authority

1/ -01- D9 = RF jam command/authority
-02- D8 = RF emission activate command/authority
-03- D7 = Control Surface Pre-launch Inhibit
-04- D6 = Abort Release/Launch
-05- D5 = Activate Non-Safety Critical Release
Functions [Note 35]
-06- D4 = RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0
-07- D3 = RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0
IDENTIFIER -08- D2
-09- D1 See 2/
-10- D0
ADDRESS CONFIRM -11- A4 Shall be set to match the logic state of the
-12- A3 corresponding interface address discrete
-13- A2 lines A4 through A0 as specified in 5.1.6
-14- A1 and 5.2.6.
-15- A0

1/ Data bits set to a logic 0 shall indicate that the associated function is required to be inactive.
Data bits set to a logic 1 shall indicate that the associated function is required to be active. Data
bits reset to a logic 0 shall indicate that the associated function is required to be deactivated as
applicable.
2/ The IDENTIFIER FIELD shall be set as indicated below.

D2 D1 D0
0 0 0 RESERVED
0 0 1 Mission Store
0 1 0 Carriage Store
0 1 1 RESERVED
thru
1 1 1 RESERVED

3/ Stores shall discard any message found to contain a critical control word that fails one or more of
the protocol checks in paragraph B.4.1.1.1. Stores shall only enable safety critical processes
demanded by critical control words which pass the protocol checks detailed in B.4.1.1.1.

127
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XVI. Critical authority.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

CODED CHECK -00- C14 = D10 + D9 + D6 + D1 + D0

-01- C13 = D9 + D8 + D5 + D0

-02- C12 = D8 + D7 + D4

-03- C11 = D7 + D6 + D3

-04- C10 = D10 + D9 + D5 + D2 + D1 + D0

-05- C9 = D10 + D8 + D6 + D4

-06- C8 = D10 + D7 + D6 + D5 + D3 + D1 + D0

-07- C7 = D10 + D5 + D4 + D2 + D1

-08- C6 = D10 + D6 + D4 + D3

-09- C5 = D9 + D5 + D3 + D2

-10- C4 = D10 + D9 + D8 + D6 + D4 + D2 + D0

-11- C3 = D9 + D8 + D7 + D5 + D3 + D1

-12- C2 = D10 + D9 + D8 + D7 + D4 + D2 + D1

-13- C1 = D10 + D8 + D7 + D3

-14- C0 = D10 + D7 + D2 + D1 + D0

RESERVED -15- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0

1/ Coded check bits shall be generated using modulo 2 arithmetic.

2/ D0 through D10 refer to bits D0 through D10 as defined in TABLE B- XIV and TABLE B- XV, as
applicable.
3/ The coded check bits are based on the BCH 31, 16, 3 polynomial:
15 11 10 9 8 7 5 3 2
X +X +X +X +X +X +X +X +X +X+1

128
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XVII. Critical monitor 1.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

STORE STATE -00- Fired, Launched or Released

1/ -01- Jettisoned

-02- Committed to Store or Submunitions Separation

-03- Armed

-04- Arming Preset

-05- Store Selected

-06- Store in Interruptive BIT

-07- Store to be released/launched. 3/

DEMANDED STATE -08- D10

2/ -09- D9

-10- D8

-11- D7

-12- D6

-13- D5

-14- D4

-15- D3

1/ Bit numbers 00 through 07, set to logic 1, shall indicate that the associated store state is true.
2/ The demanded state shall be a monitor of the last received state demanded of the store in
Critical Control 1 (TABLE B- XIV).
3/ The Release/launch mode field shall be set as follows:
D3 set to logic 0 indicates mission store to be released from a rack.
D3 set to logic 1 indicates mission store to be launched by forward firing from a rail launcher.

129
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XVIII. Critical monitor 2.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

STORE STATE -00- Erase on/authorized.

1/ -01- RF jam on/authorized.

-02- RF emission on/authorized.

-03- Control Surface Pre-launch Movement Inhibited

-04- Store in Abort State.

-05- Non-Safety Critical Release Functions Activated.

[Note 35]

-06- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-07- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

DEMANDED STATE -08- D10

2/ -09- D9

-10- D8

-11- D7

-12- D6

-13- D5

-14- D4

-15- D3

1/ Bit numbers 00 through 07, set to logic 1, shall indicate that the associated store state is true.
2/ The demanded state shall be a monitor of the last received state demanded of the store in
Critical Control 2 (TABLE B- XV).

130
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XIX. Fuzing mode 1.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

FUZE CONTROL -00- Function at impact.

-01- Function on time after release 2/

-02- Function on time after impact 3/

-03- Function at altitude 4/

-04- Function at depth 4/

-05- Function on proximity 4/

-06- Function at position of target.

-07- Function on interference.

-08- Function on void 5/

-09- Function on layer 5/

-10- Low voltage detect.

-11- Long delay enable.

-12- Function at height 4/

-13- Enable End Of Life Function

-14- Arm Delay Enable 6/

-15- Status Signal Enable [Note 36]

[Note 37]
1/ Data bits set to a logic 1 shall indicate that the associated function is required to be active.
2/ The designated time is given in data word 10 of TABLE B- II.
3/ The designated time is given in data word 11 of TABLE B- II.
4/ The designated distance is given in data word 12 of TABLE B- II.
5/ The designated number is given in data word 17 of TABLE B- II.
6/ The designated time after separation is detected is given in data word 9 of TABLE B- II .

131
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XX. Fuzing/arming mode status 1.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

STORE STATE -00- Function at impact is set.

-01- Function on time after release is set.

-02- Function on time after impact is set.

-03- Function at altitude is set.

-04- Function at depth is set.

-05- Function on proximity is set.

-06- Function at position of target is set.

-07- Function on interference is set.

-08- Function on void is set.

-09- Function on layer is set.

-10- Function on low voltage is set.

-11- Long delay is set.

-12- Function at height is set.

-13- End Of Life Function is Enabled

-14- Arm Delay From Release is Set

-15- Status Signal Enable is set

1/ Bit numbers 00 through 15 of both Fuzing/arming mode status 1 and Fuzing/arming mode status
2, all set to Logic 0, shall indicate that the store is safe.
2/ Bit numbers 00 through 15, set to logic 1, shall indicate that the associated store state is true.

132
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXI. Protocol status.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

ERROR FLAG -00- Commanded word count not implemented.

1/ -01- Illegal header for commanded subaddress.

-02- Message checksum failure.

-03- Critical control/authority 1 failure.

-04- Critical control/authority 2 failure.

-05- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-06- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-07- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-08- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-09- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-10- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

SUBADDRESS -11- MSB = 16

1/ -12- Subaddress of last erroneous

-13- message.

-14-

-15- LSB = 1

1/ Error flag data bit(s) set to logic 1 shall designate the error(s) detected in the last erroneous
message received by the subsystem. Bit numbers 11 through 15 shall designate the subaddress
of this last erroneous message. Subsequent receipt of an error-free message to this designated
subaddress shall result in resetting of this data word to 0000 hexadecimal.

133
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXII. ASCII packed.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

CHARACTER 1 -00- (Shall be set to logic 0)

1/

-01- High Order Bit

-02-

-03-

-04-

-05-

-06-

-07- Low Order Bit

CHARACTER 2 -08- (Shall be set to logic 0)

-09- High Order Bit

-10-

-11-

-12-

-13-

-14-

-15- Low Order Bit

1/ The characters shall be represented by the American National Standard for Information
Interchange (ASCII) character code set defined in ANSI X3.4.

134
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXIII. Discriminator description.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

DISCRIMINATOR -00- Store should select target by position.

ENABLES -01- Store should select target by size.
1/ -02- Store should select targets by size and then target by
position.
TARGET -03- MSB = 8
POSITION
IN GROUP -04- Indicates the sector (1 of 16) of the
pattern (FIGURE B- 10) in which the target
(Operative when -05- is positioned.
bit 00 or 02 =
logic 1.) -06- LSB = 1
-07- MSB = 2 Indicates the segment (1 of 4) of the
2/ pattern (FIGURE B- 10) in which the target
-08- LSB = 1 is positioned.
NUMBER OF -09- MSB = 8 Indicates the number of targets in the group.
TARGETS IN -10- To be used in conjunction with bits 13-15
GROUP -11- inclusive, when bit 01 = logic 1.
-12- LSB = 1
TARGET SIZE -13- MSB = 4 Shall indicate the number of the target when
IN GROUP the smallest = one.
(Operative when
bit 01 = logic 1.)
-14- Shall indicate the targets' size in the group
TARGET SIZE when the smallest = one.
IN GROUP
(Operative when
bit 02 = logic 1.) -15- LSB = 1

1/ Data bits set to a logic 1 shall indicate that the associated function is true.
2/ FIGURE B- 10 illustrates the way in which this target position procedure should be employed.

135
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXIV. Header word definition.

BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

-00- MSB = 8
-01- 4 Most significant hexadecimal digit
-02- 2
-03- LSB = 1

-04- MSB = 8
-05- 4
-06- 2
-07- LSB = 1

-08- MSB = 8
-09- 4
-10- 2
-11- LSB = 1

-12- MSB = 8
-13- 4 Least significant hexadecimal digit
-14- 2
-15- LSB = 1

136
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXV. Fuzing mode 2.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

Selected Store 1/ -00- MSB 2^3 [Note 38]

-01- Max value = 8

-02-

-03- LSB 2^0

Fuze Initiation 2/ -04- MSB 2^1

-05- LSB 2^0

Target Hardness 3/ -06- MSB 2^1

-07- LSB 2^0

Store Retard Mech -08- Enable store retard mechanism 4/

Post Release Control -09- Enable post release fuze control.

Post Impact -10- Enable Post Impact Fuze Surveillance

Prox RF After Launch -11- Proximity RF Broadcast Enable - Time after

Launch
5/

Prox RF Before -12- Proximity RF Broadcast Enable - Time Before

Impact 6/ Impact

-13- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-14- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-15- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

1/ Provides the capability to select a mission store on a carriage system for transfer of Store Control
[11R] programmable fuze and separation settings
2/ Commands the fuze initiation method to be used by the mission store.

137
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXV. Fuzing mode 2 – Continued.

Fuze Initiation [11R/19/04…05] Definition

00 (B) Default
01 (B) External Fuze Sensor (s)
10 (B) Internal Fuze Sensor (s)
11 (B) Reserved for Growth

3/ Commands the mission store to use fuze settings appropriate for the hardness of the target.

Target Hardness [11R/19/06...07] Definition

00 (B) Hardness Level 1
01 (B) Hardness Level 2
10 (B) Hardness Level 3
11 (B) Hardness Level 4

4/ Any designated time is given in data word 16 of TABLE B- II.

5/ Commands the mission store to set its fuze to begin RF Broadcast at time given in data word 25
of TABLE B- II after launch.
6/ Commands the mission store to set its fuze to begin RF Broadcast at time given in data word 25
of TABLE B- II before impact

138
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXVI. Fuzing/arming mode status 2.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

STORE STATE 1/ -00- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-01- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-02- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-03- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

Fuze Initiation -04- MSB = 2^1

-05- LSB = 2^0

Target Hardness -06- MSB = 2^1

-07- LSB = 2^0

Store Retard Mech -08- Store retard mechanism is enabled

Post Release Control -09- Post release fuze control is enabled.

Post Impact -10- Enable Post Impact Fuze Surveillance is set

Prox RF After Launch -11- Proximity RF Broadcast Enable - Time after

Launch is set

Prox RF Before Impact -12- Proximity RF Broadcast Enable - Time Before

Impact is set

-13- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-14- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

-15- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.

1/ Bit numbers 00 through 03 and 08 through 15, set to logic 1, shall indicate that the associated
store state is true.
2/ Indicates the fuze initiation method being used by the store.

Fuze Initiation [11R/19/04…05] Definition

00 (B) Default
01 (B) External Fuze Sensor (s)
10 (B) Internal Fuze Sensor (s)
11 (B) Reserved for Growth

139
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXVI. Fuzing/arming mode status 2 – Continued.

3/ Indicates the store is using fuze settings appropriate for the hardness of the target.

Target Hardness [11R/19/06...07] Definition

00 (B) Hardness Level 1
01 (B) Hardness Level 2
10 (B) Hardness Level 3
11 (B) Hardness Level 4

140
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXVII. Dispersion data word.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

Horizontal dispersion -00- Left

1/ -01- Right
Horizontal dispersion -02- -2
MSB = 2
angle
2/ -03-
-04-
-05- Horizontal dispersion angle
-06-
-07- -7
LSB = 2
Vertical dispersion -08- Up
1/ -09- Down
Vertical dispersion angle -10- -2
MSB = 2
3/ -11-
-12- Vertical dispersion angle
-13-
-14-
-15- -7
LSB = 2

1/ One data bit only shall be set to indicate the associated dispersion requirement. Neither data bit
set shall indicate no dispersion requirement. If both data bits are set the word shall be rejected.
If dispersion is requested with the associated dispersion angle invalid then the word shall be
rejected.
2/ An unsigned binary count of bits 02 to 07 shall be used in conjunction with bits 00 and 01 to
specify the required horizontal angular dispersion in semicircles. All bits set at logic 0 or logic 1
shall signify an invalid dispersion angle. If an angular dispersion is defined in this field with no
associated horizontal dispersion requirement then the word shall be rejected.
3/ An unsigned binary count of bits 10 to 15 shall be used in conjunction with bits 08 and 09 to
specify the required vertical angular dispersion in semicircles. All bits set at logic 0 or 1 shall
signify an invalid dispersion angle. If an angular dispersion is defined in this field with no
associated vertical dispersion requirement then the word shall be rejected.

141
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXVIII. Two zone format.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

ZONE 1 -00- MSB

-01-
-02-
-03- 2/
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07- LSB
ZONE 2 -08- MSB
-09-
-10-
-11- 2/
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- LSB

1/ The data in zone 1 shall be independent of the data in zone 2, i.e., no attempt shall be made to
combine zone 1 and zone 2 to form a single entity.
2/ Actual values for the most significant bit and least significant bit are defined in the system
specification or ICD.

142
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXIX. Aircraft description message. 1/

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH or

TABLE

-01- HEADER (0421 hexadecimal) C.4.2.1.1

-02- Invalidity for words 01-16 TABLE B- VIII line 2
-03- Invalidity for words 17-30 TABLE B- VIII line 2
-04- Country code TABLE B- VIII line 26
-05- Aircraft identity (ASCII) 1 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-06- Aircraft identity (ASCII) 2 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-07- Aircraft identity (ASCII) 3 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-08- Aircraft identity (ASCII) 4 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-09- Aircraft identity (ASCII) 5 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-10- Aircraft identity (ASCII) 6 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-11- Aircraft identity (ASCII) 7 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-12- Aircraft identity (ASCII) 8 TABLE B- VIII line 28
-13- Station number and pylon/bay identity TABLE B- VIII lines 172
& 173
-14-
-15-
-16-
-17-
-18-
-19-
-20-
-21-
-22-
-23- Reserved words (0000 hexadecimal) TABLE B- VIII line 1
-24-
-25-
-26-
-27-
-28-
-29- Interface Configuration ID TABLE B- VIII line 183
-30- Checksum word B.4.1.1.2

1/ The message format shown is for Host to Store transfers.

143
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXX. Store station number and pylon/bay identity.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

ZONE 1 -00- MSB = 128

STORE STATION NUMBER -01-
-02-
-03-
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07- LSB = 1
ZONE 2 -08- Shall be set to logic 0
PYLON/BAY IDENTITY -09- High Order Bit
2/ -10-
-11-
-12- .
-13-
-14-
-15- Low Order Bit
1/ Bit number 08 shall be set to logic 0.
2/ PYLON/BAY IDENTITY shall be represented by the ASCII character code set defined in ANSI
X3.4. Alphabetic characters shall be uppercase.

144
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

TABLE B- XXXI. Interface Configuration ID. [Note 39]

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

RESERVED -00-
RESERVED -01-
RESERVED -02-
RESERVED -03-
Hex Digit #1 -04- MSB
-05-
-06-
-07- LSB
Hex Digit #2 -08- MSB
-09-
-10-
-11- LSB
Hex Digit #3 -12- MSB
-13-
-14-
-15- LSB

1/ Interface Configuration ID shall be a three digit hexadecimal number, value assigned by the
relevent ICD.

145
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX B

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

146
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

MIL-STD-1553 DATA BUS COMMUNICATION RULES

AND MESSAGE REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX C [Note 40]

C.1 SCOPE

C.1.1 Purpose.
This appendix shall be used to establish requirements on aircraft and stores for message formatting, data
encoding, information transfer rules, timing, and other characteristics required for using the MIL-STD-
1553 data bus interface of the AEIS.

C.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

C.2.1 References.
[Note 29]

C.2.2 Government documents.

STANDARDS
Military

MlL-STD-1553B Not. 4 Aircraft Internal Time Division Command/Response Multiplex Data Bus
NOTE: Revision B Notice 4 is specifically required.

HANDBOOKS
Military

MIL-HDBK-1553 Multiplex Application Handbook

(Copies of these documents are available online at http://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/ or from the

Standardization Document Order Desk, 700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4D, Philadelphia, PA 19111-
5094.)

C.2.3 Other Government documents, drawings, and publications.

C.2.4 Non-Government publications.

C.2.4.1 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE

ANSI X3.4 Code for Information Interchange

(Application for copies should be addressed to the American National Standards Institute, Inc, 1430
Broadway, New York NY 10018 or http://web.ansi.org/.)

C.2.4.2 INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANIZATION

ISO 3166 Codes for the Representation of Names of Countries

147
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

(Application for copies should be addressed to the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 1,
ch. De la Voie-Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland or
http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm.)

C.3 DEFINITIONS

C.3.1 Definitions.
The following definitions, in addition to those in section 3 and APPENDIX B, apply to this appendix.

C.3.1.1 MIL-STD-1553 mass data transfer.

Mass data transfer refers to the transfer of data sets between aircraft and stores (or between stores)
where the data set consists of more data words than can be transferred with only a few messages. Each
data set is defined as a file. The MIL-STD-1553 Mass Data Transfer protocol handles up to 255 files.
MIL-STD-1553 Mass data transfer is implemented through the use of Transfer Control, Transfer Monitor,
and Transfer Data messages.

C.3.1.1.1 Back-to-back transfer.

Back-to-back transfer is defined as a mass data transfer operation in which data blocks (for either the
same record or for different records or files) are moved between aircraft and store through separate
Transmit Data messages (with different subaddresses) with minimum intermessage gap. Back-to-back
transfer is typically used to reduce the time required for transferring large files.

C.3.1.1.2 Block.
A block is a record subset which can be transferred with one message transaction (BC-RT, RT-BC, or
RT-RT). A block contains 29 (or 28 if the optional checksum word is used) sixteen bit words of file data.
Blocks which do not contain file data in all 28 or 29 words are zero filled to complete the 29 word field.
The 29 word field may include error detection word(s) in addition to file data.

C.3.1.1.3 Download.
Download is defined as the process of transferring files into a store.

C.3.1.1.4 File.
A file is a set of data related to specific information such as an operational flight program, a test or
maintenance program, mission data, bit patterns for memory test, etc. A file contains 1 to 255 data
records.

C.3.1.1.5 Record.
A record is a data subset containing 1 to 255 data blocks which when combined with other records forms
a file.

C.3.1.1.6 Upload.
Upload is defined as the process of transferring files out of the store.

C.3.1.1.7 Buffer.
To initially locate or relocate in memory such that a subsequent mass data transfer does not overlay data
received on a previous mass data transfer. It is also used to denote the storage memory that mass data
transfer occupies.

C.3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations.

The acronyms and abbreviations in section 3 of the basic document apply to this appendix.

148
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4 REQUIREMENTS

C.4.1 Communication rules.

The MIL-STD-1553 data bus interface shall comply with the requirements of MIL-STD-1553 with the
additional requirements defined herein. The aircraft shall be responsible for the bus controller function for
the ASI. The mission store shall provide the remote terminal function at the MSI. The carriage store shall
provide the remote terminal function at the CSI and be responsible for the bus controller function at the
CSSI.

C.4.1.1 Command word.

Command words shall be as defined by MIL-STD-1553. All command words shall be generated by an
AEIS bus controller.

C.4.1.1.1 Remote terminal address field.

The remote terminal address field shall be used to address the required store. If broadcast is
implemented, then the broadcast address shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-1553.

C.4.1.1.2 Subaddress/mode field.

The subaddress/mode field shall be used for message identification and as a mode code indicator as
defined in TABLE C- I .

C.4.1.1.3 Mode commands.

Aircraft and stores shall implement mode commands as defined herein. Aircraft and stores shall use a
subaddress of 11111 (binary) as a mode code indicator. Stores shall also use subaddress 00000
(binary) as a mode code indicator.

C.4.1.1.3.1 Mandatory mode commands.

Stores shall implement the mode commands as specified in C.4.1.1.3.1.1 through C.4.1.1.3.1.7. Aircraft
shall, as a minimum, implement the mode commands specified in C.4.1.1.3.1.5 and C.4.1.1.3.1.6. If the
aircraft uses the other mode commands defined in C.4.1.1.3.1.1 through C.4.1.1.3.1.7, the
implementation shall comply with these specified requirements.

C.4.1.1.3.1.1 Transmit status word.

Stores shall implement and respond to valid transmit status word mode codes as required by MIL-STD-
1553.

C.4.1.1.3.1.2 Transmitter shutdown.

Stores shall implement and respond to valid transmitter shutdown mode codes as required by MIL-STD-
1553. The shutdown transmitter shall not generate any bus activity until the mode code is overridden by
either an override transmitter shutdown mode code or a reset remote terminal mode code received on the
non-shutdown bus.

C.4.1.1.3.1.3 Override transmitter shutdown.

Stores shall implement and respond to valid override transmitter shutdown mode codes as required in
MIL-STD-1553 and C.4.1.1.3.1.2.

149
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4.1.1.3.1.4 Reset remote terminal.

Stores shall implement and respond to valid reset remote terminal mode codes as required by MIL-STD-
1553. Receipt of this mode code shall re-enable all shutdown transmitters. The remote terminal is the
only element that shall be reset; the subsystem shall be unaffected.

C.4.1.1.3.1.5 Transmit vector word.

Stores shall implement and respond to valid transmit vector word mode codes as required by MIL-STD-
1553. The associated data word formats shall be as specified by TABLE C- II and TABLE C- III. The
aircraft shall issue transmit vector word mode codes during the request servicing process defined in
C.4.1.5.5.

C.4.1.1.3.1.6 Synchronize with data word.

Stores shall implement and respond to valid synchronize with data word mode codes as required by MIL-
STD-1553. The synchronize with data word format shall use the TIME (L) format as defined in TABLE B-
IX.

C.4.1.1.3.1.7 Transmit last command.

Stores shall implement and respond to valid transmit last command mode codes as required by MIL-STD-
1553.

C.4.1.1.3.2 Prohibited mode commands.

Aircraft shall not transmit the dynamic bus control mode command, nor any of the reserved mode codes
designated in MIL-STD-1553, nor any mode code not defined in MIL-STD-1553. If a store receives a
prohibited mode command, the store shall not alter the state of the store subsystem.

C.4.1.1.3.3 Permitted mode commands.

Stores may implement mode commands not defined as mandatory or prohibited. Stores implementing
the inhibit terminal flag bit mode command shall implement the override inhibit terminal flag bit mode
command. No store or aircraft shall require for operation that an aircraft or store implement a permitted
mode command.

C.4.1.2 Status word.

The status word shall be as defined by MIL-STD-1553. The status word bits at bit times 10, 12, 13, 14,
and 18 shall be set to a logic zero. Bit time 10 shall not be used by a terminal, in conjunction with a logic
1 in bit time 10 of the command word, to distinguish between a command word and a status word. The
message error and broadcast command received bits shall be used as defined in MIL-STD-1553. The
service request, busy, subsystem flag, and terminal flag bits shall be used as defined herein.

C.4.1.2.1 Service request bit.

The status word bit at bit time 11 shall be used only for request notification as specified in C.4.1.5.4.

C.4.1.2.2 Busy bit.

The status word bit at bit time 16 shall be set to logic 1 only to notify that the RT is unable to move data to
or from the store subsystem in compliance with a command. The busy bit shall only be set temporarily to
a logic 1 and shall comply with C.4.1.5.3. The busy bit shall be the only indication that a message has
thus been discarded and no additional notification shall be implemented.

C.4.1.2.3 Subsystem flag bit.

The status word bit at bit time 17 shall be used to indicate the presence of fault condition(s) within the
store or store-to-terminal interface which destroys the credibility of data words at the data bus interface.

150
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

The bus controller shall interpret the subsystem flag bit as a total loss of store function. A logic zero shall
indicate the absence of such an aforementioned store fault.

C.4.1.2.4 Terminal flag bit.

The status word bit at bit time 19 shall be set to logic 1 only to indicate a detected fault in the RT
hardware. Stores not implementing the inhibit terminal flag bit mode command as specified in C.4.1.1.3.3
shall set the terminal flag bit only if the fault is in that portion of the redundant RT to which the preceding
command was sent. Stores detecting an interface address discrete error shall not interpret that error as a
RT hardware fault.

C.4.1.3 Data words.

Data words shall comply with MIL-STD-1553 and shall be sequenced and formatted as specified in C.4.2.

C.4.1.4 Internal state change.

Stores shall not change the store subsystem state as a direct result of receiving a transmit command nor
as a direct result of receiving a receive command. In other words, store state changes shall occur when
the contents of a receive message command a state change and shall not change because a receive
message was only detected.

C.4.1.5 Protocol execution.

C.4.1.5.1 Protocol checks.

Protocol checks shall comply with B.4.1.1.1.

C.4.1.5.2 Checksum requirement.

Checksums shall comply with B.4.1.1.2.

C.4.1.5.3 Execution time.

If a store is to reject further messages while executing protocol checks on a previous received message,
the store shall set the busy bit in the status word. The busy bit may only be set for the time specified in
C.4.1.5.3.2 and only when one or more of the following criteria are met.

a. Acceptance of a valid initiate RT self test or reset RT mode command as specified in MIL-STD-
1553.

b. Acceptance of a valid receive command (including synchronize with data word mode command).

c. During the initialization sequence of 5.2.2, or as a consequence of store fault or failure resulting
in the inability of the RT to move data to or from the subsystem.

C.4.1.5.3.1 Aircraft compatibility.

The aircraft shall be compatible with this execution time and busy bit application for store operation.

C.4.1.5.3.2 Busy time.

Busy time is the duration for which the busy bit is set to logic 1. The maximum busy time following the
receipt of a valid initiate RT self test mode command or valid reset RT mode command shall comply with
MIL-STD-1553. The maximum busy time following power application (ac, dc, or both, as required by the
store) shall not exceed 500 milliseconds. The maximum busy time for all other allowed busy conditions
shall not exceed 50 microseconds.

151
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4.1.5.3.3 Busy time measurement.

Busy time shall be the time measured from the zero crossing of the parity bit of the last word of the
previous message to the zero crossing of the first command word sync which is accepted and whose
status response has the busy bit set to logic 0.

C.4.1.5.4 Service request notification.

Service request notification, if implemented by stores, shall be accomplished by setting the service
request bit in the status word to a logic 1. Stores shall ensure that once the service request bit is set to
logic 1, the vector word as defined in C.4.1.1.3.1.5 is immediately available. The service request bit shall
be reset to logic 0 when, and only when, the store has received the transmit vector word mode command
for the active service request and the vector word has been transmitted.

C.4.1.5.4.1 Additional request for service.

All requests for servicing shall be covered by the one service request notification. The vector word shall
contain all the data concerning the request(s) for servicing indicated by the setting of status word bit time
11. However, if further request for servicing occurs after status word bit time 11 has been set, then that
additional request for servicing shall be treated as a new arising and shall not be actioned by the store
until the current service request has been completely dealt with. Stores shall not use multiple settings of
status word bit time 11 to avoid packing of more than one service request into the vector word demand.

C.4.1.5.5 Request servicing.

The aircraft shall interpret the receipt of a store status word with service request bit set to logic 1 as a
request for a transmit vector word mode command. If, however, the service request bit is still set to a
logic 1 in a second or subsequent response to the same service request, the service request bit shall be
disregarded by the aircraft. The aircraft shall extract information from the store on the service request
details by sending a transmit vector word command to the store. Acknowledgment of receipt of a valid
vector word shall not be a requirement on the aircraft.

C.4.1.5.6 Vector word demand.

The store shall maintain the current contents of the vector word until a subsequent and different valid
command has been received after receiving a transmit vector word mode command. When specified in
the system specification or Interface Control Document (ICD), the store shall also maintain the current
contents of any subaddress notified in the vector word until the requested data transaction has occurred
and a subsequent and different valid command has been received.

C.4.1.5.7 General form of service request routine.

The general form of a complete service request routine is shown in FIGURE C- 1.

C.4.1.5.8 MIL-STD-1553 Mass data transfer.

Applications which require transfer of large data files through the AEIS interface shall use the applicable
options of the mass data transfer procedure and messages defined in C.4.2.3.

C.4.1.5.9 Carriage store routing.

A procedure for the transfer of data through a carriage store (routing) is not defined in this standard
except as required by paragraph 5.1.2.1d.

C.4.1.5.10 Data consistency.

The aircraft and store shall ensure that messages transmitted over the bus contain only mutually
consistent samples of information. Different words in a message used to transmit multiple precision
parameters shall all be members of the same set.

152
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4.1.5.11 Broadcast.
Aircraft and stores are not required to implement broadcast. However, if implemented, then aircraft and
stores shall comply with the following paragraphs.

C.4.1.5.11.1 Broadcast restricted subaddresses.

The bus controller shall not issue a broadcast command to the subaddresses given below.

SUBADDRESS TRANSMIT* RECEIVE

00001 (01) x
01000 (08) x x
01011 (11) x x
10011 (19) x x
11011 (27) x x
11110 (30) x
* The transmit column applies only to the transmitting remote terminal in RT-
to-RT transfers.

C.4.1.5.11.2 Broadcast verification.

The bus controller and stores which use broadcast shall implement some error detection scheme to
determine that broadcast messages were received correctly unless it is determined that errors in the data
being broadcast are not significant to system performance.

C.4.1.5.11.3 Broadcast command received bit.

Stores shall implement the broadcast command received bit in the status word.

C.4.1.5.11.4 Stores compatibility with non-broadcast.

A store which accepts broadcast messages shall also accept the same data in non-broadcast mode, i.e.,
it will work with an aircraft or carriage store that does not do broadcast.

C.4.1.5.12 Time tagging.

Applications which require precision time referencing of transmit or receive data entities transferred
between the aircraft and the store through the AEIS shall use the time tagging protocol defined in C.4.2.4.

C.4.2 MIL-STD-1553 message requirements.

All messages required by a store which are not defined in C.4.2.2 or C.4.2.3 shall:

a. employ the base message format specified in C.4.2.1, and

b. use subaddresses selected in accordance with C.4.1.1.2.

C.4.2.1 Base message data format.

All messages not covered by C.4.2.2 or C.4.2.3 shall use the base message format. The general format
is shown in TABLE C- IV, TABLE C- V, and TABLE C- VI. Messages to/from carriage stores may be of
any length up to the maximum of 32 data words. Messages to/from mission stores shall not exceed 30
data words and if routed via a carriage store shall not exceed 30 data words when output at, or input to,
the CSSI.

153
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4.2.1.1 Data word 1.

The first word of the message shall be a HEADER word for message identification. The HEADER word
shall be a hexadecimal code which complies with TABLE B- I and TABLE B- XXIV.

C.4.2.1.2 Data words 2-32 and 2-30.

Data words 2-32 are available for the transfer of up to 31 words of carriage store message data which
may include a checksum. Data words 2-30 are available for the transfer of up to 29 words of mission
store message data which may include a checksum.

C.4.2.2 Standard messages using MIL-STD-1553.

Standard MIL-STD-1553 AEIS messages are defined as standard message data formats for safety
critical control and monitor functions of conventional and nuclear weapons and for store descriptions. A
host-to-store (receive) message is defined as the data word or words received by a store in conjunction
with a receive command word and the status word response. A store-to-host (transmit) message is
defined as the status word and data word or words transmitted by a store resultant from a transmit
command word.

C.4.2.2.1 Store control.

The store control message shall be a 30 data word receive message with a subaddress of 11 (decimal)
and formatted as specified in TABLE B- II.

C.4.2.2.2 Store monitor.

The store monitor message shall be a 30 data word transmit message with subaddress 11 (decimal) and
formatted as specified in TABLE B- III.

C.4.2.2.3 Store description.

The store description standard message transfers store identity from the store to the aircraft. The store
description message shall use subaddress 1 (decimal) and comply with the format of TABLE B- IV.

C.4.2.2.4 Nuclear weapon control.

Receive messages with a subaddress field of 19 and 27 (decimal) shall be reserved for control of U.S.
nuclear weapons. For all aircraft with a requirement to control U.S. nuclear weapons, usage shall
conform to specifications accompanying the U.S nuclear weapon carriage requirement. For all other
applications of MIL-STD-1760, the requirement is that these subaddresses shall not be used.

C.4.2.2.5 Nuclear weapon monitor.

Transmit messages with a subaddress field of 19 and 27 (decimal) shall be reserved for monitor of U.S.
nuclear weapons. For all aircraft with a requirement to control U.S. nuclear weapons, usage shall
conform to specifications accompanying the U.S nuclear weapon carriage requirement. For all other
applications of MIL-STD-1760, the requirement is that these subaddresses shall not be used.

C.4.2.2.6 Aircraft description.

See B.4.2.2.4. The aircraft description message shall use subaddress 1 (decimal) and comply with the
format of TABLE B- XXIX.

C.4.2.3 Mass data transfer messages.

Aircraft and stores which require Mass Data Transfer (MDT) operations shall use the applicable
operations defined herein. MDT shall be implemented through the use of three data message types. The
Transfer Control (TC) message (C.4.2.3.2.1) is a standard receive message for controlling the transfer
operating modes and designation of file, record, and block numbers. The Transfer Monitor (TM)

154
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

message (C.4.2.3.2.2) is a standard transmit message for monitoring the status of the mass data transfer
operations in the store. The Transfer Data (TD) message (C.4.2.3.2.3) is a standard transmit, or
standard receive, message for transferring the file data blocks between aircraft and stores (or between
stores). The system specification or interface control document defines the applicable operations,
specific data files, and file data formats to be transferred using the MDT protocol.

C.4.2.3.1 File structure.

Each selected file (Sf) to be transferred using the MDT protocol shall be divided into 1 to 255 consecutive
records (Nr) with each record divided into 1 to 255 consecutive blocks (Nb). Each block is transferred
with a single TD message and shall contain 30 words with word one being the record/block number and
the remaining 29 words used for file data (see C.4.2.3.2.3.2 and C.4.2.3.2.3.3). All records within a
specific file shall contain the same number of blocks. Unused words in each record shall be zero-filled.

C.4.2.3.2 Message formats.

C.4.2.3.2.1 Transfer Control (TC) message.

The TC message shall be sent as a receive message to subaddress 14 and formatted in accordance with
TABLE C- XIV. The aircraft shall set the TC message in accordance with the following requirements.

C.4.2.3.2.1.1 TC message - header word.

The aircraft shall set this word in accordance with C.4.2.1.1.

C.4.2.3.2.1.2 TC message - instruction word.

This word shall be formatted in accordance with TABLE C- XV and the INSTRUCTION TYPE field shall
be set to one of the valid bit combinations of TABLE C- XVI. If the aircraft requires the store to enable the
echo of the TD message (TABLE C- XXI) to the aircraft then the aircraft shall set bit 07 to logic 1, else bit
07 shall be set to logic zero. If the format of the Sf data being transferred to/from the store includes an
embedded message checksum in word 30 of every TD message, the aircraft shall set bit 12 to logic 1,
else bit 12 shall be set to logic zero.

C.4.2.3.2.1.3 TC message - subaddress select word.

This word shall be formatted in accordance with TABLE C- XVII. The aircraft shall set this word to 0000
Hex for all bit combinations in TABLE C- XVI except 1, 3, and 10. For bit combination 1, if the aircraft
requires the store to update the status of the TM message for a TD message sent to a particular
subaddress, the aircraft shall set this word to the subaddress for the TD message it requires the status of,
else this word shall be set to 0000 Hex. For bit combination 3 or 10 of TABLE C- XVI, in applications
where the store can use different subaddresses for file data transfer, this word shall be set to the
receive/transmit subaddress for the TD message. The system specification or interface control document
shall identify those subaddresses available for the TD messages and the number of different files,
records, or blocks that can be transferred through those different subaddresses. As an alternative, the
system specification or interface control document may pre-assign specific subaddresses to specific file,
record, or block numbers and then the subaddress select word shall be set to 0000 hexadecimal, or to
the applicable pre-assigned subaddress.

C.4.2.3.2.1.4 TC message - file number word.

The aircraft shall set the NUMBER A and NUMBER B fields (TABLE C- XVIII) of word 04 of the TC
message as follows. NUMBER A and NUMBER B are valid file numbers ranging from 1 through 255.

a. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination numbers 1, 2, 4, 9, and 14, NUMBER A = 00 Hex and
NUMBER B = 00 Hex.

155
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

b. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination 3, NUMBER A = Nf to be downloaded and NUMBER B = the
number of the Sf in which the current download operation will be executed.

c. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination 5, NUMBER A = 01 Hex and NUMBER B = the number of the
Sf to be erased.

d. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination 6, NUMBER A = 01 Hex and NUMBER B = the number of the
Sf in which the Sr will be erased.

e. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination 7, NUMBER A = 01 Hex and NUMBER B = the number of the
Sf to be checksummed.

f. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination 8, NUMBER A = 01 Hex and NUMBER B = the number of the
Sf in which the Sr will be checksummed.

g. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination 10, NUMBER A = Nf to be uploaded and NUMBER B = the
number of the Sf in which the current upload operation will be executed.

h. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination 11, NUMBER A = 01 Hex and NUMBER B = the number of
the Sf in which the checksum value is embedded that the store is required to authenticate against the
file/record checksum word in this message.

i. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination 12, NUMBER A = 01 Hex and NUMBER B = the number of
the Sf where the Sr is located, in which the checksum value is embedded that the store is required to
authenticate against the file/record checksum word in this message.

j. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination 13, NUMBER A = 00 Hex and NUMBER B = the number of
the Sf in which execution will start in download mode; in upload mode, set to 00 Hex.

C.4.2.3.2.1.5 TC message - record number word.

The aircraft shall set the NUMBER A and NUMBER B fields (TABLE C- XVIII) of word 05 of the TC
message as follows. NUMBER A and NUMBER B are valid record numbers ranging from 1 through 255.

a. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination numbers 1, 2, 4, 7, 9, 11, and 14, NUMBER A = 00 Hex and
NUMBER B = 00 Hex.

b. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 3, NUMBER A = Nr for the Sf to be downloaded. The
value of Nr will remain fixed for the Sf during the commanded operation. NUMBER B = the number of the
Sr in which the current download operation will start.

c. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 5, NUMBER A = the Nr for Sf to be erased and
NUMBER B = 01 Hex. The value of Nr will remain fixed for the Sf during the commanded operation.

d. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 6, NUMBER A = 01 Hex and NUMBER B = the
number of the Sr to be erased.

e. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 8, NUMBER A = 01 Hex and NUMBER B = the
number of the Sr to be checksummed.

f. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 10, NUMBER A = Nr for the Sf to be uploaded and
NUMBER B = the number of the Sr in which the current upload operation will start. The value of Nr will
remain fixed for Sf during the commanded operation.

156
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

g. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 12, NUMBER A = 01 Hex and NUMBER B = the
number of the Sr in which the checksum value is embedded that the store is required to authenticate
against the file/record checksum word in this message.

h. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 13, NUMBER A = 00 Hex and NUMBER B = the
number of the Sr of the Sf in which execution will start in download mode; in upload mode, set to 00 Hex.

C.4.2.3.2.1.6 TC message - block number word.

The aircraft shall set the NUMBER A and NUMBER B fields (TABLE C- XVIII) of word 06 of the TC
message as follows. NUMBER A and NUMBER B are valid block numbers ranging from 1 through 255.

a. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination numbers 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, and 14, NUMBER A = 00 Hex
and NUMBER B = 00 Hex.

b. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 3, NUMBER A = Nb for the Sr of the Sf to be
downloaded and NUMBER B = the number of the Sb of the download operation which will be in the next
TD message. The value of Nb will remain fixed for the Sr during the commanded operation.

c. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 5, NUMBER A = Nb of the Sr for the Sf to be erased
and NUMBER B = 01 Hex. The value of Nb will remain fixed for the Sr during the commanded operation.

d. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 6, NUMBER A = Nb of the Sr for the Sf to be erased
and NUMBER B = 01 Hex. The value of Nb will remain fixed for the Sr during the commanded operation.

e. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 10, NUMBER A = Nb of the Sr for the Sf to be
uploaded and NUMBER B = the number of the Sb that the store will transmit in the next TD message.
The value of Nb will remain fixed for the Sr during the commanded operation.

f. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 13, NUMBER A = 00 Hex and NUMBER B = the
number of the Sb of the Sr of the Sf in which execution will start in download mode; in upload mode, set
to 00 Hex.

C.4.2.3.2.1.7 TC message - file/record checksum word.

The aircraft shall set word 6 of the TC message as follows:

a. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 13, and 14, set to 0000 Hex.

b. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 7, either set to the checksum for the file as specified
in C.4.2.3.4 or, if the checksum is embedded in the file/record data, this word shall be set to 0000
hexadecimal. If the checksum is embedded, the checksum algorithm shall be as specified in the system
specification or interface control document.

c. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 8, either set to the checksum for the record as
specified in C.4.2.3.4 or, if the checksum is embedded in the file/record data, this word shall be set to
0000 hexadecimal. If the checksum is embedded, the checksum algorithm shall be as specified in the
system specification or interface control document.

d. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 11, set to the aircraft calculated checksum for the
uploaded file as specified in C.4.2.3.4. If the checksum is embedded in the file/record data, it shall be set
as specified in the system specification or interface control document.

157
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

e. For TABLE C- XVI bit combination number 12, set to the aircraft calculated checksum for the
uploaded record as specified in C.4.2.3.4. If the checksum is embedded in the file/record data, it shall be
set as specified in the system specification or interface control document.

C.4.2.3.2.1.8 TC message - checksum word.

The aircraft shall provide the TC message checksum as required in C.4.1.5.2.

C.4.2.3.2.2 Transfer Monitor (TM) message.

The TM message shall be sent in a transmit message from subaddress 14 and formatted in accordance
with TABLE C- XIX. The store shall set the TM message in accordance with the following requirements.

C.4.2.3.2.2.1 TM message - header word.

The store shall set this word in accordance with C.4.2.1.1.

C.4.2.3.2.2.2 TM message - last received instruction word.

The store shall set this word to the last instruction word (word 02) received in an error free TC message
(TABLE C- XV).

C.4.2.3.2.2.3 TM message - transfer mode status word.

This word shall be formatted in accordance with TABLE C- XX and the MODE STATUS field shall be set
to one of the valid bit combinations specified in TABLE C- XXII to reflect the status of the stores last data
transfer operation.

C.4.2.3.2.2.4 TM message - current selected subaddress word.

This word shall be set to the subaddress selected in the TC message (data word 03) or the subaddress in
which the last TD message was received, whichever was last received by the store. If the store is
requesting retransmission of a record or block, the store shall set this word to the subaddress the aircraft
is to transmit the TD message to, unless the system specification or interface control document pre-
assigns specific subaddresses to specific file, record, or block numbers, in which case, the store shall set
this word to 0000 Hex.

C.4.2.3.2.2.5 TM message - current file number word.

The mission store shall format this data word in accordance with TABLE C- XVIII. The NUMBER A field
shall reflect the Nf designated in word 04 of the last valid TC message. The NUMBER B field shall reflect
the current active Sf. The current active file number is defined as one of the following:

a. The number received in the NUMBER B field of the TC message File number word,

b. The number of the file on which the store is currently performing data transfer operations.

If the store sets the MODE STATUS field to bit combination 16 of TABLE C- XXII the store shall set the
NUMBER A field to 01 hex, and the NUMBER B field to the file number for which the retransmission of
data is needed.

C.4.2.3.2.2.6 TM message - current record number word.

The mission store shall format this data word in accordance with TABLE C- XVIII. The NUMBER A field
shall reflect the total number of records (Nr) designated in word 05 of the last valid TC message for the
current Sf. The NUMBER B field shall reflect the Sr. The current active record number is defined as one
of the following.

158
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

a. The number received in the NUMBER B field of the TC message Record number word,

b. The NUMBER A field of the record/block word of the last TD message received/transmitted,
whichever was last processed.

If the store sets the MODE STATUS field to bit combination 16 of TABLE C- XXII the store shall set the
NUMBER A field to the number of records for the Sf that are to be retransmitted, and the NUMBER B field
to the record number for which the retransmission of data is to start.

C.4.2.3.2.2.7 TM message - current block number word.

The mission store shall format this data word in accordance with TABLE C- XVIII. The NUMBER A field
shall reflect the Nb designated in word 06 of the last valid TC message for the current active record
number. The NUMBER B field shall reflect the current active Sb. The current active block number is
defined as one of the following:

a. The number received in the NUMBER B field of the TC message block number word,

b. The NUMBER B field of the record/block word of the last TD message received/transmitted,
whichever was last processed.

If the store sets the MODE STATUS field to bit combination 16 of TABLE C- XXII the store shall set the
NUMBER A field to the number of blocks of the Sf of the Sr that are to be retransmitted, and the
NUMBER B field to the block number for which the retransmission of data is to start.

C.4.2.3.2.2.8 TM message - current file/record checksum word.

Word 08 of the TM message shall be set to the current checksum calculated by the store for the current
active file or current active record, as applicable. If no file or record checksum calculation has been
commanded in the TC message, or if the commanded checksum calculation has not been completed, this
word shall be set to 0000 hexadecimal. This word shall be reset to 0000 hexadecimal when bit 07 of the
TM status word (TABLE C- XX) is reset.

C.4.2.3.2.2.9 TM message - checksum word position.

Word 09 of the TM message shall be set to the TM message checksum, calculated as required by
C.4.1.5.2.

C.4.2.3.2.3 Transfer Data (TD) message.

The TD message shall comply with TABLE C- XXI and with the following requirements. It shall be a 30
data word message received or transmitted in the subaddress specified in the TC message in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1.3. The TD message subaddress assignment shall comply with the
requirements specified as follows and in the store/aircraft system specification or ICD.

C.4.2.3.2.3.1 TD message - record/block number word.

This data word shall be formatted in accordance with TABLE C- XVIII. In the download mode, the aircraft
shall set the NUMBER A field of this word to Sr and the NUMBER B field of this word to Sb for the data in
words 02-30 of the current TD message. If the aircraft requires a no-operation transaction of the TD
message, it shall set the NUMBER B field to zero. Stores that receive a valid NUMBER A field and with a
NUMBER B field set to zero shall discard the contents of this TD message and update the TM message
(TABLE C- XIX) to reflect the status of the last TD message received at the current subaddress. Stores
which receive a NUMBER A field set to zero, a non-initialized value, or a non-consecutive value from the
last TC message, shall discard the contents of this message and shall not update the TM message.

159
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

In the upload mode, the store shall set the NUMBER A field of this word to the Sr and the NUMBER B
field of this word to the Sb for the data in words 02-30 of the current TD message. After each TD
transmission, the store shall increment the Sb starting with the Sb specified in the NUMBER B field of the
block number word of the last valid TC message, until the Nb specified in the NUMBER A field of the
block number word of the last valid TC message are transferred, or until a new TC message is received.
The store shall increment the record number, starting with the record number specified as the Sr in the
NUMBER B field of record number word of the last valid TC message, each time Nb (NUMBER B field of
this word) roles over to 01 Hex, or until the Nr specified in the NUMBER A field Nr of the last valid TC
message are transferred, or until a new TC message is received.

C.4.2.3.2.3.2 TD message - file data words.

In download mode the aircraft shall fill these words with either 29 words of the operational file data, or
sufficient words set to 0000 Hex to complete filling the fixed length 30 word TD message. In upload
mode the store shall fill these words with either words from the Sf data, or sufficient words set to 0000
Hex to complete filling the fixed length 30 word TD message. The file data shall be placed in memory by
the receiving system such that word 02 shall be placed in memory location N, word 03 is placed in
memory location N+1, and so forth to complete the 29 word block transfer. The value of N shall be
determined by Sf, Sr, and SC.

C.4.2.3.2.3.3 TD message - file data words with message checksum option.

When in download mode, if bit 12 of the instruction word of the TC message is set to logic one, the
aircraft shall fill the first word of the TD message with the record/block number word, the next 28 words
with either words of the operational file data, or sufficient words set to 0000 Hex to complete filling the 28
words, and set word 30 to the checksum for the TD message.

When in upload mode, if bit 12 of the instruction word of the TC message is set to logic one, the store
shall fill the first word of the TD message with the record/block number word, the next 28 words with
either words from the Sf data, or sufficient words set to 0000 Hex to complete filling the 28 words, and set
word 30 to the checksum for the TD message. The file data shall be placed in memory by the receiving
system such that word 02 shall be placed in memory location N, word 03 is placed in memory location
N+1, and so forth to complete the 28 word block transfer. The value of N shall be determined by the Sf,
Sr, and Sb. The checksum for the TD message shall be as specified in C.4.2.3.4.

C.4.2.3.3 MDT file/record checksum.

The checksum value for downloaded MDT files or records is provided in the TC message which
commands a file or record checksum. The checksum value for uploaded MDT files or records is provided
in the TM message after completion of the file or record upload.

File/record checksums shall be computed in accordance with the algorithm described in C.4.1.5.2, except
that no cyclical right rotation of the MDT checksum word shall be performed since it is not a part of the
downloaded/uploaded data. The MDT file/record checksum word provides a zero result using modulo 2
arithmetic to each bit (no carries) when summed with all TD message words (including TD message word
01) downloaded/uploaded (for designated file or record) after having been rotated right cyclically by a
number of bits equal to the number of preceding data words in the TD message in which the data word
was received.

160
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4.2.3.4 Modes of operation.

C.4.2.3.4.1 Download mode.

The operating procedure for downloading data files from the aircraft to the store shall consist of the
following steps. If the store response time to the MDT commands (TC instruction word TABLE C- XV) is
required by the aircraft, it shall be documented in the system specification or interface control document.

C.4.2.3.4.1.1 Initiation of download mode.

To initiate the download mode:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 2 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store
response indicates it is “in download mode” (TM status TABLE C- XX).

b. Store Requirements: The store shall enter the download mode and set the TM message (TABLE
C- XIX) in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word
(TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 1 of TABLE C- XXII.

C.4.2.3.4.1.2 Erasure of all MDT files.

The aircraft has the option to not erase previously loaded MDT data or to command the mission store to
erase all files, a specific file or a specific record space. For erasure of all MDT file data:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 4 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store
response indicates “Erase Completed” (TM status TABLE C- XX).

b. Store Requirements: The store shall initiate erasure of all MDT file memory locations and shall
set the TM message (TABLE C- XIX) in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the
transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 3 of TABLE C- XXII. After the store has
erased all MDT memory, it shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE
STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 4 of TABLE C- XXII.

C.4.2.3.4.1.3 Erasure of a specific MDT file.

The aircraft has the option to not erase previously loaded MDT data or to command the store to erase all
files, a specific file or a specific record space. For erasure of a specific MDT data file:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 5 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store
response indicates “Erase Completed” (TM status TABLE C- XX).

b. Store Requirements: The store shall initiate erasure of all memory locations of the Sf and shall
set the TM message (TABLE C- XIX) in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the
transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 3 of TABLE C- XXII. The number of
memory locations allocated to a Sf is defined as the product Nr * Nb * 29 where Nr and Nb are defined in
words 05 and 06 (NUMBER A field) of the TC message that commanded the file erasure. After the store
has erased Sf, it shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field
of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 4 of TABLE C- XXII.

161
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4.2.3.4.1.4 Erasure of a specific MDT record in a Sf.

The aircraft has the option to not erase previously loaded MDT data or to command the store to erase all
files, a specific file or a specific record space. For erasure of a specific MDT record:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 6 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store
response indicates “Erase Completed” (TM status TABLE C- XX).

b. Store Requirements: The store shall initiate erasure of all memory locations of Sr of Sf and shall
set the TM message (TABLE C- XIX) in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the
transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 3 of TABLE C- XXII. The number of
memory locations allocated to a Sr is defined as the product Nb * 29 where Nb is defined in word 06
(NUMBER A field) of the TC message that commanded the record erasure. After the store has erased
the Sr, it shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the
transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 4 of TABLE C- XXII.

C.4.2.3.4.1.5 File transfer initiation.

To initiate the transfer of a file:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 3 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store
response indicates “Transfer Enabled” (TM status TABLE C- XX). If non-consecutive records/blocks are
to be transmitted for a file, the aircraft shall send a TC message to the store set in accordance with
C.4.2.3.2.1, with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit combination 3 of TABLE
C- XVI, designating correct values in the file number, record number, and block number data words at the
start of each non-consecutive record/block transfer.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall prepare to receive MDT data in the subaddress specified in
the subaddress select word of the TC message as specified in C.4.2.3.2.1. When the store is prepared to
receive data, it shall set the TM message (TABLE C- XIX) in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE
STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 2 of TABLE C- XXII.

C.4.2.3.4.1.6 File transfer.

To transfer a file:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall transfer the file data, using the TD message (TABLE C-
XXI) sent to the subaddress specified in the preceding TC message (TABLE C- XV), or as specified in the
system specification, or interface control document. The aircraft shall send to the store, consecutive
blocks (Nb) of each record and consecutive records (Nr) until all consecutive records for the Sf have
been transmitted. The aircraft is not required to send a “Start new file/record” command between
consecutive records of the same file. If the aircraft requires the store to echo the TD message to the
aircraft, the aircraft shall request the echo of the TD message by requesting a TD message from the store
with the same subaddress as the TD message was sent to the store. If the store response time from
receipt of a TD message until the received TD message is available to be echoed back to the aircraft is
required by the aircraft, it shall be documented in the system specification or Interface Control Document.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall accept valid TD messages (TABLE C- XXI) and store the
TD messages in memory. The store shall update the TM message (TABLE C- XIX ) in accordance with
C.4.2.3.2.2 to reflect the receipt of the TD message. If the Select Echo mode is enabled by the aircraft,

162
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

the store shall make the received TD message available for request by the aircraft in the same
subaddress as the TD message was received.

C.4.2.3.4.1.7 File checksum test.

To execute a file checksum test, the aircraft and store shall perform the following:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1, with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 7 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store
response indicates “Checksum calculation completed” (TM status TABLE C- XX).

b. Store Requirements: The store shall execute a checksum test of the Sf specified in the
NUMBER B field of word 04 of the TC message as specified in C.4.2.3.2.1. While the checksum
calculation is in progress, the store shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the
MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 5 of TABLE
C- XXII. The store shall execute the checksum algorithm specified in C.4.2.3.3 unless the checksum is
embedded. If the checksum is embedded, the checksum algorithm shall be as specified in the system
specification or interface control document. To validate the file checksum, the store shall compare the
results of the checksum algorithm either against the file/record checksum word of the TC message
commanding the file checksum test or, if the checksum is embedded in the file/record data, the store shall
compare the result against the embedded checksum. If the file passes the checksum test, the store shall
set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode
status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 6 of TABLE C- XXII. If the file fails the checksum test,
the store shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the
transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 7 of TABLE C- XXII.

C.4.2.3.4.1.8 Record checksum test.

To execute a record checksum test, the aircraft and store shall perform the following:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 8 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store
response indicates “Checksum calculation completed” (TM status TABLE C- XX).

b. Store Requirements: The store shall execute a checksum test of the Sr of the Sf specified in the
NUMBER B field of word 04 and 05 of the TC message as specified in C.4.2.3.2.1. While the checksum
calculation is in progress, the store shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the
MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 5 of TABLE
C- XXII. The store shall execute the checksum algorithm specified in C.4.2.3.3 unless the checksum is
embedded. If the checksum is embedded, the checksum algorithm shall be as specified in the system
specification or interface control document. To validate the record checksum the store shall compare the
results of the checksum algorithm against the file/record checksum word of the TC message
commanding the record checksum test, or if the checksum is embedded in the file/record data the store
shall compare the result against the embedded checksum. If the file passes the checksum test, the store
shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer
mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 6 of TABLE C- XXII. If the file fails the checksum
test, the store shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of
the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 7 of TABLE C- XXII.

163
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4.2.3.4.1.9 Transmission/checksum error recovery - aircraft.

If the aircraft detects a transmission/checksum error, the aircraft may repeat transmission of the entire
file, a partial file, an entire record, a partial record, or individual block(s), but only after completing
transmission of the remaining records of the Sf and the remaining blocks of the Sr. The repeat
transmission shall be made by repeating C.4.2.3.4.1.1 through C.4.2.3.4.1.6 with the file number, record
number, and block number words set in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1.

C.4.2.3.4.1.10 Transmission error recovery - store request.

If the store detects a transmission error, the store may request repeat transmission of the entire file, a
partial file, an entire record, a partial record, or individual block(s), but only after the aircraft completes
transmission of the remaining records of the Sf and the remaining blocks of the Sr.

a. Store Requirements: When the store has received the last block of Sf and determines that
retransmission of some of the Sf data is necessary, it shall set the TM message (TABLE C- XIX) in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C-
XX) set to bit combination 16 of TABLE C- XXII.

b. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall monitor the TM message after transmission of the last
TD message of each Sf to determine if the store requires retransmission of TD data. If the store MODE
STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) is set to bit combination 16 of TABLE C-
XXII the aircraft shall transmit the requested record or block defined in the NUMBER B field of the current
file number, current record number, and current block number words of the TM message. The aircraft
shall transmit the TD message to the subaddress requested by the store in the TM message, unless the
subaddress is defined in the system specification or ICD. The aircraft shall monitor the TM message,
complying with each successive data request until the store MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode
status word (TABLE C- XX) is set to bit combination 2 of TABLE C- XXII.

C.4.2.3.4.1.11 Download transmission completion.

Download transmission shall be completed by repeating C.4.2.3.4.1.1 through C.4.2.3.4.1.9 until all files
defined by the specific store or aircraft system specification or ICD are transferred.

C.4.2.3.4.1.12 Exit from download mode.

To exit the MDT download mode:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1, with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 14 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft may verify the mission stores exit from download mode by
monitoring the TM message for the mission store setting the TM status word (TM status TABLE C- XX) to
0000 Hex.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall initiate exit of the download mode and set the TM message
(TABLE C- XIX) in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status
word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 15 of TABLE C- XXII. On final exit from the download mode,
the store shall set the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) to 0000 Hex. Re-entry into the mass
data transfer mode shall only occur through receipt of further download or upload mode select
commands.

C.4.2.3.4.1.13 Downloading with back-to-back transfer.

The sequence of steps in C.4.2.3.4.1.1 through C.4.2.3.4.1.12 above is modified by C.4.2.3.4.4 if
uploading of multiple files, records, or blocks is implemented with back-to-back transfer (C.3.1.1.1).

164
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4.2.3.4.2 Upload mode.

The operating procedure for uploading data files from the mission store to the aircraft shall consist of the
following steps. If the store response time to the MDT commands (TC instruction word TABLE C- XV) is
required by the aircraft, it shall be documented in the system specification or interface control document.

C.4.2.3.4.2.1 Initiation of upload mode.

To initiate the MDT protocol upload mode:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 9 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store
response indicates it is “in upload mode” (TM message (TABLE C- XX).

b. Store Requirements: The store shall enter the upload mode and then shall set the TM message
(TABLE C- XIX) in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status
word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 9 of TABLE C- XXII.

C.4.2.3.4.2.2 File transfer initiation.

To initiate the transfer of a file:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 10 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store
response indicates “Transfer Enabled” (TM message TABLE C- XX). If non-consecutive records/blocks
are to be requested for a file, the aircraft shall send a TC message to the store set in accordance with
C.4.2.3.2.1, with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit combination 10 of TABLE
C- XVI, designating correct values in the file number, record number, and block number data words at the
start of each non-consecutive record/block transfer.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall prepare to transmit MDT data to the subaddress specified
in word 3 of the TC message as specified in C.4.2.3.2.1. When the store is prepared to transmit the
designated data, it shall set the TM message (TABLE C- XIX) in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the
MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 10 of TABLE
C- XXII.

C.4.2.3.4.2.3 File transfer.

To transfer a file:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall request the file data in the subaddress specified in the
preceding TC message (TABLE C- XV), or as specified in the system specification or interface control
document. The aircraft shall request TD messages from the store until all consecutive records for the
specified file have been uploaded. The aircraft is not required to send a “start new file/record” command
between consecutive records of the same file.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall transmit valid TD messages (TABLE C- XXI) to the aircraft
for consecutive blocks of each record and for consecutive records until all consecutive records (Nr) for
the Sf, have been transmitted or until a new TC message is received.

C.4.2.3.4.2.4 Transmission error recovery.

If the aircraft detects a transmission error, the aircraft may request repeat transmission of an entire file, a
partial file, an entire record, a partial record, or individual block(s) after completion of remaining records of

165
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

the Sf and remaining blocks of the Sr by repeating steps C.4.2.3.4.2.2 through C.4.2.3.4.2.3. The aircraft
shall set the file number, record number, and block number words in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 to
recover the missing data.

C.4.2.3.4.2.5 File checksum test.

If the aircraft requires a file checksum test, the aircraft and store shall perform the following:

a. Aircraft Requirements: To execute a checksum test of the Sf, the aircraft shall execute the
checksum algorithm specified in C.4.2.3.3 unless the checksum is embedded. If the checksum is
embedded, the checksum algorithm shall be as specified in the system specification or interface control
document. The aircraft shall then send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in accordance
with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit combination 11 of
TABLE C- XVI and the file/record checksum word loaded with the aircraft computed checksum. The
aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store response indicates “checksum calculation
completed” (TM message TABLE C- XX). The aircraft shall not command a checksum for a partial file.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall compare the checksum in the TC message file/record
checksum word position with the expected checksum for the Sf. While the checksum comparison is in
progress, the store shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2, with the MODE STATUS
field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 11 of TABLE C- XXII. If the
checksum passes the checksum test, the store shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2,
with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 12
of TABLE C- XXII. If the file fails the checksum test, the store shall set the TM message in accordance
with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit
combination 13 of TABLE C- XXII.

C.4.2.3.4.2.6 Record checksum test.

If the aircraft requires a record checksum test, the aircraft and store shall perform the following:

a. Aircraft Requirements: To execute a checksum test of the Sr, the aircraft shall execute the
checksum algorithm specified in C.4.2.3.3 unless the checksum is embedded. If the checksum is
embedded, the checksum algorithm shall be as specified in the system specification or interface control
document. The aircraft shall then send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in accordance
with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit combination 12 of
TABLE C- XVI and the file/record checksum word loaded with the aircraft computed checksum. The
aircraft shall not proceed with the MDT process until the store response indicates “checksum calculation
completed” (TM message TABLE C- XX). The aircraft shall not command a checksum for a partial
record.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall compare the checksum in the TC message file/record
checksum word position with the expected checksum for the Sr. While the checksum comparison is in
progress, the store shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS
field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 11 of TABLE C- XXII. If the
checksum passes the checksum test, the store shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2
with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 12
of TABLE C- XXII. If the record fails the checksum test, the store shall set the TM message in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C-
XX) set to bit combination 13 of TABLE C- XXII.

166
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

C.4.2.3.4.2.7 Checksum error recovery.

If the aircraft detects a checksum error, the aircraft may request repeat transmission of an entire file, a
partial file, an entire record, a partial record, or individual block(s), but only after completing transmission
of the remaining records of the Sf and the remaining blocks of the Sr by repeating C.4.2.3.4.2.1 through
C.4.2.3.4.2.6 with the file number, record number, and block number words set in accordance with
C.4.2.3.2.1.

C.4.2.3.4.2.8 Upload transmission completion.

Upload transmission shall be completed by repeating C.4.2.3.4.2.1 through C.4.2.3.4.2.7 until all files
required by the specific store or aircraft system specification or ICD are transferred.

C.4.2.3.4.2.9 Exit from upload transmission.

To exit the MDT upload mode:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 14 of TABLE C- XVI. The aircraft may verify the mission stores exit from upload mode by
monitoring the TM message for the mission store setting the TM status word (TM status TABLE C- XX) to
0000 Hex.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall initiate exit of the upload mode and set the TM message
(TABLE C- XIX) in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status
word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 15 of TABLE C- XXII. On final exit from the upload mode, the
store shall set the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) to 0000 Hex. Re-entry into the mass data
transfer mode shall only occur through receipt of further download or upload mode select commands.

C.4.2.3.4.2.10 Uploading with back-to-back transfer.

The sequence of steps in C.4.2.3.4.2.1 through C.4.2.3.4.2.9 above is modified by C.4.2.3.4.4 if
uploading of multiple files, records, or blocks is implemented with back-to-back transfer (C.3.1.1.1).

C.4.2.3.4.3 Status update.

The aircraft has two optional operating procedures for forcing the mission store to update the TM status
without changing the commanded operations. If the store response time to the MDT commands (TC
instruction word TABLE C- XV) is required by the aircraft, it shall be documented in the system
specification or interface control document.

C.4.2.3.4.3.1 Download mode TC message.

To force an update of the TM message for the last TD transaction utilizing the TC:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 01 of TABLE C- XVI.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall update the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 to
reflect the current status of the mass data transfer transaction associated with the last TD transaction for
the subaddress designated in the subaddress select word of TABLE C- XIV, if it is non-zero, or the file,
record, block designated by the TC message that contained the “no operation” instruction.

C.4.2.3.4.3.2 Download mode TD message.

To force an update of the TM message for the last TD transaction utilizing the TD message:

167
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TD message (TABLE C- XXI) to the store with
the record/block word set with the NUMBER A field set to the Sr (from the last TD message or from the
last TC message (TABLE C- XIV), which ever is most current) and the NUMBER B field set to zero and
all file data words of the TD message set to 0000 Hex.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall update the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 to
reflect the status of the last TD transaction in the subaddress that the current TD message was received.

C.4.2.3.4.3.3 Upload mode.

To force an update of the TM message for the last TD transaction utilizing the TC message:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 01 of TABLE C- XVI.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall update the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 to
reflect the current status of the mass data transfer transaction associated with; the last TD transaction for
a non-zero subaddress designated in the subaddress select word of TABLE C- XIV, or the
file/record/block designated in the TC message containing the “no operation” command.

C.4.2.3.4.4 Back-to-back transfer operation.

For applications which implement back-to-back transfer of files, records or blocks, the following rules
apply:

a. Different subaddresses shall be used for the back-to-back TD messages.

b. The system specification or interface control document shall define those subaddresses to be
used for back-to-back TD messages. It shall also define any restrictions that apply for mapping files,
records or blocks to different subaddresses.

c. Back-to-back transfer shall be set-up in one of two ways:

(1) Repeat C.4.2.3.4.1.5. or C.4.2.3.4.2.2, as applicable, until the mapping of each file, record,
or block to its subaddress is designated; or

(2) The system specification or interface control document shall define a fixed mapping of files,
records, or blocks to specific TD message subaddresses. C.4.2.3.4.1.5 or C.4.2.3.4.2.2 would be issued
once with the selected subaddress word of the TC message set to 0000 Hex to start the data transfer in
accordance with the fixed mapping.

C.4.2.3.4.5 System start.

C.4.2.3.4.5.1 System start - download mode.

To initiate start of software execution in a store after downloading the executable software code to the
store as described in C.4.2.3.4.1:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 13 of TABLE C- XVI.

168
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

b. Store Requirements: Stores receiving a system start command while in the download mode shall
initiate program execution at the memory location designated Sf, Sr, and Sb of the TC message. The
store shall set the TM message in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with the MODE STATUS field of the
transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 8 of TABLE C- XXII. The store shall exit
the download mode as required in C.4.2.3.4.1.1.

C.4.2.3.4.5.2 System start - upload mode.

To initiate start of software execution in an aircraft after uploading executable software code from the
store as described in C.4.2.3.4.2:

a. Aircraft Requirements: After uploading the executable software code from the store in
accordance with C.4.2.3.4.2, the aircraft shall send a TC message (TABLE C- XIV) to the store set in
accordance with C.4.2.3.2.1 with the INSTRUCTION TYPE field of the instruction word set to bit
combination 13 of TABLE C- XVI.

b. Store Requirements: Stores receiving a system start command while in the upload mode shall
designate the memory location at which the aircraft is to initiate program execution by setting the Sf, Sr,
and Sb fields of the TM message to the starting point for execution, in accordance with C.4.2.3.2.2 with
the MODE STATUS field of the transfer mode status word (TABLE C- XX) set to bit combination 14 of
TABLE C- XXII. The store shall exit the upload mode as required in C.4.2.3.4.2.8.

c. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall initiate execution at the memory location identified by
the Sf, Sr, and Sb sent in the TM message.

C.4.2.4 Protocol for time tagging.

Aircraft and stores which require that a precision time reference be established for messages, or for one
or more data entities within a message, shall use the applicable options herein. A message or data entity
time tagging protocol shall be implemented using a reference time established by a synchronize with data
word mode code as described in C.4.1.1.3.1.6, the aircraft system time at reset (TABLE B- VIII line 76),
and time tag (TABLE B- VIII Line 85). The system specification or ICD shall define the applicable
operations, accuracy, and allowed data latency of time tagged data messages and entities. The linear
data entities (TABLE B- IX) may be used collectively or individually, as required for the system
application.

C.4.2.4.1 Time tag reference time.

To establish a reference time event which will allow the store to define a transmit time tag and/or convert
a receive time tag for a message, for one or more data entities, into its own time keeping reference frame:

a. Aircraft Requirements: For receive time tags, the aircraft shall send its system time in a
synchronize with data word mode code to assure that no more than one aircraft clock rollover or reset
can exist between the synchronize time event and the receive time tag values provided to the store. For
transmit time tags, the aircraft shall send its system time in a synchronize with data word mode code at
least once prior to requesting transmit messages which contain time tags. In order that the aircraft can
convert the transmit time tags to its own system time, the time difference between the aircraft clock
resets, or rollovers shall be greater than the maximum allowed latency of the time tag data. That latency
shall be defined in the system specification or ICD. The accuracy of the “synchronize with data word”
mode code with respect to the aircraft system clock shall be defined in the system specification or ICD.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall establish the reference time between its system clock and
the receipt of the synchronize with data word mode code, including the value of the mode code data
word, which will be used for transmit time tag definition or receive time tag conversion. The accuracy of

169
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

the mission store system clock with respect to the “synchronize with data word” mode code shall be
defined in the system specification or ICD.

C.4.2.4.2 Aircraft system time at reset.

To report the maximum value that the aircraft system time clock attains prior to rollover or reset for
receive data messages that contain time tags:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall either, state its system time at reset in all receive data
messages which contain time tags or all the data messages which contain time tags shall be members of
the same aircraft clock cycle. That time shall be the highest value that its system time clock attained at
the most recent rollover or reset event. The latency between the system time at reset event and the
recording of that event in data messages shall be defined in the system specification or ICD. To allow the
store to convert time tags to its own system time, the aircraft system time shall be reset to zero after
attaining the stated aircraft system time at reset value which has exceeded the allowed value stated in
the system specification or ICD.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall use the aircraft system time at reset to convert receive time
tags to its system time if the aircraft system time at reset occurs between the time tag reference time and
time tag.

C.4.2.4.3 Receive time tag.

To establish the receive time tag value in conjunction with a message or data entity:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall set the receive time tag. The time tag is the value of the
aircraft system clock when the data is valid. The maximum latency between the receive time tag and
data validity shall be defined in the system specification or ICD.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall use the receive time tag to determine the validity time of the
sensitive data. The store shall consider time tagged data as invalid if the data latency exceeds the
maximum data latency defined by the system specification or ICD.

C.4.2.4.4 Transmit time tag.

To establish the transmit time tag value in conjunction with a message or data entity:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall use the transmit time tag to determine the validity time
of the sensitive data. The aircraft shall consider time tagged data as invalid if the data latency exceeds
the limits defined by the system specification or ICD.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall set the transmit time tag. The time tag is the value of the
time which elapsed between the reference time which shall be the last “synchronize with data word”
mode code time (see C.4.2.4.1) and the validity time of the sensitive data. The maximum latency between
the transmit time tag and the data validity shall be defined in the system specification or ICD.

170
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

SERVICE REQUEST
No. 1 No. 2
BIT SET

VECTOR WORD
FORMATTED AND READY No. 1 No. 2

No. 2
SUBSYSTEM REQUEST(S)
FOR SERVICING
No. 1

BUS ACTIONS
M M T Vc(v)1 M M M M M T Vc(v)2 M M

a) ASYNCHRONOUS REQUEST REPORTING

M = NORMAL MESSAGE
T = TRANSMIT VECTOR WORD
Vc(v) n = NEXT DIFFERENT VALID COMMAND
Vc(SA) n = REQUESTED DATA TRANSACTION

SERVICE REQUEST No. 1 No. 2

BIT SET

VECTOR WORD No. 2

No. 1
FORMATTED AND READY

SUBADDRESS
FORMATTED AND READY No. 1 No. 2

SUBSYSTEM REQUEST(S) No. 2

FOR SERVICING
No. 1

BUS ACTIONS
M M T Vc(v)1 Vc(v)2 M M T M Vc(v)4M M
Vc(SA)1 Vc(v) 3 Vc(SA)2

b) ASYNCHRONOUS MESSAGE (SUBADDRESS) REQUEST

NOTE: The requirement for subaddress retention, if required by the system
specification or ICD, shall be satisified by this routine.

FIGURE C- 1. Examples of general form of service request protocol.

171
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- I. Subaddress/mode field application.

SUBADDRESS
FIELD MESSAGE FORMATS 1/ and 2/ DESCRIPTION
RECEIVE TRANSMIT
00000 (00) C.4.1.1.3 C.4.1.1.3 MODE CODE INDICATOR
00001 (01) C.4.2.2.6 C.4.2.2.3 STORE DESCRIPTION,
AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION
00010 (02) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
00011 (03) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
00100 (04) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
00101 (05) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
00110 (06) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
00111 (07) B.4.1.1.4 B.4.1.1.4 DATA PEELING
01000 (08) RESERVED RESERVED TEST ONLY 3/
01001 (09) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
01010 (10) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
01011 (11) B.4.2.2.1 B.4.2.2.2 STORE CONTROL/MONITOR
01100 (12) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
01101 (13) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
01110 (14) B.4.1.1.3 B.4.1.1.3 MASS DATA TRANSFER
01111 (15) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
10000 (16) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
10001 (17) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
10010 (18) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
10011 (19) C.4.2.2.4 C.4.2.2.5 NUCLEAR WEAPON
10100 (20) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
10101 (21) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
10110 (22) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
10111 (23) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
11000 (24) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
11001 (25) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
11010 (26) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
11011 (27) C.4.2.2.4 C.4.2.2.5 NUCLEAR WEAPON
11100 (28) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
11101 (29) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
11110 (30) USER DEFINED USER DEFINED DATA WRAPAROUND 4/
11111 (31) C.4.1.1.3 C.4.1.1.3 MODE CODE INDICATOR

172
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- I. Subaddress/mode field application – Continued.

1/ All message formats designated by USER DEFINED subaddresses shall comply with B.4.2.1.
2/ Command words with subaddress designated as RESERVED shall not be sent to AEIS stores.
3/ Subaddress 08 (decimal) is reserved to avoid misinterpretation of a status word (with service
request set) as a command word for subaddress 08. This subaddress may, however, be used for
test purposes at the user's risk.
4/ Reference MIL-STD-1553, paragraph 30.7.

173
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- II. Vector word (asynchronous message demand) format.

FIELD NAME BIT NO. DESCRIPTION

FORMAT FLAG -00- Shall be set to logic 0.

RESERVED -01- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.
1/
-02- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.
-03- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.
-04- RESERVED. Shall be set to logic 0.
T/R -05- Shall be set to a logic 1 to indicate that the requested message
1/ is a transmit command. (Logic 0 indicates a receive command
request.)
SUBADDRESS -06- MSB = 16 Bits 6 through 10 contain the subaddress
1/ of the required message.
-07-
-08-
-09-
-10- LSB = 1
WORD COUNT -11- MSB = 16 Bits 11 through 15 contain the word count
1/ of the required message.
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- LSB = 1

1/ The designated field definitions apply only when bit number 00 is set to logic 0. See TABLE C- III
for alternate vector word format.
2/ The vector word shall be set to 0000 hexadecimal, unless the service request notification protocol
(C.4.1.5.4) is in progress.

174
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- III. Vector word (asynchronous action demand) format.

FIELD NAME BIT NO. DESCRIPTION

FORMAT FLAG -00- Shall be set to logic 1.

NOTIFICATION FLAG -01- User defined.
1/
-02- User defined.
-03- User defined.
-04- User defined.
-05- User defined.
-06- User defined.
-07- User defined.
-08- User defined.
-09- User defined.
-10- User defined.
-11- User defined.
-12- User defined.
-13- User defined.
-14- User defined.
-15- User defined.

1/ The user defined field definitions apply only when bit number 00 is set to logic 1. See TABLE C-
II for alternate vector word format.
2/ The vector word shall be set to 0000 hexadecimal, unless the service request notification protocol
(C.4.1.5.4) is in progress.

175
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- IV. Base message format (BC-RT transfer).

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH

-CW- COMMAND WORD (RECEIVE) C.4.1.1

-01- HEADER C.4.2.1.1
-02-
-03-
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07-
-08-
-09-
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- Word positions for user selected data
-16- entities and message checksum. C.4.2.1.2
-17-
-18-
-19-
-20-
-21-
-22-
-23-
-24-
-25-
-26-
-27-
-28-
-29-
-30-
-SW- STATUS WORD (RECEIVER) C.4.1.2

1/ The format shown is for mission store messages. For carriage stores, however, words 31 and 32
may be added to the block referenced to C.4.2.1.2.

176
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- V. Base message format (RT-BC transfer).

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH

-CW- COMMAND WORD (TRANSMIT) C.4.1.1

-SW- STATUS WORD (TRANSMITTER) C.4.1.2

-01- HEADER C.4.2.1.1
-02-
-03-
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07-
-08-
-09-
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- Word positions for user selected data .
-16- entities and message checksum C.4.2.1.2
-17-
-18-
-19-
-20-
-21-
-22-
-23-
-24-
-25-
-26-
-27-
-28-
-29-
-30-

1/ The format shown is for mission store messages. For carriage stores, however, words 31 and 32
may be added to the block referenced to C.4.2.1.2.

177
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- VI. Base message format (RT-RT transfer).

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH

-CW- COMMAND WORD (RECEIVE) C.4.1.1

-CW- COMMAND WORD (TRANSMIT) C.4.1.1
-SW- STATUS WORD (TRANSMITTER) C.4.1.2
-01- HEADER C.4.2.1.1
-02-
-03-
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07-
-08-
-09-
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- Word positions for user selected data
-16- entities and message checksum. C.4.2.1.2
-17-
-18-
-19-
-20-
-21-
-22-
-23-
-24-
-25-
-26-
-27-
-28-
-29-
-30-
-SW- STATUS WORD (RECEIVER) C.4.1.2
1/ The format shown is for mission store messages. For carriage stores, however, words 31 and 32
may be added to the block referenced to C.4.2.1.2.

178
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- VII. Header word.

See TABLE B- I.

TABLE C- VIII. Store control (BC-RT transfer).

See TABLE B- II.

TABLE C- IX. Store monitor (RT-BC transfer).

See TABLE B- III.

TABLE C- X. Store description message.

See TABLE B- IV.

TABLE C- XI. Country code.

See TABLE B- V.

TABLE C- XII. Store identity (binary).

See TABLE B- VI.

TABLE C- XIII. Store or aircraft identity (ASCII).

See TABLE B- VII.

179
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- XIV. Transfer Control (TC) message format.

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH or

TABLE

-CW- COMMAND WORD (Subaddress 01110 C.4.1.1

binary)
-01- HEADER (0422 hexadecimal) C.4.2.1.1
-02- Instruction C.4.2.3.2.1.2
-03- Subaddress select C.4.2.3.2.1.3
-04- File number C.4.2.3.2.1.4
-05- Record number C.4.2.3.2.1.5
-06- Block number C.4.2.3.2.1.6
-07- File/record checksum C.4.2.3.2.1.7
-08- Checksum word C.4.2.3.2.1.8
-SW- STATUS WORD C.4.1.2

180
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- XV. Instruction word.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

INSTRUCTION TYPE -00- No operation - commands the store to update

the TM message with current status of the mass
data transfer transactions
-01- Select download mode - commands the store to
enter (or remain in) the download mass data
transfer mode.
-02- Select upload mode - commands the store to
enter (or remain in) the upload mass data
transfer mode.
-03- Start new file/record - commands the store to
prepare for receiving or transmitting, as
applicable, Transfer Data (TD) messages.
-04- Erase all files - commands the store to erase
data in all store contained memory addresses
allocated to mass data transfer storage.
-05- Erase designated file - commands the store to
erase the designated file.
-06- Erase designated record - commands the store
to erase the designated record.
-07- Select echo mode - commands the store to
enter (or remain in) the TD echo mode.
-08- Calculate file checksum - commands the store
to run the file checksum test.
-09- Calculate record checksum - commands the
store to run the record checksum test.
-10- System start - system start command to the
store.
-11- Exit transfer mode - commands the store to exit
the mass data transfer mode.
-12- Select block checksum mode - commands the
store to interpret word 30 of the TD message as
a message checksum (See B.4.1.1.2.1) if in
download mode, or to supply word 30 of the TD
message as a message checksum if in the
upload mode.
RESERVED -13- Shall be set to a Logic 0.
-14- Shall be set to a Logic 0.
-15- Shall be set to a Logic 0.

181
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- XVI. Allowable instruction type field bit states.

ALLOWABLE BIT COMBINATIONS

INSTRUCTION
WORD BIT BIT NAME 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
NUMBER
0 No operation 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Select download mode X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 Select upload mode X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
3 Start new file/record X 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
4 Erase all files X 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Erase designated file X 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Erase designated X 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
record
7 Select echo mode X X Y X X X X X 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Calculate file checksum X 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
9 Calculate record X 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
checksum
10 System start X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
11 Exit transfer X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
12 Select block checksum X X Y X X X X X X Y X X X X
mode

1/ The Table represents the 14 allowable bit combinations of the 12 bit instruction type field of
TABLE C- XV.
2/ X = Don't care.
3/ Y = selectable option.

182
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- XVII. Subaddress select.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

SUBADDRESS -00- MSB = 16 Subaddress of TD
message for designated
file, record or block.
-01-
-02-
-03-
-04- LSB = 1
RESERVED -05-
-06-
-07-
-08-
-09- Shall be set to Logic 0.
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15-

183
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- XVIII. Dual binary number.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

NUMBER A -00- MSB = 128

-01-
-02-
-03- Binary encoded number.
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07- LSB = 1
NUMBER B -08- MSB = 128
-09- Binary encoded number.
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- LSB = 1

184
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- XIX. Transfer Monitor (TM) message format.

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH

-CW- COMMAND WORD (Subaddress 01110 C.4.1.1

binary)
-SW- STATUS WORD C.4.1.2
-01- HEADER (0423 hexadecimal) C.4.2.1.1
-02- Last received instruction C.4.2.3.2.2.2
-03- Transfer mode status C.4.2.3.2.2.3
-04- Current selected subaddress C.4.2.3.2.2.4
-05- Current file number C.4.2.3.2.2.5
-06- Current record number C.4.2.3.2.2.6
-07- Current block number C.4.2.3.2.2.7
-08- Current file/record checksum C.4.2.3.2.2.8
-09- Checksum word position C.4.2.3.2.2.9

185
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- XX. Transfer mode status.

FIELD NAME BIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION

MODE STATUS -00- In download mode - indicates the store is in

download mode.
-01- In upload mode - indicates the store is in
upload mode.
-02- Transfer enabled - indicates the store is ready
for transfer of TD messages
-03- Erase in progress - indicates the store is
erasing the commanded MDT data
-04- Erase completed - indicates the store has
completed the commanded erase operation.
-05- Echo mode selected - indicates echo mode is
enabled in the store.
-06- Checksum calculation in progress - indicates
the store is executing the commanded
checksum calculation.
-07- Checksum calculation completed - indicates
the store has completed the commanded
checksum calculation.
-08- Checksum failed - indicates the commanded
checksum calculation failed.
-09- Execution started - indicates the store has
initiated execution at the commanded location
or the mission store has loaded the location in
the TM message that the aircraft is to initiate
execution.
-10- Exit in progress - indicates the store is exiting
the MDT mode.
-11- Retransmission request - indicates the store
request for retransmission of limited TD data
RESERVED -12- Shall be set to a Logic 0.
-13- Shall be set to a Logic 0.
-14- Shall be set to a Logic 0.
-15- Shall be set to a Logic 0.

186
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- XXI. Transfer Data (TD) message format. 1/

WORD NO. DESCRIPTION/COMMENT PARAGRAPH

-CW- COMMAND WORD (Subaddress A/R) C.4.1.1

-01- Record/block number C.4.2.3.2.3.1
-02-
-03-
-04-
-05-
-06-
-07-
-08-
-09-
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15- File data
-16-
-17-
-18-
-19-
-20-
-21-
-22-
-23-
-24-
-25-
-26-
-27-
-28-
-29-
-30-
-SW- STATUS WORD C.4.1.2

1/ This is a 30 word fixed length message.

187
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX C

TABLE C- XXII. Allowable mode status field bit states.

STATUS ALLOWABLE BIT COMBINATION NUMBERS

WORD BIT
BIT NAME 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
NUMBER
0 In download mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Y 1
1 In upload mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 Y 0
2 Transfer enabled 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Erase in progress 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Erase completed 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Echo mode selected X X X X X X X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Checksum calculation 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
in progress
7 Checksum calculation 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
completed
8 Checksum failed 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
9 Execution started 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
10 Exit in progress 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
11 Retransmission 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
request

1/ The Table represents the 16 allowable bit combinations of the 11 bit mode status field of TABLE
C- XX.
2/ X = reflects the commanded state of Echo mode from the last TC message.
3/ Y= the commanded mode prior to exit.

188
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

FIBRE CHANNEL DATA BUS

COMMUNICATION RULES AND MESSAGE REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX D

D.1 SCOPE

D.1.1 Purpose.
This appendix shall be used to establish requirements on aircraft and stores for message formatting, data
encoding, information transfer rules, timing, and other characteristics required for using the Fibre Channel
data bus interface of the AEIS.

D.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

D.2.1 References.

D.2.2 Government documents.

D.2.3 Other Government documents, drawings, and publications.

D.2.4 Non-Government publications.

D.2.4.1 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE

FC-AE-1553 INCITS TR-42-2007 ANSI Technology - Fibre Channel - Avionics

Environment - Upper Layer Protocol MIL-STD-1553B Notice 2

(Copies of ANSI standards listed may be obtained here: http://www.ansi.org. For paper copies, contact:
Global Engineering Documents, 15 Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO 80112-5704, tel.: 800-854-
7179)

D.2.4.2 INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANIZATION

D.2.4.3 SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS

SAE-AS5653 High Speed Network for MIL-STD-1760

(Copies of SAE documents may be obtained from: Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400
Commonwealth Dr., Warrendale, PA 15096-0001, phone (412) 776-4841 or http://store.sae.org/.)

D.3 DEFINITIONS

D.3.1 Definitions.
See SAE-AS5653 for definitions associated with the Fibre Channel Data Interface.

D.3.2 Acronyms and abbreviations.

See SAE-AS5653 for acronyms associated with the Fibre Channel Data Interface.

189
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX D

D.4 REQUIREMENTS

D.4.1 Communication rules.

The Fibre Channel data bus interface shall comply with the requirements of Fibre Channel with the
additional requirements defined herein. The ASI, MSI, CSI & CSSI shall provide Fibre Channel Port
functionality as defined in 3.1 of SAE-AS5653. The ASI, MSI, CSI & CSSI shall provide the Fibre
Channel Command and Control functionality defined in 4.1.5 of SAE-AS5653.

D.4.2 Fibre Channel Message requirements.

D.4.2.1 Base message data format.

All messages required by a store which are not defined in D.4.2.2 or D.4.2.3 shall employ the base
message format specified in SAE-AS5653.

D.4.2.2 Standard messages using Fibre Channel.

Standard Fibre Channel AEIS messages are defined as standard message data formats for safety critical
control and monitor functions of conventional and nuclear weapons and for store descriptions and aircraft
descriptions. A host-to-store (NC-to-NT) message is defined as an NC1 Information Unit per Table 4 and
Figure 1 of FC-AE1553. A store-to-host (NT-to-NC) message is defined as an NT1 Information Unit per
Table 5 and Figure 4 of FC-AE1553.

D.4.2.2.1 Store control – See B.4.2.2.1.

The store control message shall be a 30 data word (60 byte) NC-to-NT message with an NT subaddress
of 11 (decimal) and formatted as specified in TABLE B- II.

D.4.2.2.2 Store monitor – See B.4.2.2.2.

The store monitor message shall be a 30 data word (60 byte) NT-to-NC message with an NT subaddress
11 (decimal) and formatted as specified in TABLE B- III.

D.4.2.2.3 Store description - See B.4.2.2.3.

The store description standard message transfers store identity from the store to the aircraft. The store
description message shall use NT subaddress 1 (decimal) and comply with the format of TABLE B- IV.

D.4.2.2.4 Aircraft description – See B.4.2.2.4.

The aircraft description standard message transfers aircraft identity from the aircraft to the store. The
aircraft description message shall use NT subaddress 1(decimal) and comply with the format of TABLE
B- XXIX.

D.4.2.3 Mass data transfer messages.

Aircraft and stores which require Mass Data Transfer (MDT) operations shall use the applicable
File Transfer operations defined in SAE-AS5653 Section 4.1.5.

D.4.2.4 Protocol for time tagging.

Aircraft and stores which require that a precision time reference be established for messages, or for one
or more data entities within a message, shall use the applicable options herein. A message or data entity
time tagging protocol shall be implemented using a reference time established by a synchronize with data
word mode code as described in 4.4.4.2.12 of FC-AE-1553, the aircraft system time at reset (TABLE B-
VIII line 76), and time tag (TABLE B- VIII Line 85). The system specification or ICD shall define the
applicable operations, accuracy, and allowed data latency of time tagged data messages and entities.

190
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX D

The linear data entities (TABLE B- IX) may be used collectively or individually, as required for the system
application.

D.4.2.4.1 Time tag reference time.

To establish a reference time event which will allow the store to define a transmit time tag and/or convert
a receive time tag for a message, for one or more data entities, into its own time keeping reference frame:

a. Aircraft Requirements: For receive time tags, the aircraft shall send its system time in a
synchronize with data word mode code to assure that no more than one aircraft clock rollover or reset
can exist between the synchronize time event and the receive time tag values provided to the store. For
transmit time tags, the aircraft shall send its system time in a synchronize with data word mode code at
least once prior to requesting transmit messages which contain time tags. In order that the aircraft can
convert the transmit time tags to its own system time, the time difference between the aircraft clock
resets, or rollovers shall be greater than the maximum allowed latency of the time tag data. That latency
shall be defined in the system specification or ICD. The accuracy of the “synchronize with data word”
mode code with respect to the aircraft system clock shall be defined in the system specification or ICD.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall establish the reference time between its system clock and
the receipt of the synchronize with data word mode code, including the value of the mode code data
word, which will be used for transmit time tag definition or receive time tag conversion. The accuracy of
the mission store system clock with respect to the “synchronize with data word” mode code shall be
defined in the system specification or ICD.

D.4.2.4.2 Aircraft system time at reset.

To report the maximum value that the aircraft system time clock attains prior to rollover or reset for
receive data messages that contain time tags:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall either, state its system time at reset in all receive data
messages which contain time tags or all the data messages which contain time tags shall be members of
the same aircraft clock cycle. That time shall be the highest value that its system time clock attained at
the most recent rollover or reset event. The latency between the system time at reset event and the
recording of that event in data messages shall be defined in the system specification or ICD. To allow the
store to convert time tags to its own system time, The aircraft system time shall be reset to zero after
attaining the stated aircraft system time at reset value which has exceeded the allowed value stated in
the system specification or ICD.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall use the aircraft system time at reset to convert receive time
tags to its system time if the aircraft system time at reset occurs between the time tag reference time and
time tag.

D.4.2.4.3 Receive time tag.

To establish the receive time tag value in conjunction with a message or data entity:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall set the receive time tag. The time tag is the value of the
aircraft system clock when the data is valid. The maximum latency between the receive time tag and
data validity shall be defined in the system specification or ICD.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall use the receive time tag to determine the validity time of the
sensitive data. The store shall consider time tagged data as invalid if the data latency exceeds the
maximum data latency defined by the system specification or ICD.

191
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX D

D.4.2.4.4 Transmit time tag.

To establish the transmit time tag value in conjunction with a message or data entity:

a. Aircraft Requirements: The aircraft shall use the transmit time tag to determine the validity time
of the sensitive data. The aircraft shall consider time tagged data as invalid if the data latency exceeds
the limits defined by the system specification or ICD.

b. Store Requirements: The store shall set the transmit time tag. The time tag is the value of the
time which elapsed between the reference time which shall be the last “synchronize with data word”
mode code time (see 4.4.4.2.12 of FC-AE-1553) and the validity time of the sensitive data. The maximum
latency between the transmit time tag and the data validity shall be defined in the system specification or
ICD.

192
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

ANNOTATIONS EXPLAINING DIFFERENCES FROM REVISION D.

APPENDIX E

The following list of notes describe most of the significant changes between Revision D and Revision E of
this standard. This listing is only a summary and does not include all changes. Note numbers in this list
correspond to the [Note #] comments in the body of this document.

[Note 1] The table of contents was revised as part of Revision E.

[Note 2] The reference to SAE AS15531 was deleted. That document contains essentially the same
requirements as MIL-STD-1553B and will no longer be current if MIL-STD-1553 is revised, therefore
allowing the documents to be used interchangeably would create a conflict (see 2.3).

[Note 3] Reference to SAE-AS5653 was added to define the Fibre Channel interface and new
requirements paragraphs, including 5.1.13, 5.2.13 and 5.3.13 were added. The definition of Class I and
Class IA are changed to include the new Fibre Channel interface requirements. Up Fibre Channel and
Down Fibre Channel replace High Bandwidth 2 and 4 on FIGURE 2. Several other references to HB 2
and 4 throughout the document were also replaced but are not separately marked. The intent is to use
this high speed digital interface instead of the High Bandwidth analog HB2 and HB4 interfaces for
applications that require high speed data. Note that the fibre channel interface defined herein uses
copper coaxial cable, not the fiber optic cable originally envisioned when the standard was written in the
1980’s.

[Note 4] Three new definitions were added in paragraphs 3.1.16 – 3.1.18 to clarify the meaning of these
terms where they are used within the document.

[Note 5] A new paragraph title (4.3.2.1) was added to distinguish use of the MIL-STD-1553 bus from use
of the new FC interface of paragraph 4.3.2.2. The words “digital” and “multiplex” were dropped from
several locations to make references to the busses consistent. No change to the existing MIL-STD-1553
interface was intended.

[Note 6] The sentence in paragraph 5.1.2.1 limiting use of subaddress 17 and 19 was reworded to
clarify. No technical change was intended.

[Note 7] A new sentence was added at the end of paragraph 5.1.6 to allow a system using Fibre
Channel to use the MIL-STD-1553 address interface.

[Note 8] New sentences were added in paragraph 5.1.4 to clarify that Release Consent is always
required to be used with bits D8 and D10. The specific requirement to interlock bits D8 and D10 with
release consent was previously stated in 5.2.4 (for mission stores), and by logical deduction applied to
aircraft and carriage stores, since it does not make sense for a store to interlock these bits if the aircraft
and/or carriage store did not do the same. The statement allowing other bits to be interlocked with
release consent was added to clarify that this is allowed. Paragraph 4.3.4 states that release consent is
“used only to enable, and inhibit, safety critical store functions,” and this change should make it clear that
the “only” refers to “only” enabling and inhibiting, it does not prohibit use of release consent with bits that
might not be safety critical.

[Note 9] 5.1.4.7 is a new paragraph added to require the aircraft to maintain application of the Release
Consent signal. There is also a new sentence added at the end of paragraph 5.1.6.1, requiring the

193
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX E

address to be maintained until loss of interlock. These changes are to support use of Release Consent
by a subsystem (such as a fuze).

[Note 10] In paragraph 5.6.1 and other places, references to MIL-DTL-38999/31 were changed to /36 to
incorporate updated requirements for the lanyard-release connector.

[Note 11] The last sentence of paragraph 5.1.12.3 was added in Rev E to define the power up time
requirement.

[Note 12] References to SAE-AS39029 /115 and /116 contacts were added to TABLE II for use with the
Fibre Channel interface.

[Note 13] Paragraph 5.2.9.8 was renamed and the requirement on phase unbalance was expanded to
include additional restrictions that are consistent with MIL-STD-704.

[Note 14] A requirement limiting 270 V dc power for stores designed to operate on carriage stores was
added in paragraph 5.2.10.2.3 to be consistent with limitations on 28 V dc and 115 V ac power.

[Note 15] A new paragraph 5.2.12.6 was added, and an entity was added in APPENDIX B, to define a
power-up time entity. Use of this data entity allows for quick initialization of stores that can power-up
quickly, while allowing other stores to go through their longer power-up timeline without causing fault
indications.

[Note 16] Paragraph 5.3.4.1 was changed to be consistent with the wording in the aircraft and mission
store sections.

[Note 17] In 5.3.4.2 the Release Consent time was changed from 10 ms to 15 ms to be consistent with
the time limits in the aircraft and mission store sections. The word “mission” was also added in this
paragraph, to clarify what applies to the mission store, vs the carriage store.

[Note 18] A new sentence was added in 5.3.12 to define how stores identified on CSSIs are reported to
the aircraft. “MSSI” was changed to “CSSI” to correct a typo.

[Note 19] In paragraph 5.3.10.2, requirements limiting current on the 270 V dc interface were added to
be consistent with requirements in the 28 V dc and 115 V ac sections, acknowledging that the carriage
store may use some power and therefore cannot pass all input power to the output.

[Note 20] References to MIL-STD-1553 and MIL-HDBK-1553 were deleted from B.2.2 and other places
in APPENDIX B, since the requirements remaining in APPENDIX B deal only with information sent on the
bus, not the physical bus. Requirements specific to the MIL-STD-1553 bus are now in APPENDIX C.

[Note 21] Reference to the AMAC standard was deleted in B.2.3 and other places, since the requirement
that referenced it has been reworded and no longer refers to a specific document.

[Note 22] Paragraph B.4.1.1.2.1 on checksums was rewritten to clarify. No technical change is
intended. Note that the terms “host-to-store” and “store-to-host” are now used throughout this appendix,
to make the terms generic instead of using the MIL-STD-1553-specific “receive” and “transmit”
terminology.

[Note 23] Paragraph B.4.2.2.3 was changed to require store identifiers to be provided in both ASCII and
binary code form. The binary form is now required in order to fit identity of all items carried below an ASI
into the available words, and thus facilitate automatic interface configuration capabilities.

194
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX E

[Note 24] A new Interface Configuration ID requirement was added in B.4.2.2.4 and other places to allow
use and upgrading of a standardized logical interface, while supporting backward compatibility.

[Note 25] Under FIGURE B- 3, note 3 was changed in conjunction with numerous changes on the
following pages, to clarify the name of the coordinate system and to use that name consistently. These
revisions are not intended to change the technical requirements.

[Note 26] Four new entities were added to TABLE B- III to define additional fuze parameters.

[Note 27] The frequencies called out in paragraph A.6 were corrected.

[Note 28] APPENDIX B was split into two parts. This part, which retains the APPENDIX B label,
contains only the data bus information requirements. The rest of the requirements, specific to the use of
MIL-STD-1553, have been moved to the new APPENDIX C. This was to allow reference to these
information requirements in applications that use a physical data bus different than MIL-STD-1553. For
example, the requirements of APPENDIX B will apply to the new Fibre Channel interface but the
APPENDIX C requirements will not.

[Note 29] The statement in B.2.1 indicating that references were not intended to be applied contractually
has been deleted because it was not consistent with the actual requirements in the appendix.

[Note 30] The word “mission” was deleted from entities #3, #4, #170 and #171 of TABLE B- VIII because
these entities apply to both mission stores and carriage stores.

[Note 31] A phrase was added to entity 26 in TABLE B- VIII indicating that country code refers to the
country which assigned the nomenclature, not necessarily the same as the country where the system
was designed or the country that owns the system.

[Note 32] Data entities 174 through 179 in TABLE B- VIII were added to provide a standard way to pass
aircraft acceleration values through the interface.

[Note 33] Data entity 181 in TABLE B- VIII, called Lethality index, was added for use with devices that
can control weapon yield.

[Note 34] Data entities 182 through 187 in TABLE B- VIII were added to provide store ID code,
configuration ID code and fuze parameters.

[Note 35] Bits for Control Surface Pre-Launch Inhibit, Abort Release/Launch, and Activate Non-Safety
Critical Release Functions were added to TABLE B- XV and TABLE B- XVIII to standardize use of these
bits.

[Note 36] Additional bits are defined on TABLE B- XIX and TABLE B- XX to standardize use of these
bits.

[Note 37] Data bit numbers, identified as “D0” through “D15” were removed from TABLE B- XIX and
TABLE B- XXV. These labels were not actually used, so deleting them does not change any technical
requirement.

[Note 38] Additional bits are defined on TABLE B- XXV and TABLE B- XXVI to standardize use of these
bits.

[Note 39] New TABLE B- XXXI defines Interface Configuration ID. This is to allow use and upgrading of
a standardized logical interface, while supporting backward compatibility.

195
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX E

[Note 40] A new APPENDIX C contains all the requirements specific to the MIL-STD-1553 data bus.
Except for clerical changes to properly identify paragraphs, tables, etc, and minor changes discussed
elsewhere, this is the same material that was removed from APPENDIX B, i.e., no technical change is
intended as a direct result of splitting the -1553-specific requirements from the general data bus
requirements.

[Note 41] The phrase “400 Hz” was added in paragraph 5.1.9 and 5.2.9 to clarify that the 400 Hz ac
power requirements (as opposed to the variable frequency ac requirements) of MIL-STD-704 apply.

[Note 42] The requirements of 5.6.2 were restated to clarify and to be consistent with 5.6.1.

[Note 43] The phrase “the ASI and CSCI end of” was added in 5.6.5 and 5.6.6 to clarify applicability of
the first sentence and avoid confusion with the requirement of the third sentence.

[Note 44] Many of the tables in Appendix B of MIL-STD-1760D were renumbered or moved, as shown in
the following list:

MIL-STD-1760D Action MIL-STD-176E Title

number number

TABLE B-I Move to App C TABLE C-I Subaddress/mode field application

TABLE B-II Move to App C TABLE C-II Vector word (asynchronous message demand)
format

TABLE B-III Move to App C TABLE C-III Vector word (asynchronous action demand)
format

TABLE B-IV Delete Deleted

TABLE B-V Delete Deleted

TABLE B-VI Delete Deleted

TABLE B-VII Move to App C TABLE C-IV Base message format (BC-RT transfer)

TABLE B-VIII Move to App C TABLE C-V Base message format (RT-BC transfer)

TABLE B-IX Move to App C TABLE C-VI Base message format (RT-RT transfer)

TABLE B-X Renumber TABLE B-I, Header word

TABLE C-VII

TABLE B-XI Renumber TABLE B-II, Store control (BC-RT/Host to Store transfer)
TABLE C-VIII

TABLE B-XII Renumber TABLE B-III, Store monitor (RT-BC/Store to Host transfer)
TABLE C-IX

TABLE B-XIII Renumber TABLE B-IV, Store description message (RT-BC/Store to

TABLE C-X Host transfer)

196
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX E

MIL-STD-1760D Action MIL-STD-176E Title

number number

TABLE B-XIV Renumber TABLE B-V, Country code

TABLE C-XI

TABLE B-XV Renumber TABLE B-VI, Store identity (binary)

TABLE C-XII

TABLE B-XVI Renumber TABLE B-VII, Store or aircraft identity (ASCII)

TABLE C-XIII

TABLE B-XVII Move to App C TABLE C-XIV Transfer Control (TC) message format

TABLE B-XVIII Move to App C TABLE C-XV Instruction word

TABLE B-XIX Move to App C TABLE C-XVI Allowable instruction type field bit states

TABLE B-XX Move to App C TABLE C-XVII Subaddress select

TABLE B-XXI Move to App C TABLE C-XVIII Dual binary number

TABLE B-XXII Move to App C TABLE C-XIX Transfer Monitor (TM) message format

TABLE B-XXIII Move to App C TABLE C-XX Transfer mode status

TABLE B-XXIV Move to App C TABLE C-XXI Transfer Data (TD) message format

TABLE B-XXV Move to App C TABLE C-XXII Allowable mode status field bit states

TABLE B-XXVI Renumber TABLE B-VIII Data entity list

TABLE B-XXVII Renumber TABLE B-IX Linear data entities

TABLE B-XXVIII Renumber TABLE B-X 2's complement format

TABLE B-XXIX Renumber TABLE B-XI Unsigned format

TABLE B-XXX Renumber TABLE B-XII Binary scientific notation format

TABLE B-XXXI Renumber TABLE B-XIII Invalidity word

TABLE B-XXXII Renumber TABLE B-XIV Critical control 1

TABLE B-XXXIII Renumber TABLE B-XV Critical control 2

TABLE B-XXXIV Renumber TABLE B-XVI Critical authority

TABLE B-XXXV Renumber TABLE B-XVII Critical monitor 1

TABLE B-XXXVI Renumber TABLE B-XVIII Critical monitor 2

197
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E
APPENDIX E

MIL-STD-1760D Action MIL-STD-176E Title

number number

TABLE B-XXXVII Renumber TABLE B-XIX Fuzing mode 1

TABLE B-XXXVIII Renumber TABLE B-XX Fuzing/arming mode status 1

TABLE B-XXXIX Renumber TABLE B-XXI Protocol status

TABLE B-XL Renumber TABLE B-XXII ASCII packed

TABLE B-XLI Renumber TABLE B-XXIII Discriminator description

TABLE B-XLII Renumber TABLE B-XXIV Header word definition

TABLE B-XLIII Renumber TABLE B-XXV Fuzing mode 2

TABLE B-XLIV Renumber TABLE B-XXVI Fuzing/arming mode status 2

TABLE B-XLV Renumber TABLE B-XXVII Dispersion data word

TABLE B-XLVI Renumber TABLE B- Two zone format

XXVIII

TABLE B-XLVII Renumber TABLE B-XXIX Aircraft description message

TABLE B-XLVIII Renumber TABLE B-XXX Store station number and pylon/bay identity

New TABLE B-XXXI Interface Configuration ID

198
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.
 MIL-STD-1760E

CONCLUDING MATERIAL

Custodians: Preparing activity:

Army – AV Air Force – 11
Navy – AS
Air Force – 11

Review activities: Project No. SESS-2007-007

Navy – EC, SH, OS, MC, TD

NOTE: The activities listed above were interested in this document as of the date of this document.
Since organizations and responsibilities can change, you should verify the currency of the information
above using the ASSIST Online database at http://assist.daps.dla.mil/.

199
Source: http://assist.dla.mil -- Downloaded: 2024-01-28T12:37Z
Check the source to verify that this is the current version before use.